CHASE AND STUAKT'S OLASSIOAL SEKIES. 

M. TULLII CICERONIS 

CATO MAJOR DE SENECTUTE. 

LAELIUS DE AMICITIA. 

BY 

E. P. CROWELL, A.M., 

MOORE PROFESSOR OF LATIN, 



H. B. EIGHAEDSON, 

INSTRUCTOR IN LATIN, 
IN AMHETJST COLLEGE. 



PHILADELPHIA: 

ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 

17 North Seventh Street. 

1 8 8 O. 



.0^ 



w^ 






^ 

^ Entered, aocordiug to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by 

ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 
in the OflSce of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 



-^^ 



0,.W!^A ^' FA<5'-N & SON, fel^i 

^^^vjy ELECTROTYPERS, PHILAD'A. ^^^^ 





Preface. 

rPHE text of this edition of the De Senedute and De 
-^ Amicitia is that of Baiter, in the Tauchnitz series 
of Cicero's works edited by Baiter and Kayser, and 
published in 1864, the merits of which are well known. 
With this have been carefully compared the various 
readings given in the Annoiatio Critica of that work, 
and the text of Orelli's edition revised since his death 
by Halm (Zurich, 1861). In only a very few instances, 
however, has the reading of Baiter been exchanged for 
any other ; while in all cases in which there is any 
important difference, the readings of other critical 
authorities have been cited in the Notes. 

In conformity with the general plan of this series of 
classical text-books, the chief design of the Notes is to 
furnish the pupil with such assistance in understanding 
the language and the thought of the author, as is actu- 
ally needed at that stage of study at which these essays 
are usually read. In the work of preparing them, free 
use has been made of several German and English 
commentaries, as well as of other works, of which a 
full list is given on page 70, and to each of which 
credit is given in the Notes. 

To suit the preferences of teachers for diiferent gram- 
mars, parallel references to the five manuals in use in 



IV PREFACE. 

different sections of the country have been inserted, so 
far as was found practicable. And wherever these 
have not contained a sufficient explanation of forms or 
constructions, the statements of Madvig and Zumpt 
have been quoted or referred to. 

For the benefit of those students who do not have 
access to the larger classical dictionaries and historical 
works, the numerous biographical and historical allu- 
sions have been more fully explained than would other- 
wise have been deemed necessary. A brief introduc- 
tion has also been prefixed to the Notes on each essay, 
to which has been added an outline of the course of 
thought. 

As no American edition of the Cato Major and 
Laelius has appeared since that of Dillaway in 1837, 
and of Anthon in 1848, it is hoped that the one now 
submitted to the public may, in part at least, meet 
what has seemed to be a real demand on the part of 
classical instructors and students, even with the defects 
which teachers of riper scholarship and larger experi- 
ence may detect in it. 

Amherst College, July 31, 1871. 




'*^^,^^^ 




M. TULLII CICERONIS 

CATO MAJOR 

DE SENECTUTE 

AD T. POMPONIUM ATTICUM. 



I. TiTE, si quid te adjuero curamve levasso, 

Quae nunc te coquit et versat in pectore fixa, 
Ecquid erit praemi ? 

Licet enim mihi versibus iisdem affari te, Attice, 
quibus affatur Flamininum 5 

Ille vir haud magna cum re, sed plenus fidei : 

quamquam certo scio, non, ut Flamininum, 

SoUicitari te, Tite, sic noctesque diesque ; 

novi enim moderationem animi tui et aequitatem, 
teque non cognomen solum Atjh^nis deportasse, sed 10 '^^ 
humanitatem et prudentiam intelligo. Et tamen te 
suspicor iisdem rebus, quibus me ipsum, interdum 
gravius commoveri ; quarum consolatio et major est 
et in aliud tempos diiFerenda. Nunc autem visum 
est mihi de senectute aliquid ad te consCribere. Hoc 15 
€nim onere, quod milii commune tecum est, aut jam 
urgentis aut certe adventantis senectutis et te et me 
ipsum levari volo : etsi te quidem id modice ac sapi- 
enter, sicut omnia, et ferre et laturum esse certo scio. 
Sed mihi, quum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere, 20 

! 5 



k...o^ 



b M. TULLII CICERONIS 

tu occurrebas digniis eo munere, quo uterque nostrum/ 
commu niter uteretur. Mihi quidem ita jucunda 
hujus libri confectio fait, ut non modo omnes abster- 
serit senectutis molestias, sed effecerit mollem etiam 
6 et jucuiidam senectutem. Numquam igitur laudari 
satis digiie philosophia poterit, cui qui pareat omne 
tempus aetatis sine molestia possit degere. Sed de 
ceteris et diximus multa et saepe dicemus : hunc 
librum ad te de senectute misimus. Omnem autem 

10 sermonem tribuimus non Tithono, ut Aristo Ceus, — 
parum enim esset auctoritatis in fabula, — sed M. 
Catoni seni, quo majorem auctoritatem haberet oratio : 
apud quern Laelium et Scipionem facimus admirantes, 
quod is tam facile senectutem ferat, iisque eum re- 

15 spondentem. Qui si eruditius videbitur disputare 
quam consuevit ipse in suis libris, attribuito litteris 
Graecis, quarum constat eum perstudiosum fuisse in 
senectute. Sed quid opus est plura ? Jam enim ip- 
sius Catonis sermo explicabit nostram omnem de 

20 senectute sententiam. 

II. SciPio. Saepenumero admirari soleo cum hoc 
C. Laelio quum ceterarum rerum tuam excellentem, 
M. Cato, perfectamque sapientiam, tum vel maxime 
quod numquam tibi senectutem gravem esse senserim, 

25 qusd plerisque senibus sic odiosa est, ut onus se Aetna 
gravius dicant sustinere. 

Cato. Rem baud sane, Scipio et Laeli, difficilem 
admirari videmini. Quibus enim nihil est in ipsis 
opis ad bene beateque vivendum, iis omnis aetas 

30 gravis est; qui autem omnia bona a se ipsis petunt, 
iis nihil potest malum videri quod naturae necessitas 
afferat. Quo in genere est in primis senectus, quam 
ut adipiscantur omnes optant, eandem accusant adepti: 
tanta est stultitiae inconstantia atque perversitas. Ob- 

35 repere aiunt cam citius quam putavissent. Primum, 
quis coegit eos falsum putare ? Qui enim citius ado- 
lescentiae senectus, quam pueritiae adolescentia obre- 
pit? Deinde, qui minus gravis esset iis senectus, si 
octingentesimum annum agerent, quam si octogesi- 



CATO MAJOR. 7 

mum? praeterita enim aetas quamvis longa quum 
effluxisset, nulla consolatio permulcere posset stultam 
senectutem. Quocirca si sapientiam meam admirari 
soletis, — quae utinam digna esset opinione vestra 
nostroque cognomine ! — in hoc sumus sapientes, quod 5 
naturam optimam ducem tamquam deum sequimur 
eique paremus ; a qua non veri simile est, quum 
ceterae partes aetatis bene discriptae sint, extremum 
actum tamquam ab inerti poeta esse neglectum. Sed 
tamen necesse fuit esse aliquid extremum et, tarn- 10 
quam in arborum bacis terraeque fructibus, maturi- 
tate tempestiva quasi vietum et caducum ; quod ferun- 
dum est molliter sapienti. Quid est enim aliud gigan 
turn modo bellare cum dis, nisi naturae repugnare ? 

JjAelius. Atqui, Cato, gratissimum nobis, ut etiam 15 
pro Scipione poUicear, feceris, si, quoniam speramus, 
volumus quidem certe senes fieri, multo ante a te didi- 
cerimus, quibus facillime rationibus ingravescentem 
aetatem ferre possimus. 

Cato. I^aciam vero, Laeli, praesertim si utrique 20 
vestrum, ut dicis, gratum futurum est. 

Laelius. Volumus sane, nisi molestum est, Cato, 
tamquam longam aliquam viam confeceris, quam 
nobis quoque ingrediundum sit, istuc, quo pervenisti, 
videre quale sit. 25 

III. Cato. Faciam, ut potero, Laeli. Saepe enim 
interfui querelis aequalium meorura — pares autem 
vetere proverbio cum paribus facillime congregan- 
tur — , quae C. Salinator, quae Sp. Albinus, homines 
consulares, nostri fere aequales, deplorare solebant, 30 
tum quod voluptatibus carerent, sine quibus vitam 
nullam putarent, tum quod spernerentur ab iis, a 
quibus essent coli soliti. Qui mihi non id videbantur 
accusare, quod esset accusandum. Nam si id culpa 
senectiitis accideret, eadem mihi usu venirent reli- 35 
quisque omnibus majoribus natu, quorum ego mul- 
torum cognovi senectutem sine querela, qui se et 
libidinum vinculis laxatos esse non moleste ferrent, 
uec a suis despicerentur. Sed omnium istiusmodi 



8 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

querelarum in moribiis est culpa, non in aetate. 
Moderati enim et nee difficiles nee inhiimani senes 
tolerabilem senectutem agunt; importunitas autem 
et inhumanitas omni aetati moles ta est. , 
5 Laelius. Est, ut dicis, Cato; sed fortasse dixerit 
quispiam tibi propter opes et copias et dignitatem 
tuam tolerabiliorem senectutem videri, id autem non 
posse multis contingere. 

Cato. Est istud quidem,.Laeli, aliquid, sed nequa- 

10 quam in isto sunt omnia. Ut Themistocles fertur 
Seriphio cuidam in jurgio respondisse, quum ille 
dixisset non eum sua, sed patriae gloria splendorem 
assecutum : Nee hercule, inquit, si ego Seriphius essem, 
7iec tu, si Atheniensis, clarus umquam fuisses. Quod 

15 eodem modo de senectute dici potest. Nee enim in 
summa inopia levis esse senectus potest, ne sapienti 
quidem, nee insipienti etiam in summa copia non 
gravis. Aptissima omnino sunt, Scipio et Laeli, 
arma senectutis artes exercitationesque virtutum, 

20 quae in omni aetate cultae, quum diu multumque 
vixeris, mirificos efferunt fructus, non solum quia 
n umquam deserunt, ne extremo quidem tempore 
aetatis — quamquam id quidem maximum est — , 
verum etiam quia conscientia bene actae vitae multo- 

25 rumque bene factorum recordatio jucundissima est. 

IV. Ego Q. Maximum, [eum qui Tarentum re- 

cepit,] senem adolescens ita dilexi. ut aequalem. 

Erat enim in illo viro comitate condita gravitas, nee 

senectus mores mutaverat ; quamquam eum coiere 

30 coepi non admodum grandem natu, sed tamen jam 
aetate provectum. Anno enim post consul primum 
fuerat quam ego natus sum, cumque eo quartum con- 
sule adolescentuJus miles ad Capuam profectus sum, 
quintoque anno post ad Tarentum. Quaestor deinde 

35 quadriennio post factus sum, quem magistratum gessi 
consuiibus Tuditano et Cethego, quum quidem ille 
admodum senex suasor legis Cinciae de donis et 
muneribus fuit. Hie et bella gerebat ut adolescens, 
quum plane grandis esset, et Hannibalem juveniliter 



CATO MAJOR. 9 

exsultantem patientia sua molliebat; de quo prae- 
clare familiaris noster Ennius ; 

Unus homo nobis cunctando restituit rem ; 

Noenum rumores ponebat ante salutem : 

Ergo postque magisque viri nunc gloria claret. 5 

Tarentum vero qua vigilantia, quo consilio recepit! 
quum quidem me audiente Salinatori, qui amisso 
oppido fugerat in arcem, glorianti atque ita dicenti, 
Mea opera, Q. Fabi, Tarentum recepisti, Certe, inquit 
ridens, nam, nisi tu amisisses, 7iiimquam recepissem. 10 
Nee vero in armis praestantior quam in toga; qui 
consul iterum, Sp. Carvilio collega quiescente, C. 
Flaminio tribuno plebis, quoad potuit, restitit agrum 
Picentem et Gallicum viritim contra senatus auctori- 
tatem dividenti ; augurque quum esset, dicere ausus 15 
est optimis auspiciis ea geri, quae pro rei publicae 
salute gererentur ; quae contra rem publicam ferren- 
tur, contra auspicia ferri. Multa in eo viro praeclara 
cognovi, sed nihil admirabilius quam quo modo ille 
mortem filii tulit, clari viri et consularis.^, Est in 20 
manibus laudatio ; quam quum legimus, quelii philoso- 
phum non contemnimus ? Nee vero ille in luce modo 
atque in oculis civium magnus, sed intus domique 
praestantior. Qui sermo, quae praecepta! quanta 
notitia antiquitatis, scientia juris augurii! Multae 25 
etiam, ut in homine Romano, litterae. Omnia me- 
moria tenebat, non domestica solum, sed etiam ex- 
terna bella. Cujus sermone ita tum cupide fruebar, 
quasi jam divinarem id, quod evenit, illo exstincto, 
fore unde discerem neminem. 30 

V. Quorsus igitur haec tarn multa de Maximo? 
Quia profecto videtis nefas esse dictu, miseram fuisse 
talem senectutem. Nee tamen omnes possunt esse 
Scipiones aut Maxirai, ut urbium expugnationes, ut 
pedestres navalesve pugnas, ut bella a se gesta, ut 35 
triumphos recordentur. Est etiam quiete et pure 
atque eleganter actae aetatis placida ac lenis senec- 
tus, qualem accepimus Platonis, qui uno et octogesimo 



10 M. TUL.LII CICERONIS 

anno scribens est mortuus; qualem Isocratis, qui eum 
librura, qui Panathenaicus inscribitur, quarto et 
nonagesimo anno scripsisse se dicit vixitque quin- 
quennium postea ; cujus magister Leontinus Gorgias 
5 centum et septem complevit annos neque umquam in 
suo studio atque opere cessavit; qui, quum ex eo 
quaereretur, cur tam diu vellet esse in vita, Nihil 
habeo, in quit, quod accusem senectutem. Praeclarum 
responsum et docto homine dignum. Sua enim vitia 
10 insipientes et suam culpam in senectutem conferunt ; 
quod non faciebat is, cujus modo mentionem feci, 
Ennius : 

Sicut fortis equus, spatio qui saepe supremo 
Vicit Olympia, nunc senio confectus quiescit. 

15 Equi fortis et victoris senectuti comparat suam. 
Quern quidem probe meminisse potestis. Anno enim 
undevicesimo post ejus mortem hi consules, T. Fla- 
mininus et M.\ Acilius, facti sunt ; ille autem Caepione 
et Philippo iterum consulibus mortuus est, quum ego 

20 quinque et sexaginta annos natus legem Voconiam 
magna voce et bonis lateribus suasissem. Annos 
septuaginta natus — tot enim vixit Ennius — ita 
ferebat duo quae maxima putantur onera, pauper- 
tatem et senectutem, ut iis paene delectari videretur. 

25 Etenim, quum complector animo, quattuor reperio 
causas cur senectus misera videatur: unam, quod 
avocet a rebus gerendis ; alteram, quod corpus faciat 
infirmius ; tertiam, quod privet omnibus fere volup- 
tatibus ; quartam, quod baud procul absit a morte. 

30 Earum, si placet, causarum quanta quamque sit justa 
unaquaeque videamus. 

VI. A rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? 
An iis, quae juventute geruntur et viribus ? Nullaene 
igitur res sunt seniles, quae vel infirmis corporibus 

35 animo tamen adrainistrentur ? \ Nihil ergo agebat Q. 
Maximus, nihil L. Paulus, pater tuus, socer optimi 
viri, filii mei? Ceteri senes, Fabricii, Curii, Corun- 
canii, quum rem publicam consilio et auctoritate 



C A TO MAJOR. 11 

defendebant, nihil agebant ? Ad Appii Claudii senec- 
tutem accedebat etiam, ut caecus esset; tamen is, 
quum sententia Senatus inclinaret ad pacem cum 
Pyrrho foedusque faciendum, non dubitavit dicere 
ilia, quae versibus persecutus est Ennius : 5 

Quo vobis mentes, rectae quae stare solebant 
Antehac, dementes sese flexere viai ? 

ceteraque gravissime : notum enim vobis carmen est ; 
etiam ipsius Appii exstat oratio. Atque haec ille egit 
septimo decimo anno post alterum consulatum, quum 10 
inter duos consulatus anni decem interfuissent, cen- 
sorque ante superiorem consulatum fuisset; ex quo 
intelligitur, Pyrrhi bello grandem sane fuisse: et 
tamen sic a patribus accepimus. Nihil igitur afferunt, 
qui in re gerenda versari senectutem negant, [sinii- 15 
lesque sunt] ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando 
nihil agere dicant, quum alii males scandant, alii per 
foros cursent, alii sentinam exhauriant, ille clavum 
tenens quietus sedeat in puppi. Non facit ea, quae 
juvenes ; at vero majora et meliora facit. Non viri- 20 
bus aut velocitate aut celeritate corporum res magnae 
geruntur, sed consilio, auctoritate, sententia ; quibus 
non modo non orbari, sed etiam augeri senectus solet. 
Nisi forte ego vobis, qui et miles et tribunus et legatus 
et consul versatus sum in vario genere bellorum, ces- 25 
sare nunc videor, quum bella non gero. At senatui, 
quae sint gerenda, praescribo, et quomodo ; Kartha- 
gini male jam diu cogitanti bellum multo ante denun- 
tio, de qua vereri non ante desinam, quam illam ex- 
cisam esse cognovero. Quam palmam utinam di 30 
immortales, Scipio, tibi reservent, ut avi reliquias 
persequare! cujus a morte sextus hie et tricesimus 
annus est ; sed memoriam illius viri omnes excipient 
anni consequentes. Anno ante me censorem mortuus 
est, novem annis post meum consulatum, quum consul 35 
iterum me consule creatus esset. Num igitur, si ad 
centesimum annum vixisset, senectutis eum suae 
paeniteret? Nee enim excursione nee saltu nee 



Pr ovenifebant lora 



12 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

eminus hastis aut comminus gladiis uteretur, sed con- 
silio, ratione, sententia : quae nisi essent in senibus, 
non summum consilium majores nostri appellassent 
senatum. Apud Lacedaemonios quidem ii, qui am- 
5 plissimum magistratum gerunt, ut sunt, sic etiam 
nominantur senes. Quod si legere aut audire voletis 
externa, maximas res publicas ab adolescentibus 
labefactatas, a senibus sustentatas et restitutas re- 
perietis. 

10 Cedo, qui vestram rem publicam tantam amisistis tarn cito ? 

Sic enim percontantur, ut est in Naevii poetae Ludo. 
Respondentur et alia et hoc in primis : 

inoresinovi,|stulti addLesceiJPuli. 

Temeritas est videlicet florentis aetatis, prudentia 

15 senescentis. 

VII. At memoria minuitur. Credo, nisi earn 
exerceas aut etiam si sis natura tardior. Themis- 
tocles omnium civium perceperat nomina. Num 
igitur censetis eum, quum aetate processisset, qui 

20 Aristides esset, Lysimachum salutare solitum ? Equi- 
dem non modo eos novi, qui sunt, sed eorum patres 
etiam et avos ; nee sepulcra legens vereor, quod aiunt, 
ne memoriam perdam ; his enim ipsis legendis in 
memoriam redeo mortuorum. Nee vero quemquam 

25 senem audivi oblitum, quo loco thesaurum obruisset. 
Omnia quae curant meminerunt, vadimonia consti- 
tuta, qui sibi, cui ipsi debeant. Quid jurisconsulti, 
quid pontifices, quid augures, quid philosophi senes ? 
quam multa meminerunt ! Manent ingenia senibus, 

30 modo permaneat studium et industria, neque ea solum 
in Claris et honoratis viris, sed in vita etiam privata 
et quieta. Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoe- 
dias fecit ; quod propter studium quum rem negligere 
familiarem videretur, a filiis in judicium vocatus est, 

35 ut, quemadmodum nostro more male rem gerentibus 
patribus bonis interdici solet, sic ilium quasi desipien- 



C A TO MA JOE. 13 

tern a re famillari removerent judices. Turn senex 
dicitur earn fabulam. quam in manibus habebat et 
proxime scripserat, Oedipum Coloneum, recitasse 
jadicibus quaesisseque, num illud carmen desipientis 
videretur. Quo recitato sententiisjudicum est libera- 5 
tus. Num igitur hunc, num Homerum, num Hesio- 
diim, Simonidem, Stesichorum, num quos ante dixi, v 
Isocraten, Gorgian, num philosophorum principes, 
Pythagoram, Democritum, num Platonem, num 
Xenocraten, num postea Zenonem, Clean them, aut 10 
eum, quem vos etiam vidistis Eomae, Diogenem 
Stoicum, coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus ? 
an in omnibus his studiorum agitatio vitae aequalis 
fuit? Age, ut ista divina studia omittamus, possum 
nominare ex agro Sabino rusticos Roman os, vicinos 15 
et farailiares meos, quibus absentibus numquam fere 
uUa in agro majora opera fiunt, non serendis, non 
percipiendis, non condendis fructibus. Quamquam 
in his minus hoc mirum est ; nemo enim est tarn 
senex, qui se annum non putet posse vivere ; sed 20 
iidem in iis elaborant, quae sciunt nihil ad se omnino 
pertinere: ^ t , 

Serit aVbores, quae alteri saeplo prosint, 

ut ait Statins noster in Synephebis. Nee vero dubitat 
agricola, quamvis sit senex, quaerenti, cui serat, 25 
respondere : Dis immortalibus, qui me non accipere 
modo haeo a majoribus voluerunt, sed etiam posteris 
prodere, 

VIII. Et melius Caecilius de sene alteri saeculo 
prospiciente, quam illud idem : 30 

Edepol, senectus, si nil quidquam aliud viti 
Apportes tecum, quum advenis, unum id sat est, 
Quod diu vivendo multa, quae non volt, videt. 

Et multa fortasse, quae volt ; atque in ea, quae non 
volt, saepe etiam adolescentia incurrit. Illud vero 35 
idem Caecilius vitiosius : 

Turn equidem in sepecta hoc deputo miserrimum, 
Sentire ea aetata ijjsum esse odfftosum alteri. 



14 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

Jucundum potius quam odiosum ! Ut enim adoles- 
centibus bona indole praeditis sapientes senes delec- 
tantur, leviorque fit senectus eorum, qui a juventute 
coluntur et diliguntur, sic adolescentes sen urn prae- 
5 ceptis gaudent, quibus ad virtutum studia ducuntur. 
Nee minus intelligo me vobis quam mihi vos esse 
jucundos. Sed videtis, ut senectus non modo languida 
atqueiners non sit, verum etiam sit operosa et semper 
agens aliquid et moliens, tale scilicet, quale cuj usque 
10 studium in superiore vita fuit. Quid, qui etiam 
addiscunt aliquid ? ut et Solonem versibus gloriantem 
videmus, qui se quotidie aliquid addiscentem dicit 
senem fieri, et ego feci, qui litteras Graecas senex 
didici; quas quidem sic avide arripui, quasi diu- 

15 turnam sitim explore cupiens, ut ea ipsa mihi nota 
essent, quibus me nunc exemplis uti videtis. Q^od 
quum fecisse Socratem in fidibus audirem, vellem 
equidem etiam illud — discebant enim fidibus anti- 
qui — ,sed in litteris certe elaboravi. 

20 IX. Nee nunc quidem vires desidero adolescentis 
— is enim erat locus alter de vitiis senectutis — , non 
plus, quam adolescens tauri aut elephanti desidera- 
bam. Quod est, eo decet uti et, quidquid agas, age re 
pro viribus. Quae enim vox potest esse contemptior 

25 quam Milonis Crotoniatae? qui, quum jam senex 
esset, athletasque se exercentes in curriculo videret, 
aspexisse lacertos sues dicitur illacrimansque dixisse : 
At hi quidem mortui jam sunt Non vero tam isti 
quam tu ipse, nugator ; neque enim ex te umquam ea 

30 nobilitatus, sed ex lateribus et lacertis tuis. Nihil 
Sex. Aelius tale, nihil multis annis ante Ti. Corun- 
canius, nihil modo P. Crassus, a quibus jura civibus 
praescribebantur, quorum usque ad extremum spiri- 
tum est provecta prudentia. Orator metuo ne lan- 

85 guescat senectute; est enim munus ejus non ingenii 
solum, sed laterurn etiam et virium. Onmino cano- 
rum illud in voce splendescit etiam nescio quo pacto 
in senectute, quod equidem adhuc non amisi, et 
videtis annos. Sed tamen est decorus senis sermo 



..^A.-^ 



CATO MAJOS. 15 

?.>^ quietus et remissus, facitque persaepe ipsa sibi 
audientiam diserti senis composita et mitis oratio. 
Quam si ipse exsequi nequeas, possis tamen Scipioni 
praecipere et Laelio. Quid enim est jucundius senec- 
tute stipata studiis juventutis? An ne eas quidem 5 
vires senectuti relinquimus, ut adolescentes doceat, 
instituat, ad omne officii munus instruat ? quo quidem 
opere quid potest esse praeclarius ? Mihi vero et Cn. 
et P. Scipiones et avi tui duo, L. Aemilius et P. Afri- 
canus, comitatu nobilium juvenum fortunati videban- 10 
tur ; nee uUi bonarum artium magistri non beati 
putandi, quamvis consenuerint vires atque -defecerint. 
Etsi ipsa ista defectio virium adolescentiae vitiis 
efficitur saepius quam senectutis ; libidinosa enim et 
intemperans adolescentia efFetum corpus tradit senec- 15 
tuti. Cyrus quidem apud Xenophontem eo sermone 
quem moriens habuit, quum admodum senex esset, 
negat se umquam sensisse senectutem suam imbe- 
cilliorem factam quam adolescentia fuisset. Ego L. 
Metellum memini puer, qui, quum quadriennio post 20 
alterum consulatum pontifex maximus factus esset, 
viginti duos annos ei sacerdotio praefuit, ita bonis 
esse viribus extremo tempore aetatis, ut adolescentiam 
non requireret. Nihil necesse est mihi de me ipso 
dicere ; quamquam est id quidem senile aetatique 25 
nostrae conceditur. 

X. Videtisne ut apud Homerum saepissime Nestor 
de virtu tibus suis praedicet? Tertiam enim jam 
aetatem hominum vivebat, nee erat ei verendum, ne 
vera praedicans de se nimis videretur aut insolens aut 30 
loquax. Etenim, ut ait Homerus, ex ejus lingua melle 
dulcior fluehat oratio. Quam ad suavitatem nullis 
egebat corporis viribus. Et tamen dux ille Graeciae 
nusquam optat, ut Ajacis similes habeat decem, sed 
ut Nestoris ; quod si sibi acciderit, non dubitat quin 35 
brevi sit Troja peritura. Sed redeo ad me. Quartum 
ago annum et octogesimum; vellem equidem idem 
possem gloriari, quod Cyrus ; sed tamen hoc queo 
dicere, non me quidem iis esse viribus, quibus aut 



16 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

I miles bello Punico aut quaestor eodem bello aiit 
v;v consul in Hispania fuerim aut quadriennio post, 
quum tribunus miiitaris depugnavi apud Thermo- 
pylas, M\ Glabrione consule; sed tamen, ut vos 
5 videtis, non plane me enervavit, non afflixit senectus * 
non curia vires meas desiderat, non rostra, non amici, 
non clientes, non hospites. Nee enim umquam sum 
assensus veteri illi laudatoque proverbio, quod monet, 
mature fieri senem, si diu veils sen ex esse. Ego vero 

10 me minus diu senem esse mallem, quam esse senem 
ante quam essem. Itaque nemo adhuc convenire me 
voluit, cui fuerim occupatus. At minus habeo virium, 
quam vestrum utervis. Ne vos quidem T. Pontii 
centurionis vires habetis : num idcirco est ille prae- 

15 stantior ? Moderatio modo virium adsit, et tantum, 
quantum potest quisque, nitatur ; ne ille non magno 
desiderio tenebitur virium. Olympiae per stadium 
ingressus esse Milo dicitur, quum humeris sustineret 
bovem. Utrum igitur has corporis an Pytliagorae 

20 tibi mails vires ingenii dari ? Denique isto bono 
utare, dum adsit ; quum absit, ne requiras ; nisi forte 
adolescentes pueritiam, paulum aetate progress! ado- 
lescentiam debent requirere. Cursus est certus aetatis 
et una via naturae eaque simplex, suaqae cuique 

25 parti aetatis tempestivitas est data, ut et infirmitas 
puerorum et ferocitas juvenum et gravitas jam con- 
stantis aetatis et senectutis maturitas naturale qujd- 
dam habeat, quod suo tempore percipi debeat. '"Aud- 
ire te arbitror, Scipio, hospes tuus avitus Masinissa 

30 quae faciat hodie, nonaginta natus annos ; quum 
ingressus iter pedibus sit, in equura omnino non 
ascendere, quum autem equo, ex equo non descen- 
dere ; nullo imbri, nullo frigore adduci, ut capite 
opertosit; summam esse in eo corporis siccitatem; 

35 itaque omnia exsequi regis ofEcia et munera. Potest 
igitur exercitatio et temperantia etiam in senectute 
conservare aliquid pristini roboris. 

XI. Ne sint in senectute vires. Ne postulantur 
quidem vires a senectute. Ergo et legibus et insti- 



CATO MAJOR. 17 

tutis vacat aetas nostra muneribus iis, quae non pos- 
sunt sine viribus sustineri. Itaque non modo quod 
non possumus, sed ne quantum possumus quidem 
cogimur. At multi ita sunt imbecilli senes, ut nul- 
lum officii aut omnino vitae munus exsequi possint. 5 
At id quidem non proprium senectutis vitium est, 
sed commune valetudinis. Quam fuit imbecillus P. 
Africani filius, is qui te adoptavit ! quam tenui aut 
nulla potius valetudine ! Quod ni ita fuisset, alterum 
illud exstitisset lumen civitatis; ad paternam enim 10 
magnitudinem animi doctrina uberior accesserat. 
Quid mirum igitur in senibus, si infirmi sunt ali- 
quando, quum id ne adolescentes quidem effiigere 
possint ? Resistendum, Laeli et Scipio, senectuti est, 
ej usque vitia diligentia compensanda sunt ; pugnan- 15 
dum tamquam contra morbum sic contra senectutem ; 
habenda ratio valetudinis ; utendum exercitationibus 
modicis; tantum cibi et potionis adhibendum, ut 
reficiantur vires, non opprimantur. Nee vero corpori 
solum subveniendum est, sed menti atque animo multo 20 
magis ; nam haec quoque, nisi tamquam lumini oleum 
instilles, exstinguuntur senectute. Et corpora quidem 
exercitationum defatigatione ingravescunt, animi 
autem exercitando levantur. Nam quos ait Cae- 
cilius 25 
comicos stultos senes, 

hoc significat credulos, obliviosos, dissolutos; quae 
vitia sunt non senectutis, sed inertis, ignavae, somni- 
culosae senectutis. Ut petulantia, ut libido magis 
est adolescentium quam senum, nee tamen omnium 30 
adolescentium, sed non proborum, sic ista senilis 
stultitia, quae deliratio appellari solet, senum levium 
est, non omnium. Quattuor robustos filios, quinque 
filias, tantam domum, tantas clientelas Appius rege- 
bat et caecus et senex ; intentum enim animum tam- 35 
quam arcum habebat, nee languescens succumbebat 
senectuti. Tenebat non modo auctoritatem, sed etiam 
imperium in sues ; metuebant servi, verebantur liberi, 
2 — Cic. de S. 



18 M. TULLII CICEROKIS 

carum omnes habebant; vigebat in ilia domo mos 
patrius et disciplina. Ita euim senectus honesta est 
si se ipsa defendit, si jus simm retinet, si nemini 
mancipata est, si usque ad ultimum spiritum domi- 
5 natur in sues. Ut enim adoleseentem, in quo est 
senile aliquid, sic senem, in quo est aliquid adoles- 
centis, probo ; quod qui sequitur, corpore senex esse 
poterit, animo numquam erit. Septimus milii liber 
Originum est in nianibus ; omnia antiquitatis mon- 

10 umenta colligo ; causarum illustrium, quascumque 
defendi, nunc quum maxime conficio orationes ; jus 
augurium, pontificium, civile tracto ; multum etiam 
Graecis litteris utor, Pythagoreorumque more exer- 
cendae memoriae gratia, quid quoque die dixerim, 

15 audierim, egerim, commemoro vesperi. ; Hae sunt 
exercitationes ingenii, haec curricula ntentls ; in his 
desudans atque elaborans corporis vires non magno 
opere desidero. Adsura amicis ; venio in senatum 
frequens, ultroqUe afFero res multum et diu cogita- 

20 tas, easque tueor animi, non corporis viribus. Quas 
si €xsequi nequirera, tamen me lectulus mens oblec- 
taret ea ipsa cogitantem, quae jam agere non possem; 
sed ut possim facit acta vita. Semper enim in his 
studiis laboribusque viventi non intelligitur, quando 

25 obrepat senectus. Ita sensim sine sensu aetas senescit, 
nee subito frangitur, sed diuturnitate exstinguitur. 

XII. Sequitur tertia vituperatio senectutis, quod 
eam carere dicunt voluptatibus. O praeclarum munus 
aetatis, si quidem id aufert a nobis, quod est in ado- 

30 lescentia vitiosissimum ! Accipite enim, optimi ado- 
lescentes, veterem orationem Archytae Tarentini, 
magni in primis et praeclari viri, quae mihi tradita 
est, quum essem adolescens Tarenti cum Q. Maximo. 
Nullam capitaliorem pestem quam voluptatem cor- 

35 poris hominibus dicebat a naturadatam, cujusvolup- 
tatis avidae libidines temere et effrenate ad potiendum 
incitarentur ; hinc patriae proditiones, hinc rerum 
publicarum eversiones, hinc cum hostibus clandestiiia 
colloquia nasci ; nullum denique scelus, nullum ma- 



C A TO MAJOR. 19 

lum facinus esse, ad quod suseipiendum non libido 
voluptatis impelleret ; stupra vero et adulteria et 
omne tale flagitium iiullis excitari aliis illecebris nisi 
voluptatis ; quumque homini sive natura sive quis 
deus nihil niente praestabilius dedisset, huic divino 5 
muiieri ac dono nihil tam esse inirnicum quam volup- 
tatem ; nee enim libidine dominante temperantiae 
locum esse, neque omnino in voluptatis regno virtu- 
tem posse consistere. Quod quo raagis intelligi posset, 
fingere animo jubebat tanta iucitatum aliquem volup- 10 
tate corporis, quanta percipi posset maxima : nemini 
censebat fore dubium quin tarn diu, dum ita gauderet, 
nihil agitare mente, nihil ratione, nihil cogitatione 
consequi posset ; quocirca nihil esse tam detestabile 
tamque pestiferum quam voluptatem, siquidem ea, 15 
quum major esset atque longior, omne animi lumen 
exstingueret. Haec cum C. Pontio Samnite, patre 
ejus, a quo Caudino proelio Sp. Postumius, T. Veturius 
consules superati suut, locutum Archytam Nearchus 
Tarentinus, hospes noster, qui in amicitia populi 20 
Romani permanserat, se a majoribus natu accepisse 
dicebat, quum quidem ei sermoni interfuisset Plato 
Atheniensis, quem Tarentum venisse L. Camillo Ap. 
Claudio consulibus reperio. Quorsum haec? Ut 
Intel ligeret is, si voluptatem aspernari ratione et sapi- 25 
entia non possemus, magnam esse habendam senectuti 
gratiam, quae efficeret, ut id non liberet, quod non 
oporteret. Impedit enim consilium voluptas, ration! 
inimica est, mentis, ut ita dicam, praestringit oculos, 
nee habet ullum cum virtute commercium. Invitus 30 
feci, ut fortissimi viri T. Flaminini fratrem L. Fla- 
mininum e senatu ejicerem, septem annis post quam 
consul fuisset ; sed notandam putavi libidinem. Ille 
enim, quum esset consul in Gallia, exoratus in con- 
vivio a scorto est, ut securi feriret aliquem eorum, 35 
qui in vinculis essent damnati rei capitalis. Hie 
Tito fratre suo censore, qui proximus ante me fuerat, 
elapsus est ; mihi vero et Flacco neutiquam probari 
potuit tam flagitiosa et tam perdita libido, quae cum 
probro privato conjungeret imperii dedecus. /V^ / 40 



20 M. TULLII CI CE RON IS 

XIII. Saepe audivi ex majoribus natu, qui se 
porro pueros a senibus audisse dicebant, mirari soli- 
tum C. Fabricium,qiiod, quum apud regem Pyrrhum 
legatus esset, audisset a Thessalo Cinea esse quendam 
5 Atheiiis, qui se sapientem profiteretur, eumque dicere 
omnia, quae faceremus, ad voluptatem esse referenda ; 
quod ex eo audientes M'. Curium et Ti. Coruncanium 
optare solitos ut id Samnitibus ipsique Pyrrho per- 
suaderetur, quo facilius vinci possent, quum se volup- 

10 tatibus dedissent. Vixerat M'. Curius cum P. Decio, 
qui quinquennio ante eum consulem se pro re publica 
quarto consulatu devoverat. Norat eundem Fabricius, 
norat Coruncanius ; qui quum ex sua vita, turn ex 
ejus quern dico Decii facto judicabant, esse profecto 

15 aliquid natura pulchrum atque praeclarum, quod sua 
sponte peteretur, quodque spreta et contempta volup- 
tate optimus quisque sequeretur. Quorsum igitur\ 
tam multa de voluptate ? Quia non modo vituperatio 
nulla, sed etiam summa laus senectutis est, quod ea 

20 voluptates nullas magnc opere desiderat. Caret 
epulis exstructisque mensis et frequentibus poculis : 
caret ergo etiam vinulentia et cruditate et insomniis. 
Sed si aliquid dandum est voluptati, quoniam ejus 
blanditiis non facile obsistimus — divine enim Plato 

25 escam malorum appellat voluptatem, quod ea videlicet 
homines capiantur ut pisces, — quamquam immodera- 
tis epulis caret senectus, modicis tamen conviviis 
delectari potest. C. Duellium, Marci filium, qui 
Poenos classe primus devicerat, redeuntem a cena 

30 senem saepe videbam puer ; delectabatur crebro 
funali et tibicine, quae sibi nullo exemplo privatus 
sumpserat : tantum licentiae dabat gloria. Sed quid 
ego alios? Ad me ipsum jam revertar. Primuni 
habui semper sodales. Sodalitates autem me quaestore 
^ y 35 constitutae sunt, sacris Idaeis Magnae Matris acceptis. 
*'""' Epulabar igitur cum sodalibus omnino modice, sed 
erat quidam fervor aetatis, qua progrediente omnia 
fiunt in dies mitiora. Neque enim ipsorum convi- 
viorum delectationem voluptatibus corporis magis 



G A TO MAJOR, 21 

quam coetu araicorum et sermonibus metiebar. 
Bene eiiim majores accubitionem epularem amico- 
rum, quia vitae conjunctionem haberet, convivium 
nominaverunt ; melius quam Graeci, qui hoc idem 
turn compotationem, tum concenationem vocant, ut, 5 
quod in eo genere minimum est, id maxime probare 
videantur. 

XIV. Ego vero propter sermonis delectationem 
tempestivis quoque conviviis delector, nee cum 
aequalibus solum, qui pauci admodum restant, sed 10 
cum vestra etiam aetate atque vobiscum ; habeoque 
senectuti niaguam gratiam, quae mihi sermonis avidi- 
tatem auxit, potionis et cibi sustulit. Quod si quern 
etiam ista delectant — ne omnino bellum indixisse 
videar voluptati, cujus est fortasse quidam naturalis 15 
modus, — non intelligo ne in istis quidem ipsis volup- 
tatibus carere sensu senectutem. y Me vero et magis- 
teria delectant a majoribus instituta, et is sermo, qui 
more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculo, et 
pocula, sicut in Symposio Xenophontis est, minuta 20 
atque rorantia, et refrigeratio aestate et vicissim aut 
sol aut ignis hibernus. Quae quidem etiam in Sabinis 
persequi soleo, conviviunique vicinorum quotidie com- 
pleo, quod ad multam noctem quam maxime possu- 
mus vario sermone producimus. At non est volup- 25 
tatum tanta quasi titiilatio in senibus. Credo; sed 
ne desideratur quiderUj^ Nihil autem est molestum, 
quod non desideres^' Bene Sophocles, quum ex eo 
quidam jam affecto aetate quaereret, utereturne rebus 
venereis, Di meliora ! inquit, ego vero istinc sicut 30 
a domino agresti ac fiirioso profugi, Cupidis enim 
rerum talium odiosum fortasse et molestum est 
carere, satiatis vero et expletis jucundius est carere 
quam frui. Quamquam non caret is, qui non 
desiderat ; ergo non desiderare dico esse jucundius. 35 
Quod si istis ipsis voluptatibus bona aetas fruitur 
libentius, primum parvulis fruitur rebus, ut diximus, 
deinde iis, quibus senectus, etiam si non abunde potitur, 
non omnino caret. Ut Turpione Ambivio magis 



22 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

delectatur qui in prima cavea spectat, delectatur 
tatnen etiani qui in ultima, sic adolescentia voluptates 
propter intuens magis fortasse laetatur, sed delectatur 
etiam senectus procul eas spectans tantum, quantum 
5 sat est. At ilia quanti sunt, animum tamquam 
emeritis stipendiis libidinis, ambitionis, contentio- 
num, inimicitiarum, cupiditatum omnium seciim 
esse secumque, ut dicitur, vivere ! Si vero habet 
aliquod tamquam pabulum studii atque doctrinae, 

10 nihil est otiosa senectute jucundius. Videbamus in 
studio dimetiendi paene caeli atque terrae C. Galum, 
farailiarem patris tai, Scipio. Quotiens ilium lux 
noctu aliquid describere ingressum, quotiens nox 
oppressit, quum mane coepisset ! Qiiam delectabat 

15 eum defectiones solis et lunae multo ante nobis praedi- 
cere! Quid in levioribus studiis, sed tamen acutis? 
Quam gaudebat bello suo Panico Naevius ! quam 
Truculento Plautus ! quam Pseudolo ! Vidi etiam 
senem Livium, qui, quum sex annis ante quam ego 

20 natus sum fabulam docuisset Centone Tuditanoque 
consulibus, usque ad adolescentiam meam processit 
aetate. Quid de P. Licinii Crassi et pontificii et 
civilis juris studio loquar? aut de hujus P. Scipionis, 
qui his paucis diebus pontifex maximus factus est? 

25 Atqui eos omnes, quos commemoravi, his studiis 

flagrantes senes vidimus. M. vero Cethegum, quem 

., recte Suadae medullam dixit Ennius, quanto studio 

^\^' exerceri in dicendo videbamus etiam senem ! Quae 

■^'"^ sunt igitur epularum aut ludorum aut scortorum 

30 voluptates cum his voluptatibus comparandae? 
Atque haec quidem studia doctrinae ; quae quidem 
prudentibus et bene institutis pariter cum aetate 
crescunt, ut honestum illud Solonis sit, quod ait 
versiculo quodam, ut ante dixi, senescere se raulta in 

35 dies addiscentem ; qua voluptate animi nulla certe 
potest esse major. 

XV. Venio nunc ad voluptates agricolarum, qui- 
bus ego incredibiliter delector ; quae nee ulla im- 
pediuntur senectute et mihi ad sapientis vitam 



C A T O M A J O R. 23 

proxime videntur accedere. Habent euim rationem 
cum terra, quae numqaam recusat imperium nee 
cuiquam sine usura reddit quod accepit, sed alias 
minore, plerumque majore cum faenore. Quamquam 
me quidem non fructus modo, sed etiam ipsius terrae IT 
vis ac natura delectat : quae quum gremio moUito ac 
subacto sparsum semen excepit, primum id occaeca- 
tum cohibet, ex quo occatio, quae hoc efficit, nominata 
est; deinde tepefactum vajDore et comjDressu suo 
diffundit et elicit herbescentem ex eo viriditatem, 10 
quae nixa fibris stirpium sensim adolescit, culmoque 
erecta geniculato vaginis jam quasi pubescens in- 
cluditur ; e quibus quum emersit, fundit frugem spici 
ordine structam, et contra avium minorum morsus 
munitur vallo aristarum. Quid ego vitium ortus, 15 
satus, incrementa commemorem ? Satiari delectatione 
non possum, ut meae senectutis requietem oblectamen- 
tumque noscatis./ • Omitto enim vim ipsam omnium, 
quae generantiTr e terra, quae ex fici tantulo grano 
aut ex acini vinaceo aut ex ceterarum frugum aut 20 
stirpium minutissimis seminibus tantos truncos ramos- 
que procreet : malleoli, plantae, sarmenta, viviradices, 
propagines nonne efficiunt, ut quemvis cum admira- 
tione delectent ? Vitis quidem, quae natura caduca 
est et, nisi fulta est, fertur ad terram, eadem, ut se 25 
erigat, claviculis suis quasi manibus quidquid est 
nacta complectitur ; quam serpentem multiplici lapsu 
et erratico ferro amputans coercet ars agricolarum, 
ne silvescat sarmentis et in omnes partes niraia 
fundatur. Itaque ineunte vere in iis, quae relicta 30 
sunt, exsistit tamquam ad articulos sarmentorura ea, 
quae gemma dicitur, a qua oriens uva se ostendit, 
quae et suco terrae et calore solis augescens primo 
est peracerba gustatu, deinde maturata dulcescit, 
vestitaque pampinis nee modico tepore caret et nimios 35 
solis defendit ardores. Qua quid potest esse quum 
fructu laetius tum aspectu pulchrius? Cujus qui- 
dem non utilitas me solum, ut ante dixi, sed etiam 
cultura et natura ipsa delectat : adminiculorum 



24 M. TULLII CICERO N IS 

ordines, capitum jugatio, religatio et propagatio 
vitium, sarmentorum ea, quam dixi, aliorum ampu- 
tatio, aliorum immissio. Quid ego irrigationes, quid 
fossiones agri repastinationesque proferam, quibus fit 
5 multo terra fecundior? Quid de utilitate loquar 
stercoraudi ? Dixi in eo libro quern de rebus rusticis 
scripsi ; de qua doctus Hesiodus ne verbum quidem 
fecit, quum de cultura agri scriberet ; at Homerus, qui 
multis, ut mihi videtur, ante saeculis fuit, Laertam 

10 lenientem desiderium, quod capiebat e filio, colentem 
agrum et eum stercorantem facit. Nee vero sege- 
tibus solum et pratis et vineis et arbustis res rusticae 
laetae sunt, sed hortis etiam et pomariis, turn pecu- 
dum pastu, apium examinibus, florum omnium varie- 

15 tate. Nee consitiones modo delectant, sed etiam in- 
sitiones, quibus nihil invenit agri cultura soUertius. 

XVI. Possum persequi permulta oblectamenta re- 
rum rusticarum, sed ea ipsa, quae dixi, sentio fuisse 
longiora. Ignoscetis autem ; nam et studio rerum 

20 rusticarum provectus sum, et senectus est natura 
loquacior, ne ab omnibus eam vitiis videar vindicare. 
Ergo in hac vita M'. Curius, quum de Samnitibus, 
de Sabinis, de Pyrrho triumphavisset, consumpsit 
extremum tempus aetatis. Cujus quidem ego villam 

25 contemplans — abest enim non longe a me — ad- 
mirari satis non possum vel hominis ipsius continen- 
tiam vel temporum disciplinam. Curio ad focum 
sedenti magnum auri pondus Samnites quum attulis- 
sent, repudiati sunt ; non enim aurum habere prae- 

30 clarum sibi videri dixit, sed iis, qui haberent aurum, 
imperare. Poteratne tantus animus efficere non 
jucundam senectutem? Sed venio ad agricolas, ne 
a me ipso recedam. In agris erant turn senatores, 
id est senes; siquidem aranti L. Quinctio Cincinnato 
^35 nuntiatum est eum dictatorem esse factum ; cujus 
^ dictatoris jussu magister equitum C. Servilius Ahala 

Sp. Maelium, regnum appetentem, occupatum in- 
teremit. A villa in senatum arcessebatur et Curius 
et ceteri senes ; ex quo qui eos arcessebant viatores 



C A T O M A J O R. 25 

nominati sunt. Nuni igitur horum senectus misera- 
bilis fait, qui se agri cultione oblectabant ? Mea 
quidem sententia baud scio an nulla beatior possit 
esse, neque solum officio, quod bominum generi 
universo cultura agrorum est salutaris, sed et delec- 5 
tatione, quam dixi, et saturitate copiaque rerum 
omnium, quae ad victum bominum, ad cultum etiam 
deorum pertinent, ut, quoniam baec quidam desiderant, 
in gratiam jam cum voluptate redeamus. "'Semper 
enim boni assiduique domini referta cella vinaria, 10 
olearia, etiam penaria est, villaque tota locuples est ; 
abundat porco, baedo, agno, gallina, lacte, caseo, 
melle. Jam bortum ipsi agricolae succidiam alteram 
appellant. Conditiora facit baec supervacaneis etiam 
operis aucupium atque venatio. Quid de pratorum 15 
viriditate aut arborum ordinibus aut vinearum oliveto- 
rumve specie plura dicam ? Brevi praecidam : agro 
bene culto nihil potest esse nee usu uberius nee specie 
ornatius, ad quern fruendum non modo non retardat, 
verum etiam invitat atque allectat senectus. Ubi 20 
enim potest ilia aetas aut calescere vel apricatione 
melius vel igni, aut vicissim umbris aquisve refrigerari 
salubrius ? Sibi igitur habeant arma, sibi equos, sibi 
bastas, sibi clavam et pilam, sibi natationes atque 
cursus : nobis senibus ex lusionibus multis tales 25 
relinquant et tesseras ; id ipsum utrum libebit, quo- 
niam sine iis.beata esse senectus potest. 

XVII. Multas ad res perutiles Xenophontis libri 
sunt, quos legite, quaeso, studiose, ut facitis. Quam 
copiose ab eo agri cultura laudatur in eo libro, qui 30 
est de tuenda re familiari, qui Oeconomicus inscribi- 
tur ! Atque ut intelligatis nibil ei tam regale videri 
quam studium agri colendi, Socrates in eo libro 
loquitur cum Critobulo, Cyrum minorem, Persarum 
regem, praestantem ingenio atque imperii gloria, 35 
quum Lysander Lacedaemonius, vir summae virtutis, 
venisset ad eum Sardis eique dona a sociis attulisset, 
et ceteris in rebus comem erga Lysandrum atque 
humanum fuisse et ei quendam consaeptum agrum 



26 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

diligenter consitum ostendisse ; qiium autem admira- 
retur Lysander et proceritates arborum et directos in 
quincuncem ordines et humum subactam atque purani 
et suavitatem odorum, qui afflarentur ex floribus, turn 
5 eum dixisse mirari se noii modo diligeiitiara, sed 
etiam sollertiara ejus, a quo essent ilia dimensa atque 
discripta, et ei Cyrum respondisse : Atqui ego ista 
sum omnia dimensus ; mei sunt ordines, mea discriptio ; 
multae etiam istarum arhoriim mea manu sunt satae ; 

10 turn Lysandrum intuentem purpuram ejus et nitorem 
corporis ornatumque Persicum multo auro multisque 
gemmis dixisse : Rede vero te, Cyre, heatum ferunt, 
quoniam virtuti tuae fortuna conjitncta est, Hac 
igitur fortuna frui licet senibus, nee aetas impedit, 

15 quo minus et ceterarum rerum et in primis agri 
colendi studia teneamus usque ad ultimum tempus 

rji\ senectutis. M. quidem Valerium Corvinum acce- 

\' pimus ad centesimum annum perduxisse, quum esset 

acta jam aetate in agris eosque coleret ; cujus inter 

20 primum et sextura consulatum sex et quadraginta 
anni interfuerunt. Ita quantum spatium aetatis 
majores ad senectutis initium esse voluerunt, tantus 
illi cursus honor um fuit ; atque hujus extrema aetas 
hoc beatior quam media, quod auctoritatis habebat 

25 plus, laboris minus: apex est autem senectutis auc- 
toritas. Quanta fuit in L. Caecilio Metello ! quanta 
in Atilio Calatino ! in quem illud elogium : Unum 
hunc plurimae consentiunt gentes populi primarium 
fuisse virum. Notum est carmen incisum in sepulcro. 

30 Jure igitur gravis, cujus de laudibus omnium esset 
fama consentiens. Quem virum nuper P. Crassura, 
pontificem maximum, quem postea M. Lepidum, 
eodem sacerdotio praeditum, vidimus ! Quid de 
Paulo aut Africano loquar, aut, ut jam ante, de 

35 Maximo ? quorum non in sententia solum, sed etiam 
in nutu residebat auctoritas. Habet senectus, hono- 
rata praesertim, tantam auctoritatem, ut ea pluris sit 
quam omnes adolescentiae voluptates. 

XVIII. Sed in omni oratione mementote earn me 



CATO MAJOR. 27 

senectutem laudare, quae fundamentis adolescentiae 
constituta sit ; ex quo efficitur id, quod ego magno 
quondam cum assensu omnium dixi, miseram esse 
senectutem, quae se oratione defenderet. Non cani 
nee rugae repente auctoritatem arripere possunt ; sed 5 
honeste acta superior aetas fructus capit auctoritatis 
extremos. Haec enim ipsa su,nt honorabilia, quae 
videntur levia atque communia, salutari, appeti, 
decedi, assurgi, deduci, reduci, consuli; quae et apud 
nos et in aliis civitatibus, ut quaeque optime morata 10 
est, ita diligentissime observantur. Lysandrum 
Lacedaemonium, cujus modo feci mention em, dicere 
aiunt solitum, Lacedaemonem esse honestissimum 
domicilium senectutis ; nusquam enim tantum tribui- 
tur aetati, nusquam est senectus honoratior. Quin 15 
etiam memoriae proditum est, quum Athenis ludis 
quidam in theatrum grandis natu venisset, magno 
consessu locum nusquam ei datum a suis civibus ; 
quum autem ad Lacedaemonios accessisset, qui, legati 
quum essent, certo in loco consederant, consurrexisse 20 
omnes illi dicuntur et senem sessum recepisse. Qui- 
bus quum a cuncto consessu plausus esset multiplex 
datus, dixisse ex iis quendam, Athenienses scire 
quae recta essent, sed facere nolle. Multa in nostro 
collegio praeclara, sed hoc, de quo agimus, in primis, 25 
quod, ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae 
principatum tenet, neque solum honore antecedenti- 
bus, sed iis etiam, qui cum imperio sunt, majores 
natu augures anteponuntur. Quae sunt igitur volup- 
tates corporis cum auctoritatis praemiis comparandae? 30 
quibus qui splendide usi sunt, ii mihi videntur fabu- 
1am aetatis peregisse nee tamquam inexercitati his- 
triones in extremo actu corruisse. 

At sunt morosi et anxii et iracundi et difficiles 
senes. Si quaerimus, etiam avari ; sed haec morum 35 
vitia sunt, non senectutis. Ac morositas tamen et ea 
vitia, quae dixi, habent aliquid excusationis, non 
illius quidem justae, sed quae probari posse videatur: 
contemni se putant, despici, illudi : praeterea in fragili 



28 M. TULLII CICERO N IS 

corpore odiosa omnis oifensio est. Quae tamen omnia 
dulciora fiunt et moribus bonis et artibus ; idque 
quum in vita turn in scena intelligi potest ex iis 
fratribus, qui in Adelphis sunt. Quanta in altero 
5 diritas, in altero comitas ! Sic se res liabet ; ut enim 
non omne vinum, sic non omnis natura vetustate 
coacescit. Severitatem in senectute probo, sed earn, 
sicut alia, modicara ; acerbitatem nullo modo. 
Avaritia vero senilis quid sibi velit, non intelligo. 

10 Potest enim quidquam esse absurdius'quam, quo viae 
minus restet, eo plus viatici quaerere ? 

XIX. Quarta restat causa, quae maxime angere 
atque sollicitam habere nostram aetatem videtur, 
appropinquatio mortis, quae certe a senectute non 

15 potest esse longe. O miserum senem, qui mortem 
contemnendara esse in tarn longa aetate non viderit! 
quae aut plane negligenda est, si omnino exstinguit 
animum, aut etiam optanda, si aliquo eum deducit, 
ubi sit futurus aeternus. Atqui tertium certe nihil 

20 inveniri potest. Quid igitur timeam, si aut non 
miser post mortem aut beatus etiam futurus sum ? 
Qiiamquam quis est tarn stultus, quamvis sit ado- 
lescens, cui sit exploratum se ad vesperum esse vic- 
turum? Quin etiam aetas ilia multo plures quam 

25 nostra casus mortis habet : facilius in morbos incidunt 
adolescentes, gravius aegrotant, tristius curantur. 
Itaque pauci veniunt ad senectutem ; quod ni ita 
accideret, melius et prudentius viveretur: mens enim 
et ratio et consilium in senibus est ; qui si nulli fuis- 

30 seiit, nullae omnino civitates fuissent. Sed redeo ad 
mortem impendentem. Quod est istud crimen senec- 
tutis, quum id ei videatis cum adolescentia esse com- 
mune? Sensi ego in optimo filio, tu in exspectatis 
ad amplissimam dignitatem fratribus, Scipio, mortem 

35 ornni aetati esse communem. At sperat adolescens 
diu se victurum, quod sperare idem senex non potest. 
Insipienter sperat ; quid enim stultius quam incerta 
pro certis habere, falsa pro veris? At senex ne quod 
speret quidem habet. ,\ At est eo meliore conditione 



C A TO MA JOE, 29 

qiiam adolescens, quiim id, quod ille sperat, hie 
consecutus est. Ille vult diu vivere, hie diu vixit. 
Quamquam, o di boni ! quid est in hominis vita 
diu ? Da enim supremum tempus, exspectemus 
Tartessiorum regis aetatem ; fuit enim, ut scriptum 5 
video, Arganthonius quidam Gadibus, qui octoginta 
regnaverat annos, centum viginti vixerat ; sed mihi 
ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est 
aliquid extremum. Quum enim id advenit, turn 
illud, quod praeteriit, effluxit ; tantum remanet, quod 10 
virtute et recte factis consecutus sis. Horae quidem 
cedunt et dies et menses et anni, nee praeteritum 
tempus umquam revertitur, nee quid sequatur sciri 
potest. Quod cuique temporis ad vivendum datur, 
eo debet esse contentus ; neque enim histrioni, ut 15 
placeat, peragenda fabula est, modo in quocumque 
fuerit actu probetur, neque sapienti usque ad Plau- 
dite veniendum est. Breve enim tempus aetatis satis 
longum est ad bene honesteque vivendum ; sin pro- 
cesserit longius, non magis dolendum est, quam agri- 20 
colae dolent, praeterita verni temporis suavitate 
aestatem autumnumque venisse. Ver enim tamquam 
adolescentiam significat ostenditque fructus futures ; 
reliqua autem tempera demetendis fructibus et per- 
cipiendis aceommodata sunt. Fructus autem senee- 25 
tutis est, ut saepe dixi, ante partorum honor am 
memoria et copia. Omnia autem, quae secundum 
naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis. Quid est 
autem tam secundum naturam quam senibus emori ? 
quod idem contingit adolescentibus adversante et 30 
repugnante natura. Itaque adolescentes mihi mori 
sic videntur, ut quum aquae multitudine flammae 
vis opprimitur ; senes autem sic, ut quum sua sponte, 
nulla adhibita vi, consumptus ignis exstinguitur : et 
quasi poma ex arboribus, cruda si sunt, vix evellun- 35 
tur, si matura et cocta, decidunt, sic vitam adoles- ^ 
centibus vis aufert, senibus maturitas ; quae quidem 
mihi tam jucunda est, ut, quo propius ad mortem 
accedam, quasi terram videre videar aliquandoque in 
portum ex longa navigatione esse venturus. 40 



30 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

XX. Senectutis autera null us est cert us terminus, 
recteque in ea vivitur, quoad munus officii exsequi 
et tueri possis [raortemque contemnere] ; ex quo fit, 
ut animosior etiam senectus sit quam adolescentia et 
5 fortior. Hoc illud est, quod Pisistrato tyranno a 
Solone responsam est, quum illi quaerenti, qua 
tandem re fretus sibi taiu audaciter obsisteret, re- 
spondisse dicitur Senectute, Sed vivendi est finis 
optimus, quum integra mente certisque sensibus 

10 opus ipsa suum eadem, quae coagmentavit, natura 
dissolvit. Ut navem, ut aedificium idem destruit 
facillime, qui construxit, sic hominem eadem optime, 
quae conglutinavit, natura dissolvit. Jam omnis 
conglutinatio recens aegre, inveterata facile divel- 

15 litur. Ita fit ut illud breve vitae reliquum nee avide 
appetendum senibus nee sine causa deserendum sit ; 
vetatque Pythagoras injussu imperatoris, id est dei, 
de praesidio et statione vitae decedere. Solonis 
quidem sapientis est elogium, quo se negat velle suam 

20 mortem dolore amicorum et lamentis vacare. Vult, 
credo, se esse carum suis ; sed baud scio an melius 
Ennius : 

Nemo me lacrumis decoret, neque funera fletu 
Faxit. 

25 Non censet lugendara^ ess^ mortem, quam immorta- 
litas consequatur.v Jata sensus moriendi aliquis esse 
potest, isque ad exiguum tempus, praesertim seni: 
post mortem quidem sensus aut optandus aut nullus 
est. Sed hoc meditatum ab adolescentia debet esse, 

30 mortem ut negligamus, sine qua meditatione tran- 
quil lo animo esse nemo potest ; moriendum enim 
certe est, et incertum an hoc ipso die. Mortem igitur 
omnibus horis impendentem timens qui poterit animo 
consistere? De qua non ita longa disputatione opus 

35 esse videtur, quum recorder non L. Brutura, qui in 
liberanda patria est interfectus, non duos Decios, qui 
ad voluntariam mortem cursum equorum incitave- 
runt, non M. Atilium, qui ad supplicium est pro- 






CATO MAJOR. 31 



fectus, lit fidem hosti datam conservaret, non duos 
Scipiones, qui iter Poenis vel corporibus suis obstruere 
voluerunt, non avum tuum L. Paulum, qui morte 
luit collegae in Cannensi ignominia temeritatem, non 
M. Marcellum, cujus interitum ne crudelissimus 5 
quidem hostis honore sepulturae carere passus est, 
sed legiones nostras, quod scripsi in Originibus, in 
eum locum saepe profectas alacri animo et erecto, 
unde se redituras numquam arbitrarentur. Quod 
igitur adolescentes et ii quidem non solum indocti, 10 
sed etiam rustici, contemnunt, id docti senes ex- 
timescent? Omnino, ut mitii quidem videtur, rerum 
omnium satietas vitae facit satietatem. Sunt pueritiae 
studia certa : num igitur ea desiderant adolescentes ? 
Sunt ineuntis adolescentiae : num ea constans jam 15 
requirit aetas, quae media dicitur ? Sunt etiam ejus 
aetatis ; ne ea quidem quaeruntur in senectute. Sunt 
extrema quaedam studia senectutis ; ergo, ut supe- 
riorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam 
senectutis ; quod quum evenit, satietas vitae tempus 20 
maturum mortis after t. 

XXI. Non enim video cur, quid ipse sentiam de 
morte, non audeam vobis dicere, quod eo cernere 
mihi melius videor, quo ab ea propius absum. Ego 
vestros patres, tu, Scipio, tuque, Laeli, viros claris- 25 
simos mihique amicissimos, vivere arbitror, et earn 
quidem vitam, quae est sola vita nominanda. Nam, 
dum sumus inclusi in his compagibus corporis, 
munere quodam necessitatis et gravi opere perfungi- 
mur ; est enim animus caelestis ex altissimo domicilio 30 
depressus et quasi demersus in terram, locum divinae 
naturae ae^ernitatique contrarium. Sed credo deos 
immortales^sparsisse animos in corpora humana, ut 
essent, qui terras tuerentur, quique caelestium ordi- 
nem contemplantes imitarentur eum vitae modo atque 35 
constantia. Nee me solum ratio ac disputatio im- 
pulit, ut ita crederem, sed nobilitas etiam summorum 
philosophorum et auctoritas. Audiebam Pythagoram 
Pytliagoreosque, incolas paene nostros, qui essent 
Italici philosophi quondam nominati, numquam dubi- 40 



32 M. TULLII CICER0NI8 

tasse, quin ex universa mente divina delibatos animos 
haberemus. Demonstrabantur milii praeterea, quae 
Socrates supremo vitae die de immortalitate animo- 
rum disseruisset, is qui esset omnium sapientissimus 
5 Apollinis oraculo judicatus. Quid multa ? Sic mihi 
persuasi, sic sentio, quum tanta celeritas animorum 
sit, tanta memoria praeteritorum futurorumque pru- 
dentia, tot artes [tantae scientiae], tot inventa, non 
posse earn naturam, quae res eas- contineat, esse mor- 

10 talem ; quumque semper agitetur animus nee prin- 
cipium motus habeat, quia se ipse moveat, ne finem 
quidem habiturum esse motus, quia numquam se ipse 
sit relicturus ; et quum simplex animi natura esset 
neque haberet in se quidquam admixtum dispar sui 

15 atque dissimile, non posse eum dividi ; quod si non 
possit, non posse interire ; magnoque esse argumento 
homines scire pleraque ante quam nati sint, quod jam 
pueri, quum artes difficiles discant, ita celeriter res 
innumerabiles arripiant, ut eas non tum primum 

20 accipere videantur, sed reminisci et recordari. Haec 
Platonis fere. 

XXII. Apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus 
major haec dicit : Nolite arbitrari, o mei carissimi 
filii, me, quum a vobis discessero, nusquam o>ut nullum 

25 fore; nee enim, dum eram vobiscuvi, animum. meum 
videbatis, sed eum esse in hoc corpore ex its rebus, quas 
gerebam, intelligebatis. Eundem igitur esse creditote, 
etiam si nullum videbitis. Nee vero elarorum virorum 
post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipso- 

30 rum animi efficerent, quo diutius memoriam sui tene- 
remus, Mihi quidem persuaderi numqaam potuit 
animos, dum in corporibus essent mortalibus, vivere, 
quum excessissent ex iis, emori ; nee vero tum animum 
esse insipientem, quum ex insipienti corpore evasisset; 

35 sed, quum omni admixtione corporis liberatus purus et 
integer esse coepisset, tum esse sapientem. Atque etiam, 
quum hominis natura morte dissolvitur, ceterarum 
rerum perspicuum est quo quaeque discedat ; abeunt 
enim illuc omnia, unde orta sunt; animus autem solus 

40 7iec quum adest nee quum discedit apparet. \ Jam vero 



O A TO MAJOR. 33 

videtis nihil esse morti tain simile quam somnum. 
Atqui dormientium animi maxime declarant divinita- 
tern suam ; multa eniin, quum remissi et liberi sunt, 
futura prospimunt. Ex quo intelligitur quales futuri 
sint, quum se plane corporis vinculis relaxaverint, 5 
Qiiare, si haec ita sunt, sic me colitote, inquit, ut deum ; 
sin una est interiturus animus cum corpore, vos tamen 
deos verentes, qui hanc omnem pulchritudinem tuentur 
et regunt, memoriam nostri pie inviolateque servabitis. 

XXIII. Cyrus quidem liaec moriens. Nos, si 10 
placet, nostra videamus. Nemo umquam mihi, 
Scipio, persuadebit aut patrem tuum Paulum, aut 
duos avos Paulum et Afrieanum, aut African! patrem 
aut patruum, aut multos praestantes viros, quos 
enumerare non est necesse, tanta esse conatos, quae 15 
ad posteritatis memoriam pertinerent, nisi animo 
cernerent posteritatem ad se pertinere. An censes, 
ut de me ipso aliquid more senum glorier, me tantos 
labores diurnos nocturnosque domi militiaeque sus- 
cepturum fuisse, si iisdem finibus gloriam meam, 20 
quibus vitam, essem terminaturus ? Nonne melius 
multo fuisset otiosam aetatem et quietam sine ullo 
labore et contentione traducere? Sed nescio quo- 
modo, animus erigens se posteritatem ita semper 
prospiciebat, quasi, quum excessisset e vita, tum 25 
denique victurus esset. Quod quidem ni ita se 
haberet, ut animi immortales essent, baud optimi 
eujusque animus maxime ad immortalitatis gloriam 
niteretur. Quid, quod sapientissimus quisque aequis- 
simo animo moritur, stultissimus iniquissimo ? Nonne 30 
vobis videtur is animus, qui plus cernat et longius, 
videre se ad meliora proficisci ; ille autem, cui 
obtusior sit acies, non videre? Equidem efferor 
studio patres vestros, quos colui et dilexi, videndi ; 
neque vero eos solum convenire aveo, quos ipse 35 
cognovi, sed illos etiam, de quibus audivi et legi et 
ipse conscripsi. Quo quidem me proficiscentem baud 
sane quis facile retraxerit, nee tamquam Peliam re- 
coxerit; et si quis deus mihi largiatur, ut ex hac 
3_Cic.de S. 



34 M. T. CICERONIS CATO MAJOR. 

aetate repuerascam et in cunis vagiam, valde recusem, 
nee vero velim, quasi decurso spatio, ad carceres a 
calce revocari. Quid enirn habet vita commodi? 
quid non potius laboris? Sed habeat sane; habet 
5 certe tamen aut satietatem aut modum. Non libet 
enim mihi deplorare vitam, quod multi et ii docti 
saepe fecerunt ; neque me vixisse paenitet, quoniam 
ita vixi, ut non frustra me natum existimem ; et ex 
vita ita discedo tamquam ex hospitio, non tamquam 

10 e domo. Commorandi enim natura devorsorium 
nobis, non habitandi dedit. O praeclarum diem, 
quum in illud divinum animorum concilium coetum- 
que proficiscar, quumque ex hac turba et colluvione 
discedam ! Proficiscar enim non ad eos solum viros, 

15 de quibus ante dixi, verum etiam ad Catonem meum, 
quo nemo vir melior natus est, nemo pietate prae- 
stantior; cujus a me corpus est crematum — quod 
contra decuit ab illo meum, — animus vero non me 
deserens, sed respectans, in ea profecto loca discessit, 

20 quo mihi ipsi cernebat esse veniendum. Quem ego 
meum casum fortiter ferre visus sum, non quo aequo 
animo ferrem, sed me ipse consolabar existimans non 
longinquum inter nos digressum et discessum fore. 
His mihi rebus, Scipio, — id enim te cum Laelio 

25 admirari solere dixisti — levis est senectus, nee solum 
non molesta, sed etiam jucunda. Quod si in hoc 
erro, qui animos hominum immortal es esse credam, 
libenter erro, nee mihi hunc errorem, quo delector, 
dum vivo, extorqueri volo ; sin mortuus, ut quidam 

30 minuti philosophi censent, nihil sentiam, non vereor, 
ne hunc errorem meum philosophi mortui irrideant. 
Quod si non sumus immortales futuri, tamen exstingui 
homini suo tempore optabile est. Nam habet natura 
ut aliarum rerum omnium sic vivendi modutn ; senec- 

35 tus autem aetatis est peractio tamquam fabulae, cujus 
defatigationem fugere debemus, praesertim adjuncta 
satietate. 

Haec habui de senectute quae dicerem, ad quam 
utinam perveniatis, ut ea, quae ex me audistis, re 
40 experti probare possitis. 



M. TULLII CICERONIS 

LAELIUS DE AMICITIA 

AD T. POMPOKIUM ATTICUM. 






V 



o^^o 



I. Q. Mucins augur multa narrare de C. Laelio 
socero suo memoriter et jucunde solebat nee dubitare 
ilium in omui sermone appellare sapientem. Ego 
auteni a patre ita eram deductus ad Scaevolam sumpta 
virili toga, ut, quoad possem et liceret, a senis latere 5 
numquam discederera. Itaque multa ab eo prudenter 
disputata, niulta etiam breviter et commode dicta 
memoriae mandabam, fieri que studebam ejus pru- 
dentia doctior. Quo mortuo me ad pontificem Scae- 
volam contuli, quem unum nostrae civitatis et ingenio 10 
et justitia praestantissimum audeo dicere. Sed de 
hoc alias ; nunc redeo ad augurem. Quum saepe 
multa, tum memini domi in hemicyclio sedentem, ut 
solebat, quum et ego essem una et pauci admodum 
familiares, in eum sermonem ilium incidere, qui tum 15 
fere multis erat in ore. Meministi enim profecto, 
Attice, et eo raagis, quod P. Sulpicio utebare multum, 
quum is tribunus plebis capitali odio a Q. Pompeio, 
qui tum erat consul, dissideret, quocum conjunctis- 
sime et amantissime vixerat, quanta esset hominum 20 
vel admiratio vel querela. Itaque tum Scaevola, 
quum in eam ipsam mentionem incidisset, exposuit 
nobis sermonem Laelii de amicitia habitum ab illo 
secum et cum altero genero, C. Fannio, Marci filio, 

35 



36 M. TULLII CICEEONIS 

paucis diebus post mortem Africani. Ejus dispu- 
tationis sententias memoriae mandavi, quas hoc libro 
exposal arbitratu meo; quasi enim ipsos induxi 
loquentes, ne inquam et inquit saepius interponeretur, 
5 atque ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo 
videretur. Quum enim saepe mecum ageres, ut de 
amicitia scriberem aliquid, digna mihi res quum 
omnium cognitione tarn nostra familiaritate visa est. 
Itaque feci non invitus ut prodessem multis rogatu 

10 tuo. Sed ut in Catone Majore, qui est scriptus ad te 
de senectute, Catonem induxi senem disputantem, 
quia nulla videbatur aptior persona, quae de ilia 
aetate loqueretur, quam ejus qui et diutissime senex 
fuisset et in ipsa senectute praeter ceteros fioruisset ; 

15 sic, quum accepissemus a patribus maxime memora- 
bilem C. Laelii et P. Scipionis familiaritatem fuisse, 
idonea mihi Laelii persona visa est, quae de amicitia 
ea ipsa dissereret, quae disputata ab eo meminisset 
Scaevola. Genus autem hoc sermonum positum in 

20 hominum veterum auctoritate et eorum illustrium 
plus nescio quo pacto videtur habere gravitatis. 
Itaque ipse mea legens sic afficior interdum, ut 
Catonem, non me loqui existimem. Sed ut tum ad 
senem senex de senectute, sic hoc libro ad amicum 

25 amicissimus scripsi de amicitia. Tum est Cato locu- 
tus, quo erat nemo fere senior temporibus illis, nemo 
prudentior: nunc Laelius et sapiens — sic enim est 
habitus — et amicitiae gloria excellens de amicitia 
loquetur. Tu velim a me animum parumper avertas, 

30 Laelium loqui ipsum putes. C. Fannius et Q. Mucins 

ad socerum veniunt post mortem Africani : ab his 

sermo oritur, respondet Laelius, cujus tota disputatio 

est de amicitia, quam legens te ipsum cognosces. 

II. Fannius. Sunt ista, Laeli. Nee enim melior 

35 vir fuit Africano quisquam nee clarior. Sed existi- 
mare debes omnium oculos in te esse conjectos unum ; 
te sapientem et appellant et existimant. Tribuebatur 
hoc modo M. Catoni, scimus L. Acilium apud patres 
nostros appellatum esse sapientem, sed uterque alio 



LA ELI us. 37 

quodam moclo ; Acilius, quia prudens esse in jure 
civili putabatur, Cato, quia multarum rerum usum 
habebat: luulta ejus et in senatu et in foro vel 
provisa prudenter vel acta constanter vel responsa 
acute ferebantur ; propterea quasi cognomen jam 5 
habebat in senectute sapientis. Te autem alio quo- 
dam modo, non solum natura et moribus, verum 
etiam studio et doctrina esse sapientem, nee sicut 
vulgus, sed ut eruditi solent appellare sapientem, 
qualem in reliqua Graecia neminem — nam qui 10 
septem appellantur, eos, qui ista subtilius quaerunt, 
in numero sapientium non habent, — Athenis unum 
accepimus et eum quidem etiam ApoUinis oraculo 
sapientissimum judicatum ; banc esse in te sapientiam 
existimant, ut omnia tua in te posita esse ducas 15 
humanosque casus virtute inferiores putes. Itaque 
ex me quaerunt, credo ex hoc item Scaevola, quonam 
pacto mortem African! feras, eoque magis, quod 
proximis Nonis, quum in hortos D. Bruti auguris 
commentandi causa, ut assolet, venissemus, tu non 20 
affuisti, qui diligentissime semper ilium diem et illud 
munus solitus esses obire. — "~ — ^^^ — ^~- .---^^.^^-.^^ 



Scaevola. Quaerunt quidem, C. Laeli, multi, ut 
est a Fannio dictum ; sed ego id respondeo, quod 
animum adverti, te dolorem, quem acceperis quum 25 
summi viri tum amicissimi morte, ferre moderate, 
nee potuisse non commoveri nee fuisse id humanitatis 
tuae ; quod autem Nonis in coUegio nostro non affu- 
isses valetudinem respondeo causam, non maestitiam 
fuisse. 30 

Laelius. Recte tu quidem, Scaevola, et vere: nee 
enim ab isto officio, quod semper usurpavi, quum valo- 
rem, abduci incommode meo debui, nee ullo casu arbi- 
tror hoc constanti homini posse contingere, ut uUa in- 
termissio fiat officii. Tu autem, Fanni, quod mihi tan- 35 
tum tribui dicis, quantum ego nee agnosco nee postulo, 
facis amice ; sed, ut mihi videris, non recte judicas de 
Catone. Aut enim nemo, quod quidem magis credo, aut, 
si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit. Quomodo, ut alia omit- 



38 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

tarn, mortem filii tulit! Memineram Paulum, vide- 
ram Galum ; sed hi in pueris, Cato in perfecto et spec- 
tato viro. Quamobrem cave Catoni anteponas ne istum 
quidem ipsum, quern Apollo, ut ais, sapientissimum ju- 
5 dicavit ; hujus enim facta, illius dicta laudantur. De 
me autem, ut jam cum utroque loquar, sic habetote. 

III. Ego si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem, 
quam id recte faciam viderint sapientes, sed certe 
mentiar. Moveor enim tali amico orbatus, qualis, ut 

10 arbitror, nemo umquam erit, ut confirmare possum, 
nemo certe fuit. Sed non egeo medicina: me ipse 
consolor et maxime illo solatio, quod eo errore careo, 
quo amicorum decessu plerique angi solent. Nihil 
mali accidisse Scipioni puto ; mihi accidit, si quid 

15 accidit ; suis aiitem incommodis graviter angi non 
amicum, sed se ipsum amantis est. Cum illo vero 
quis neget actum esse praeclare? Nisi enim, quod 
ille minime putabat, immortalitatem optare vellet, 
quid non adeptus est, quod homini fas esset optare? 

20 qui summam spem civium, quam de eo jam puero 
habuerant, continuo adolescens incredibili virtute 
superavit ; qui consulatum petivit numquam, factus 
[consul] est bis, primum ante tempus, iterum sibi 
suo tempore, rei publicae paene sero ; qui duabus 

25 urbibus eversis inimicissimis huic imperio non modo 
praesentia, verum etiam futura belia delevit. Quid 
dicam de moribus facillimis, de pietate in matrera, 
liberalitate in sorores, bonitate in suos, justitia in 
omnes ? Nota sunt vobis. Quam autem civitati 

30 earns fuerit, maerore funeris indicatum est. Quid 
igitur hunc paucorum annorum accessio juvare 
potuisset? senectus enim quam vis non sit gravis, ut 
memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus.mecum 
et cum Scipione disserere, tamen aufert eam viridi- 

35 tatem, in qua etiam nunc erat Scipio. Quamobrem 
vita quidem talis fuit vel fortuna vel gloria, ut nihil 
posset accedere; moriendi autem sensum celeritas 
abstulit. Quo de genere mortis difficile dictu est; 
quid homines suspicentur videtis. Hoc vere tamen 



LAELIUS. 39 

licet dicere, P. Scipioni ex multis diebus, quos in vita 
celeberrimos laetissimosqiie viderit, ilium diem ela- 
rissimum fuisse, qiium senatu dimisso domum re- 
ductus ad vesperum est a patribus conscriptis, populo 
Roraauo, sociis et Latinis, pridie quam excessit e 5 
vita; ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos 
videatur deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse. 

IV. Neque enim assentior iis, qui haec nuper 
disserere coeperunt, cum corporibus simul animos 
interire atque omnia morte deleri. Plus apud me 10 
anti quorum auctoritas valet, vel nostrorum majorum, 
qui mortuis tam religiosa jura tribuerunt, quod non 
fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere arbitra- 
rentur; vel eorum, qui in hac terra fuerunt mag- 
namque Graeciam, — quae nunc quidem deleta est, 15 
tum florebat, — institutis et praeceptis suis erudie- 
runt ; vel ejus, qui Apollinis oraculo sapientissimus 
est judicatus, cui non tum hpc, tum illud, uti pie- 
risque, sed idem semper, animos hominum esse divi- 
ng, iisque, quum ex corpore excessissent, reditum in 20 
caelum pater e, optimoque et justissimo cuique expedi- 
tissimum. Quod ifem Scipioni videbatur, qui qui- 
dem, quasi praesagiret, perpaucis ante mortem diebus, ^..A 
quum et Philus et Manilius adessent et alii plures, • 
tuque etiam, Scaevola, mecum venisses, triduum 25 
disseruit de re publica, cujus disputationis fuit ex- 
tremum fere de immortalitate animorum, quae se in 
quiete per visum ex Africano audisse dicebat. Id si 
ita est, ut optimi cuj usque animus in morte facillime 
evolet tamquam e custodia vinclisque corporis, cui 30 
censemus cursum ad deos faciliorem fuisse quam 
Scipioni? Quocirca maerere hoc ejus eventu vereor, 
ne invidi magis quam amici sit. Sin autem ilia 
veriora, ut idem interitus sit animorum et corporum 
nee uUus sensus maneat, ut nihil boni est in morte, 35 
sic certe nihil mali. Sensu enim amisso fit idem, 
quasi natus non esset omnino, quem tamen esse natum 
et nos gaudemus et haec civitas, dum erit, laetabitur. 
Quamobrem cum illo quidem, ut supra dixi, actum 



40 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

optime est, mecum incommodius, quern fuerat aequius, 
ut prius introieram, sic prius exire de vita. Sed 
tamen recordatione nostrae amicitiae sic fruor, ut 
beate vixisse videar, quia cum Scipione vixerim, 
5 quocum mihi conjuncta cura de publica re et de 
privata fuit, quocum et domus fuit et militia com- 
munis et id, in quo est omnis vis amicitiae, volun- 
tatum, studiorum, sententiarum summa consensio. 
Itaque non tam ista me sapientiae, quam modo Fan- 

10 nius commemoravit, fama delectat, falsa praesertim, 
quam quod amicitiae nostrae memoriam spero sempi- 
ternam fore ; idque eo mihi magis est cordi, quod ex 
omnibus saeculis vix tria aut quattuor nominantur 
paria amicorum, quo in genere sperare videor Scipio- 

15 nis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore. 

Fannius. Istuc quidem, Laeli, ita necesse est. 
Sed, quoniam amicitiae mentionem fecisti et sumus 
otiosi, pergratum mihi feceris, — spero item Scae- 
volae, — si, quemadmodum soles de ceteris rebus, 

20 quum ex te quaeritur, sic de amicitia disputaris quid 
sentias, qualem existimes, quae praecepta des. 

ScAEVOLA. Mihi vero; atque id ipsum quum tecum 
agere conarer, Fannius antevertit. Quamobrem 
utrique nostrum gratum admodum feceris. 

25 V. Laelius. Ego vero non gravarer, si mihi ipse 
confiderem ; nam et praeclara res est, et sumus, ut 
dixit Fannius, otiosi. Sed quis ego sum aut quae est 
in me facultas ? Doctorum est ista consuetude, eaque 
Graecorum, ut iis ponatur de quo disputent quamvis 

30 subito. Magnum opus est egetque exercitatione non 
parva. Quamobrem quae disputari de amicitia pos- 
sunt, ab iis censeo petatis, qui ista profitentur. Ego 
vos hortari tantum possum, ut amicitiam omnibus 
rebus humanis anteponatis; nihil est enim tam 

35 naturae aptum, tam conveniens ad res vel secundas 
vel adversas. Sed hoc primum sentio, nisi in bonis 
amicitiam esse non posse ; neque id ad vivum reseco, 
ut illi, qui haec subtilius disserunt, fortasse vere sed 
ad communem utilitatem parum; negant enim quem- 



LAELIUS. 41 

quam esse virum bonum nisi sapientem. Sit ita sane ; 
sed earn sapientiam interpretantur, quam adhuc 
mortalis nemo est consecutus; nos autem ea, quae 
sunt in usu vitaque communi, non ea, quae finguntur 
aut optantur, spectare debemus. Numquam ego dicam 5 
C. Fabricium, M\ Curium, Ti. Coruncanium, quos 
sapientes nostri majores judicabant, ad istorum nor- 
mam fuisse sapientes. Quare sibi habeant sapientiae 
nomen et invidiosum et obscurum, concedant ut 
boni viri fuerint. Ne id quidem facient: negabunt 10 
id nisi sapienti posse concedi. Agamus igitur pingui, 
ut aiunt, Minerva. Qui ita se gerunt, ita vivunt, ut 
eorum probetur fides, integritas, aequitas, liberalitas, 
nee sit in iis ulla cupiditas, libido, audacia, sintque 
magna constantia, ut ii fuerunt, modo quos nominavi, 15 
hos viros bonos, ut habiti sunt, sic etiam appellandos 
putemus, quia sequantur, quantum honiines possunt, 
naturam optimam bene vivendi ducem. Sic enim 
mihi perspicere videor, ita natos esse nos, ut inter 
omnes esset societas quaedam, major autem, ut quis- 20 
que proximo, accederet. Itaque cives potiores quam 
peregrini, propinqui quam alieni ; cum his enim ami- 
citiam natura ipsa peperit, sed ea non satis habet 
firmitatis. Namque boc praestat amicitia propin- 
quitati, quod ex propinquitate benevolentia tolli 25 
potest, ex amicitia non potest ; sublata enim benevo- 
lentia amicitiae nomen tolli tur, propinquitatis manet. 
Quanta autem vis amicitiae sit, ex hoc intelligi 
maxime potest, quod ex infinita societate generis 
humani, quam conciliavit ipsa natura, ita contracta 30 
res est et adducta in angustum, ut omnis caritaa^ut_ 
inter duos aut inter paucos jungeretur. 

VI. Est enim amicitia nihil aliuH^isi omnium 
divinarum humanarumque rerum cum benevolentia 
et caritate consensio ; qua quidem baud scio an ex- 35 
cepta sapientia nihil melius homini sit a dis immor- 
tal ibus datum. Divitias alii praeponunt, bonam alii 
valetudinem, alii potentiam, alii honores, multi etiam 
voluptates. Beluarum hoc quidem extremum, ilia 



42 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

autem superiora caduca et incerta, posita non tarn in 
consiliis nostris" quam in fortunae temeritate. Qui 
autem in virtute summum bonum ponunt, praeclare 
illi quidem ; sed haec ipsa virtus amicitiam et gignit 
5 et continet, nee sine virtute amicitia esse ullo pacto 
potest. Jam virtutem ex consuetudine vitae ser- 
monisque nostri interpreteraur nee earn, ut quid am 
docti, verborum magnificentia metiamur virosque 
bonos eos, qui habentur, numeremus, Paulos, Catones, 

10 GaloSj Scipiones, Philos : his communis vita contenta 
est, eos autem omittamus, qui omnino nusquam re- 
periuntur. Tales igitur inter viros amicitia tantas 
opportunitates habet, quantas vix queo dicere. Prin- 
cipio, qui potest esse vita vitalis, ut ait Ennius, quae 

15 non in amici mutua benevolentia conquiescit? Quid 
dulcius quam habere quicum omnia audeas sic loqui 
ut tecum t Qui esset tantus fructus in prosperis 
rebus, nisi haberesqui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet? 
Adversas vero ferre difficile esset sine eo, qui illas 

20 gravius etiam quam tu ferret. Denique ceterae res, 
quae expetuntur, opportunae sunt singulae rebus fere 
singulis: divitiae, ut utare ; opes, ut col are ; honores, 
ut laudere ; voluptates, ut gaudeas ; valetudo, ut 
dolore careas et muneribus fungare corporis : amicitia 

25 res plurimas continet ; quoquo te verteris praesto est, 
nullo loco excluditur, numquam intempestiva, num- 
quam molesta est; itaque non aqua, non igni, ut 
aiunt, locis pluribus utimur quam amicitia. Neque 
ego nunc de vulgari aut de mediocri, quae tamen 

30 ipsa et delectat et prodest, sed de vera et perfecta 
loquor, qualis eorum, qui pauci nominantur, fuit. 
Nam et secundas res splendidiores facit amicitia, et 
adversas, partiens communicansque, leviores. 

VII. Quumque plurimas et maximas commoditates 

35 amicitia contineat, tum ilia nimirum praestat omni- 
bus, quod bonam spem praelucet in posterum nee 
debilitari animos aut cadere patitur. Verum enim 
amicum qui intuetur, tamquam exemplar aliquod 
intuetur sui. Quocirca et absentes adsunt et egentes 



L A E L I U S. 43 

abundant et imbecilli valent, et, quod difBcilius dictu 
est, mortui vivunt : tantus eos honos, memoria, deside- 
rium prosequitur amicorum. Ex quo illorum beata 
mors videtur, horum vita laudabilis. Quod si 
exemeris ex rerum natura benevolentiae conjunc- 5 
tionem, nee domus uUa nee urbs stare poterit, ne agri 
quidem cultus permanebit. Id si minus intelligitur, 
quanta vis amicitiae concordiaeque sit, ex dissensioni- 
busatque ex discordiis perspici potest ; quae enim do- 
mus tamstabilis, quae tarn firma civitas est, quae non 10 
odiis et discidiis f unditus possit everti ? Ex quo 
quantum boni sit in amicitia judicari potest. Agri- 
gentinum quidem doctum quondam virum carminibus 
Graecis vaticinatum ferunt, quae in rerum natura 
totoque mundo constarent quaeque moverentur, ea 15 
contrahere amicitiam, dissipare discordiam. Atque 
hoc quidem omnes mortales et intelligunt et re pro- 
bant. Itaque, si quando aliquod officium exstitit 
amici in periculis aut adeundis aut communicandis, 
quis est, qui id non maximis efferat laudibus ? Qui 20 
clamores tota cavea nuper in hospitis et amici mei 
M. Pacuvii nova fabula ! quum, ignorante rege uter 
Orestes esset, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, ut pro 
illo necaretur ; Orestes autem, ita ut erat, Orestem se 
esse perseveraret. Stantes plaudebant in re .ficta : 25 
quid arbitramur in vera facturos fuisse? Facile 
indicabat ipsa natura vim suam, quum homines, quod 
facere ipsi non possent, id recte fieri in altero judica- 
rent. Hactenus mihi videor, de amicitia quid sen- 
tirem, potuisse dicere : siqua praeterea sunt, — credo 30 
autem esse multa, — ab iis, si videbitur, qui ista 
disputant, quaeritote. 

Fannius. jSTos vero a te potius : quamquam etiara 
ab istis saepe quaesivi et audivi non invitus equidem ; 
sed aliud quoddam filum orationis tuae. 35 

ScAEVOLA. Tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si nuper 
in hortis Scipionis, quum est de re publica dispu- 
tatum, affuisses. Qualis tum patronus justitiae fuit 
contra accuratam orationem Phili ! 



44 M. TULL.II CICERONIS 

Fannius. Facile id quidem fuit justitiam justissimo 
viro defendere. 

ScAEVOLA. Quid amicitiam ? Nonne facile ei, qui 
ob earn summa fide, constantia justitiaque servataru 
5 maximam gloriam ceperit ? 

VIII. Laelius. Vim hoc quidem est afierre ; quid 
enim refert qua me ratione cogatis ? Cogitis certe ; 
studiis enim generorum, praesertim in re bona, quum 
difficile est tum ne aequum quidem obsistere. Saepis- 

10 sime igitur mihi de amicitia cogitanti maxime illud 
considerandum videri solet, utrum propter imbecillita- 
tem atque inopiam desiderata sit amicitia, ut dandis 
recipiendisque meritis, quod quisque minus per se 
ipse posset, id acciperet ab alio vicissimque redderet ; 

15 an esset hoc quidem proprium amicitiae, sed antiquior 
et pulchrior et magis a natura ipsa profecta alia 
causa. Amor enim, ex quo amicitia nominata est, 
princeps est ad benevolentiam conjungendam. Nam 
iitilitates quidem etiam ab iis percipiuntur saepe, qui 

20 simulatione amicitiae coluntur et observantur tem- 
poris causa ; in amicitia autem nihil fictum est, nihil 
simulatum, et, quidquid est, id est verum et volun- 
tarium. Quapropter a natura mihi videtur potius 
quam ab indigentia orta amicitia, applicatione magis 

25 animi cum quodam sensu amandi quam cogitatione 
quantum ilia res utilitatis esset habitura. Quod 
quidem quale sit etiam in bestiis quibusdam animad- 
verti potest, quae ex se natos ita amant ad quoddam 
tempus et ab iis ita amantur, ut facile earum sensus 

80 appareat. Quod in homine multo est evidentius : 
primum, ex ea caritate, quae est inter natos et paren- 
tes, quae dirimi nisi detestabili scelere non potest : 
deinde, quum similis sensus exstitit amoris, si aliquem 
nacti sumus, cujus cum moribus et natura congru- 

35 amus, quod in eo quasi lumen aliquod probitatis et 
virtutis perspicere videamur. Nihil est enim virtu te 
amabilius, nihil quod magis alliciat ad diligendum ; 
quippe quum propter virtutem et probitatem etiam 
eos, quos numquam vidimus, quodam modo diliga- 



LAELIUS. 45 

mus. Quis est qui C. Fabricii, M\ Curii non cum 
caritate aliqua benevola memoriam usurpet, quos 
numquam viderit ? Quis autem est qui Tarquinium 
Superbum, qui Sp. Cassium, Sp. Maelium non oderit? 
Cum duobus ducibus de imperio in Italia est decer- 5 
tatum, Pyrrho et Hannibale : ab altero propter pro- 
bitatem ejus non nimis alienos animos habemus, 
alterum propter crudelitatem semper haec ci vitas 
oderit'. 

IX. Quod si tanta vis probitatis est, ut eam vel in 10 
lis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in 
hoste etiam diligamus, quid mirum est, si animi 
hominum moveantur, quum eorum, quibuscum usu 
conjuncti esse possunt, virtutem et bonitatem per- 
spicere videantur ? Quamquam confirmatur amor et 15 
beneficio accepto et studio perspecto et consuetudine 
adjuncta ; quibus rebus ad ilium primum motum 
animi et amoris adhibitis admirabilis quaedam ex- 
ardescit benevolentiae magnitudo. Quam si qui 
putant ab imbecillitate proficisci, ut sit, per quern 20 
assequatur quod quisque desideret, humilem sane re- 
linquunt et minime generosum, ut ita dicam, ortum 
amicitiae, quam ex inopia atque indigentia natam 
volunt. Quod si ita esset, ut quisque minimum esse 
in se arbitraretur, ita ad amicitiam esset aptissimus ; 25 
quod longe secus est. Ut enim quisque sibi plurimum 
confidit et ut quisque maxime virtute et sapientia sic 
munitus est, ut nullo egeat suaque omnia in se ipso 
posita judicet, ita in amicitiis expetendis colendisque 
maxime excellit. Quid enim? Africanus indigens 30 
mei? Minime hercle ! ac ne ego quidem illius : sed 
ego admiratione quadam virtutis ejus, ille vicissim 
opinione fortasse nonnulla, quam de meis moribus 
habebat, me dilexit ; auxit benevolentiam consuetudo. 
Sed quamquam utilitates multae et magnae consecutae 35 
sunt, non sunt tamen ab earum spe causae diligendi 
profectae. Ut enim benefici liberalesque sumus, non 
ut exigamus gratiam, — neque enim beneficium faene- 
ramur, sed natura propensi ad liberalitatem sumus, — 



46 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

sic amicitiam non spe mercedis adducti, sed quod 
omnis ejus fructus in ipso amore inest, expetendam 
putamus. Ab his, qui pecudum ritu ad voluptatem 
omnia referunt, longe dissentiunt : nee mirum ; nihil 
5 enim altum, nihil magnificum ac divinum suspicere 
possunt, qui suas omnes cogitationes abjecerunt in 
rem tam humilem tamque contemptam. Quamobrem 
hos quidem ab hoc sermone removeamus ; ipsi autem 
intelligamus natura gigni seusum diligendi et benevo- 
lo lentiae caritatem, facta significatione probitatis : quam 
qui appetiverunt, applicant se et propius admovent, 
ut et usu ejus, quem diligere coeperunt, fruantur et 
moribus ; suntque pares in amore et aequales, pro- 
pensioresque ad bene merendum quam ad r^poscen- 
15 dum ; atque haec inter eos est honesta certatio. Sic 
et utilitates ex amicitia maximae capientur, et erit 
ejus ortus a natura quam ab imbecillitate gravior 
et verier: nam si utilitas amicitias conglutinaret, 
eadem commutata dissolveret ; sed quia natura mutari 
20 non potest, idcirco verae amicitiae sempiternae sunt. 
Ortum quidem amicitiae videtis, nisi quid ad haec 
forte vultis. 

Fannius. Tu vero perge, Laeli ; pro hoc enim, qui 
minor est natu, meo jure respondeo. 
25 ScAEVOLA. Recte tu quidem : quamobrem audia- 
mus. 

X. Laeli us. Audite vero, optimi viri, ea, quae 
saepissime inter me et Scipionem de amicitia dissere- 
bantur: quamquam ille quidem nihil difficilius esse 
30 dicebat quam amicitiam usque ad extremum vitae 
diem permanere ; nam vel ut non idem expediret 
incidere saepe, vel ut de re publica non idem senti- 
retur ; mutari etiam mores hominum saepe dicebat, 
alias adversis rebus, alias aetate ingravescente. 
35 Atque earum rerum exemplum ex similitudine 
capiebat ineuntis aetatis, quod summi puerorum 
amores saepe una cum praetexta toga ponerentur; 
sin autem ad adolescentiam perduxissent, dirimi 
tamen interdum contentione vel uxoriae conditionis, 



L A E L I U 8. 47 

vel commodi alicujus, quod idem adipisci utexque 
non posset : quod si qui longius in amicitia provecti 
essent, tamen saepe labefactari, si in honoris conten- 
tionem incidissent; pestem enim nuUam majorem 
esse amicitiis quam in plerisque pecuniae cupiditatem, 5 
in optimis quibusque honoris certamen et gloriae, ex 
quo inimicitias maximas saepe inter amicissimos 
exstitisse: magna etiam discidia et plerumque justa 
nasci, quum aliquid ab amicis, quod rectum non 
esset, postularetur, ut aut libidinis ministri aut adju- 10 
tores essent ad injuriam. Quod qui recusarent, quam- 
vis honeste id facerent, jus tamen amicitiae deserere 
arguerentur ab iis, quibus obsequi noUent ; illos 
autem, qui quidvis ab amico auderent postulare, 
postulatione ipsa profiteri omnia se amici causa 15 
esse facturos ; eorum querela inveterata non modo 
familiaritates exstingui sol ere, sed odia etiam gigni 
sempiternal haec ita multa quasi fata impendere 
amicitiis, ut omnia subterfugere non modo sapientiae, 
sed etiam felicitatis diceret sibi videri. 20 

XI. Quamobrem id primum videamus, si placet, 
quatenus amor in amicitia progredi debeat. Numne, 
si Coriolanus habuit amicos, ferre contra patriam 
arma illi cum Coriolano debuerunt? Num Viscel- 
linum amici regnum appetentem, num Maelium 25 
debuerunt juvare? Ti. quidem Gracchum rem 
publicam vexantem a Q. Tuberone aequalibusque 
amicis derelictum videbamus. At C. Blossius Cuma- 
nus, hospes familiae vestrae, Scaevola, quum ad me, 
quod aderam Laenati et Rupilio consulibus in con- 30 
silio, deprecatum venisset, banc ut sibi ignoscerem 
causam afferebat, quod tanti Ti. Gracchum fecisset, 
ut quidquid ille vellet sibi faciendum putaret. Tum 
ego, Etiamne, inquam, si te in Capitolium faces ferre 
vellet f Numquam, inquit, voluisset id quidem ; sed, si 35 
voluisset, paruissem. Videtis quam nefaria vox ! Et 
hercule ita fecit, vel plus etiam quam dixit ; non 
enim paruit ille Ti. Gracchi temeritati, sed praefuit, 
nee se comitem illius furoris, sed ducem praebuit. 



48 M. TULLII OICERONIS 

Itaque hac amentia, quaestione nova perterritus, in 
Asiam profugit, ad hostes se contulit, poenas rei 
publicae graves justasque persolvit. Nulla est igitur 
excusatio peccati, si amici causa peccaveris ; nam, 
5 quum conciliatrix amicitiae virtutis opinio fuerit, 
difficile est amicitiam manere, si a virtute defeceris. 
Quod si rectum statuerimus vel concedere amicis 
quidquid velint vel impetrare ab iis quidquid veli- 
mus, perfecta quidem sapientia si simus, nihil habeat 

10 res vitii ; sed loquimur de iis amicis, qui ante oculos 
sunt, quos vidimus aut de quibus memoriam accepi- 
mus, quos novit vita communis. Ex hoc numero 
nobis exempla sumenda sunt, et eorum quidem 
maxime, qui ad sapientiam proximo accedunt. Vide- 

15 mus Aemilium Luscino familiarem fuisse — sic a 
patribus accepimus — bis una consules, collegas in 
censura ; tum et cum iis et inter se conjunctissimos 
fuisse M'. Curium, Ti. Coruncanium memoriae prodi- 
tum est. Igitur ne suspicari quidem possumus quem- 

20 quam horum ab amico quidpiam contendisse, quod 
contra fidem, contra jusjurandum, contra rem publi- 
cam esset. Nam hoc quidem in talibus viris quid 
attinet dicere, si contendisset, impetraturum non 
fuisse, quum illi sanctissimi viri fuerint, aeque autem 

25 nefas sit tale aliquid et facere rogatum et rogare? 
At vero Ti. Gracchum sequebantur C. Carbo, C. 
Cato, et minime tum quidem Caius frater, nunc idem 
acerrimus. 

XII. Haec igitur lex in amicitia sanciatur, ut 

30 neque rogemus res turpes nee faciamus rogati, turpis 
enim excusatio est et minime accipienda quum in 
ceteris peccatis, tum si quis contra rem publicam se 
amici causa fecisse fateatur. Etenim eo loco, Fanni 
et Scaevola, locati sumus, ut nos longe prospicere, 

35 oporteat futures casus rei publicae. Deflexit jam 
aliquantulum de spatio curriculoque consuetudo 
majorum. Ti. Gracchus regnum occupare conatus 
est, vel regnavit is quidem paucos menses. Num 
quid simile populus Eomanus audierat aut viderat ? 



L A E L I U S. 49 

Hunc etiani post mortem secuti amici et propinqui 
quid in P. Scipione effecerint sine lacrimis non queo 
dicere. Nam Carbonem, quocumque modo potuimus, 
propter recentem poenam Ti. Gracchi sustinuimus. 
De C. Gracchi autem tribunatu quid exspectem non 5 
libet augurari. Serpit deinde res, quae proclivius ad 
perniciem, quum semel coepit, labitur. Videtis in 
tabeUajam ante quanta sit facta labes, primo Gabinia 
lege, biennio autem post Cassia. Videre jam videor 
populum a senatu disjunctum, multitudinis arbitrio 10 
res maximas agi. Plures enim discent quemadmo- 
dum haec fiant, quam quemadmodum his resistatur. 
Quorsum haec? Quia sine sociis nemo quid quam 
tale conatur. Praecipiendum est igitur bonis ut, si 
in ejusmodi amici tias ignari casu aliquo inciderint, 15 
ne existiment ita se alligatos, ut ab amicis in magna 
aliqua re peccantibus non discedant; improbis autem 
poena statuenda est, nee vero minor iis, qui secuti 
erunt alterum, quam iis, qui ipsi fuerint impietatis 
duces. Quis clarior in Graecia Themistocle ? quis 20 
potentior ? qui, quum imperator bello Persico servi- 
tute Graeciam liberavisset, propterque invidiam in 
exsilium expulsus esset, ingratae patriae injuriam 
non tulit, quam ferre debuit. Fecit idem quod 
viginti annis ante apud nos fecerat Coriolanus. His 25 
adjutor contra patriam inventus est nemo; itaque 
mortem sibi uterque conscivit. Quare talis impro- 
borum consensio non modo excusatione amicitiae 
tegenda non est, sed potius supplicio omni vindicanda 
est, ut ne quis concessum putet amicum vel bellum 30 
patriae inferentem sequi. Quod quidem, ut res ire 
coepit, hand scio an aliquando futurum sit. Mihi 
autem non minori curae est, qualis res publica post 
mortem meam futura, quam qualis hodie sit. 

XIII. Haec igitur prima lex amicitiae sanciatur, ut 35 
ab amicis honesta petamus, amicorum causa honesta 
faciamus; ne exspectemus quidem, dum rogemur, 
studium semper adsit, cunctatio absit : consilium 
vero dare audeamus libere, plurimum in amicitia 
4 — Cic. deS. 



50 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

amicorum bene suadentium valeat auctoritas, eaque 
et adhibeatur ad monendum non modo aperte, sed 
etiam acriter, si res postulabit, et adhibitae pareatur. 
Nam quibusdam, quos audio sapientes habitos in 
5 Graecia, placuisse opinor mirabilia quaedam — sed 
nihil est, quod illi non persequantur argutiis : — 
partim fugiendas esse nimias amicitias, ne necesse sit 
unum soUicitum esse pro pluribus; satis superque 
esse sibi suarum cuique rerum, alienis nimis implicari 

10 molestum esse ; commodissimum esse quam laxissimas 
habenas habere amicitiae, quas vel adducas quum 
velis vel remittas ; caput enim esse ad beate viven- 
dum securitatem, qua frui non possit animus, si tam- 
quam parturiat unus pro pluribus. Alios autem 

15 dicere aiunt multo etiam inhumanius — quem locum 
breviter paulo ante perstrinxi — praesidii adju- 
mentique causa, non benevolentiae neque caritatis, 
amicitias esse expetendas ; itaque, ut quisque mini- 
mum firmitatis haberet minimumque virium, ita 

20 amicitias appetere maxime ; ex eo fieri ut mulierculae 
magis amicitiarum praesidia quaerant quam viri, et 
inopes quam opulenti, et calamitosi quam ii, qui 
putantur beati. O praeclaram sapientiam ! Solem 
enim e mundo toUere videntur qui amicitiam e vita 

25 toUunt, qua nihil a dis immortalibus melius habe- 
mus, nihil jucundius. Quae est enim ista securitas? 
Specie quidem blanda, sed reapse multis locis re- 
pudianda. Neque enim est consentaneum ullam 
honestam rem actionemve, ne sollicitus sis, aut non 

30 suscipere aut susceptam deponere. Quod si curam 
fugimus, virtus fugienda est, quae necesse est cum 
aliqua cura res sibi contrarias aspernetur atque 
oderit, ut bonitas malitiam, temperantia libidinera, 
ignaviam fortitudo. Itaque videas rebus injustis 

35 justos maxime dolere, imbellibus fortes, flagitiosis 
modestos. Ergo hoc proprium est animi bene con- 
stituti, et laetari bonis rebus et dolere contrariis. 
Quamobrem, si cadit in sapientem animi dolor, qui 
profecto cadit, nisi ex ejus animo exstirpatam humani- 



LAELIUS. 51 

tatem arbitramur, quae causa est cur amicitiam fun- 
ditus tollamus e vita, ne aliquas propter earn sus- 
cipiamus raolestias ? Quid enim interest motu animi 
sublato, non dico inter pecudem et hominem, sed inter 
hominem et truncum aut saxum aut quidvis generis 5 
ejusdem? Neque enim sunt isti audiendi, qui vir- 
tutem duram et quasi ferream esse quandam volunt ; 
quae quidem est quum multis in rebus turn in ami- 
citia tenera atque tractabilis, ut et bonis amici quasi 
diffundatur et incommodis contrahatur. Quamobrem 10 
angor iste, qui pro amico saepe capiendus est, non 
tantum valet, ut tollat e vita amicitiam, non plus 
quam ut virtutes, quia nonnullas curas et molestias 
afferunt, repudientur. 

XIV. Quum autem contrahat amicitiam, ut supra 15 
dixi, si qua significatio virtutis eluceat, ad quam se 
similis animus applicet et adjungat, id quum contigit, 
amor exoriatur necesse est. Quid enim tam absur- 
dum quam delectari multis inanibus rebus, ut honore, 
ut gloria, ut aedificio, ut vestitu cultuque corporis, 20 
animo autem virtute praedito, eo qui vel am are vel, 
ut ita dicam, redamare possit, non admodum delec- 
tari? Nihil est enim remuneratione benevolentiae, 
nihil vicissitudine studiorum officiorumque jucundius. 
Quid? si illud etiam addimus, quod recteaddi potest, 25 
nihil esse quod ad se rem ullam tam illiciat et attra- 
hat quam ad amicitiam similitudo, concedetur pro- 
fecto verum esse, ut bonos boni diligant adsciscantque 
sibi quasi propinquitate conjunctos atque natura. 
Nihil est enim appetentius similium sui, nee rapacius, 30 
quam natura. Quamobrem hoc quidem, Fanni et 
Scaevola, constet, ut opinor, bonis inter bonos quasi 
necessariam benevolentiam, qui est amicitiae fons a 
natura constitutus. Sed eadem bonitas etiam ad 
inultitudinem pertinet; non enim est inhumana virtus 35 
neque immunis neque superba, quae etiam populos 
universes tueri iisque optime consulere soleat, quod 
non faceret profecto, si a caritate vulgi abhorreret. 
Atque etiam mihi quidem videntur, qui utilitatis 



52 M. TULLII CICEROIsriS 

causa fingunt amicitias, amabilissimum nodum ami- 
citiae tollere ; non enim tarn utilitas parta per ami- 
cum quam amici amor ipse delectat, tumque illud fit, 
quod ab amico est profectum, jucundum, si cum studio 
5 est profectum ; tantumque abest ut amicitiae propter 
indigentiam colantur, ut ii, qui opibus et copiis 
maximeque virtute, in qua plurimum est praesidii, 
minime alterius indigent, liberalissimi sint et bene- 
ficentissimi. Atque baud sciam an ne opus sit quidem 

10 nibil umquam omnino deesse amicis. Ubi enim studia 
nostra viguissent, si numquam consilio, numquam opera 
nostra nee domi nee militiae Scipio eguisset? Non 
igitur utilitatem amicitia, sed utilitas amicitiam 
secuta est. 

15 XV. Non ergo erunt homines deliciis diffluentes 
audiendi, si quando de amicitia, quam nee usu nee 
ratione habent cognitam, disputabunt. Nam quis 
est, proh deorum fidem atque hominum, qui velit, ut 
neque diligat quemquam nee ipse ab ullo diligatur, 

20 circumfluere omnibus copiis atque in omnium rerum 
abundantia vivere ? Haec enim est tyrannorum vita, 
nimirum in qua nulla fides, nulla caritas, nulla stabilis 
benevolentiae potest esse fiducia ; omnia semper sus- 
pecta atque sollicita, nullus locus amicitiae; quis 

25 enim aut eum diligat, quem metuat, aut eum, a 
quo se metui putet? Coluntur tamen simulatione 
dumtaxat ad tempus. Quod si forte, ut fit plerum- 
que, ceciderunt, tum intelligitur quam fuerint inopes 
amicorum. Quod Tarquinium dixisse ferunt, tum 

30 exsulantem se intellexisse, quos fidos amicos habuis- 
set, quos infidos, quum jam neutris gratiam referre 
posset. Quamquam miror, ilia superbia et impor- 
tunitate, si quemquam amicum habere potuit. Atque 
ut hujus, quem dixi, mores veros amicos parare non 

35 potuerunt, sic multorum opes praepotentium ex- 
cludunt amicitias fideles. Non enim solum ipsa 
Fortuna caeca est, sed eos etiam plerumque efficit 
caecos, quos complexa est. Itaque efFeruntur fere 
fastidio et contumacia, neque quidquam insipiente 



LAELIUS. 63 

fortunato intolerabilius fieri potest. Atque hoc qui- 
dem videre licet, eos, qui antea commodis fuerint 
moribus, imperio, potestate, prosperis rebus immutari, 
sperni ab iis veteres amicitias, indulgeri novis. Quid 
autem stultius quam, quum plurimum copiis, facul- 5 
tatibus, opibus possint, cetera parare, quae parantur 
pecunia, equos, famulos, vestem egregiam, vasa pre- 
tiosa ; amicos non parare, optimam et pulcherrimam 
vitae, ut ita dicam, supellectilem ? Etenim cetera 
quum parant, cui parent nesciunt nee cujus causa 10 
laborent; ejus enim est istorum quidque, qui vincit 
viribus : amicitiarum sua cuique perm^.riet stabilis 
et certa possessio, ut, etiam si ilia maneant, quae sunt 
quasi dona Fortunae, tamen vita inculta et deserta 
ab amicis non possit esse jucunda. Sed haec hac- 15 
tenus. 

XVI. Constituendi autem sunt, qui sint in ami- 
citia fines et quasi termini diligendi ; de quibus tres 
video sententias ferri, quarum nuUam probo : unam, 
ut eodem modo erga amicum afifecti simus quo 20 
erga nosmet ipsos ; alteram, ut nostra in amicos 
benevolentia illorum erga nos benevolentiae pariter 
aequaliterque respondeat ; tertiam, ut, quanti quisque 
se ipse faciat, tanti fiat ab amicis. Harum trium 
sententiarum nulli prorsus assentior. Nee enim ilia 25 
prima vera est, ut, quemadmodum in se quisque, sic 
in amicum sit animatus ; quam multa enim, quae 
nostra causa numquam faceremus, facimus [causa] 
amicorum ! precari ab indigno, supplicare, tum acer- 
bius in aliquem invehi, insectarique vebementius, 30 
quae in nostris rebus non satis honeste, in amicorum 
fiunt honestissime ; multaeque res sunt, in quibus de 
suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt detrahique 
patiuntur, ut iis amici potius quam ipsi fruantur. 
Altera sententia est, quae definit amicitiam paribus 35 
ofiiciis ac voluntatibus. Hoc quidem est nimis exigue 
et exiliter ad calculos vocare amicitiam, ut par sit 
ratio acceptorum et datorum. Divitior mihi et 
affluentior videtur esse vera amicitia nee observare 



54 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

restricte, ne plus reddat quam acceperit. Neque 
enim verendum est ne quid excidat, aut ne quid in 
terram defiuat, aut ne plus aequo quid in amicitiam 
congeratur. Tertius vero ille finis deterrimus, ut, 
5 quanti quisque se ipse faciat, tanti fiat ab amicis ; 
saepe enim in quibusdain aut animus abjectior est 
aut spes amplificandae fortunae fractior. JSTon est 
igitur amici talem esse in eum, qualis ille in se est, 
sed potius eniti et efiicere, ut amici jacentem animum 

10 excitet inducatqueinspem cogitationemque meliorem. 
Alius igitur finis verae amicitiae constituendus est, 
si prius, quid maxime reprehendere Scipio solitus sit, 
dixero. Negabat ullam vocem inimiciorem amicitiae 
potuisse reperiri quam ejus, qui dixisset ita amare 

15 oportere, ut si aliquando esset osurus ; nee vero se 
adduci posse, ut hoc, quemadmodum putaretur, a 
Biante dictum esse crederet, qui sapiens habitus esset 
unus e septem ; impuri cujusdam aut ambitiosi aut 
omnia ad suam potentiam revocantis esse sententiam. 

20 Quonam enim modo quisquam amicus esse poterit ei, 
cui se putabit inimicum esse posse? Quin etiam 
necesse erit cupere et optare, ut quam saepissime 
peccet amicus, quo plures det sibi tamqiiam ansas ad 
reprehendendum ; rursus autem recte factis commo- 

25 disque amicorum necesse erit angi, dolere, invidere. 
Quare hoc quidem praeceptum, cujuscumque est, ad 
tollendam amicitiam valet. Illud potius praecipi- 
endum fuit, ut earn diligentiam adhiberemus in ami- 
citiis comparandis, ut ne quando amare inciperemus 

30 eum, quem aliquando odisse possemus. Quin etiam 
si minus felices in deligendo fuissemus, ferendum id 
Scipio potius quam inimicitiarum tempus cogitandum 
putabat. 

XVII. His igitur finibus utendum arbitror, ut, 

35 quum emendati mores amicorum sint, tum sit inter 
eos omnium rerum, consiliorum, voluntatum sine ulla 
exceptione communitas, ut etiam, si qua fortuna acci- 
derit ut minus justae amicorum voluntates adjuvandae 
sint, in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama. 



L A E L I U S. 55 

declinandum de via sit, modo ne summa turpitudo 
sequatur; est enim quateiius amicitiae dari venia 
possit. Nee vero negligeiida est fama, nee mediocre 
telum ad res gerendas existimare oportet benevo- 
lentiam civium, quam blanditiis et assentando col- 5 
ligere turpe est ; virtus, quam sequitur caritas, minime 
repudianda est. Sed — saepe enim redeo ad Scipionem, 
cujus oranis sermo erat de amicitia— querebatur, quod 
omnibus in rebus homines diligentiores essent : capras 
et oves quot quisque haberet dicere posse, amicos quot 10 
haberet non posse dicere ; et in illis quidem parandis 
adhibere curam, in amicis deligendis negligentes esse 
nee habere quasi signa quaedam et notas, quibus eos, 
qui ad amicitiam essent idonei, judicarent. Sunt 
igitur firmi et stabiles et constantes eligendi, cujus 15 
generis est magna penuria, et judicare difficile est 
sane nisi expertum ; experiundum autem est in ipsa 
amicitia ; ita praecurrit amicitia judicium toUitque 
experiendi potestatem. Est igitur prudentis sustinere 
ut cursum, sic impetum benevolentiae, quo utamur 20 
quasi equis temptatis, sic amicitia, aliqua parte peri- 
clitatis moribus amicorum. Quidam saepe in parva 
pecunia perspiciuntur quam sint leves, quidam autem, 
quos parva movere non potuit, cognoscuntur in magna. 
Sin vero erunt aliqui reperti, qui pecuniam praeferre 25 
amicitiae sordidum existiment, ubi eos inveniemus, qui 
honores, magistratus, imperia, potestates, opes ami- 
citiae non anteponant, ut, quum ex altera parte pro- 
posita haec sint, ex altera jus amicitiae, non multo 
ilia malint? Imbecilla enim est natura ad contem- 30 
nendam potentiam ; quam etiamsi neglecta amicitia 
consecuti sint, obscuratum iri arbitrantur, quia non 
sine magna causa sit neglecta amicitia. Itaque verae 
amicitiae difficillime reperiuntur in iis, qui in hono- 
ribus reque publica versantur. Ubi enim istum 35 
invenias, qui honorem amici anteponat suo? Quid? 
haec ut omittam, quam graves, quam difficiles pleris- 
que videntur calamitatum societates ! ad quas non est 



56 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

facile inventu qui descendant. Quamquam Ennius 
recte : 

Amicus certus in re incerta cernitur ; 

tamen haec duo levitatis et infirmitatis j^lerosque con- 
5 vincunt, aut si in bonis rebus contemnunt, aut in 
malis deserunt. Qui igitur utraque in re gravem, 
constantem, stabilem se in amicitia praestiterit, hunc 
ex maxime raro genere hominum judicare debemus 
et paene divino. 

10 XVIII. J'irmamentum autem stabilitatis eon- 
stantiaeque est ejus, quam in amicitia quaerimus, 
fides ; nihil est enim stabile, quod infidum est. Sim- 
pi icem praeterea et communem et consentientem, id 
est qui rebus iisdem moveatur, eligi par est ; quae 

15 omnia pertinent ad fidelitatem. Neque enim fidum 
potest esse multiplex ingenium et tortuosum ; neque 
vero, qui non iisdem rebus movetur naturaque con- 
sentit, aut fidus aut stabilis potest esse. Addendum 
eodem est, ut ne criminibus aut inferendis delectetur 

20 aut credat oblatis, quae pertinent omnia ad eam, 
quam jamdudum tracto, constantiam. Ita fit verum 
illud, quod initio dixi, amicitiam nisi inter bonos esse 
non posse ; est enim boni viri, quem eundem sapientem 
licet dicere, haec duo tenere in amicitia : primum, ne 

25 quid fictum sit neve simulatum ; aperte enim vel 
odisse magis ingenui est quam fronte occultare sen- 
tentiam : deinde, non solum ab aliquo allatas crimi- 
nationes repellere, sed ne ipsum quidem esse suspi- 
ciosum, semper aliquid existiraantem ab amico esse 

30 violatum. Accedat hue suavitas quaedam oportet 
sermonum atque morum, haudquaquam mediocre 
condimentum araicitiae. Tristitia autem et in omni 
re severitas habet ilia quidem gravitatem, sed ami- 
citia remissior esse debet et liberior et dulcior et ad 

35 omnem comitatem facilitatemque proclivior. 

XIX. Exsistit autem hoc loco quaedam quaestio 
subdifficilis, num quando amici novi, digni amicitia, 
veteribus sint anteponendi, ut equis vetulis teneros 



L A E L I U S. 57 

anteponere solemus. Indigna honiine dubitatio ! 
Non enim debent esse amicitiarum, sicut aliarum 
rerum, satietates : veterrima quaeque, ut ea vina, 
quae vetustatem ferunt, esse debet suavissima, 
verumqae illud est, quod dicitur, multos modios salis 5 
simul edendos esse, ut amicitiae munus expletum sit. 
Novitates autem, si spem afferunt ut tamquam in 
herbis non fallacibus fructus appareat, non sunt illae 
quidem repudiandae, vetustas tamen suo loco con- 
servanda ; maxima est enim vis vetustatis et con- 10 
suetudinis. Quin ipso equo, cujus modo men- 
tioiiem feci, si nulla res impediat, nemo est quin eo, 
quo consuevit, libentius utatur quam intractato et 
novo ; nee vero in hoc, quod est animal, sed in iis 
etiam quae sunt inanima, consuetudo valet, quum 15 
locis ipsis delectemur, montuosis etiam et silvestribus, 
in quibus diutius commorati sum us. Sed maximum 
est in amicitia parem esse inferiori ; saepe enim ex- 
cellentiae quaedam sunt, qualis erat Scipionis in 
nostro, ut ita dicam, grege. Numquam se ille Philo, 20 
numquam Eupilio, numquam Muramio anteposuit, 
numquam inferioris ordinis amicis ; Q. vero Maximum 
fratrem, egregium virum omnino, sibi nequaquam 
parem, quod is anteibat aetate, tamquam superiorem 
colebat suosque omnes per se esse ampliores volebat. 25 
Quod faciendum imitandumque est omnibus, ut, si 
quam praestantiam virtutis, ingenii, fortunae con- 
secuti sint, impertiant ea suis communicentque cum 
proximis ; ut, si parentibus nati sint humilibus, si 
propinquos habeant imbecilliores vel animo vel for- 30 
tuna, eorum augeant opes iisque honori sint et digni- 
tati; ut in fabulis, qui aliquamdiu propter ignora- 
tionem stirpis et generis in famulatu fuerunt, quum 
cogniti sunt et aut deorum aut regum filii inventi, 
retinent tamen caritatem in pastores, quos patres 35 
multos annos esse duxerunt. Quod est multo pro- 
fecto magis in veris patribus certisque faciendum ; 
fructus enim ingenii et virtutis omnisque praestantiae 
tum maximus capitur, quum in proximum quemque 
confertur. 40 



68 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

XX. Ut igitur ii, qui sunt in arnicitiae conjunc- 
^ tionisque necessitudine superiores, exaequare se cum 
inferioribus debent, sic inferiores non dolere se a 
suis aut ingenio aut fortuna aut dignitate superari ; 
5 quorum plerique aut queruntur semper aliquid aut 
etiam exprobrant, eoque magis, si habere se putant 
quod officiose et amice et cum labore aliquo suo 
factum queant dicere: odiosum sane genus hominum 
officia exprobrantium, quae meminisse debet is, in 

10 quern collata sunt, non commemorare qui contulit. 
Quamobrem, ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se 
debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores ex- 
tollere. Sunt enim quidam, qui molestas amicitias 
faciunt, quum ipsi se contemni putant; quod non 

15 fere contingit nisi iis, qui etiam contemnendos se 
arbitrantur, qui hac opinione non modo verbis sed 
etiam opere levandi sunt. Tantum autem cuique 
tribuendum, primum, quantum ipse efficere possis, 
deinde etiam, quantum ille, quern diligas atque ad- 

20 juves, sustinere; non enim neque tu possis, quamvis ex- 
cell as, omnes tuos ad honores amplissimos perducere, 
ut Scipio P. Rupilium potuit consulem efficere, fra- 
trem ejus Lucium non potuit. Quod si etiam possis 
quidvis deferre ad alterum, videndum est tamen quid 

25 ille possit sustinere. Omnino amicitiae corroboratis 
jam confirm atisque et ingeniis et aetatibus judicandae 
sunt, nee, si qui ineunte aetate venandi aut pilae stu- 
diosi fuerunt, eos habere necessaries, quos tum eodem 
studio praeditos dilexerunt. Isto enim modo nutrices 

30 et paedagogi jure vetustatis plurimum benevolentiae 
postulabunt: qui negligendi quidem non sunt, sed 
alio quodam modo aestimandi. Aliter amicitiae 
stabiles permanere non possunt. Dispares enim 
mores disparia studia sequuntur, quorum dissimili- 

35 tudo dissociat amicitias ; nee ob aliam causam ullara 
boni improbis, improbi bonis amici esse non possunt, 
nisi quod tanta est inter eos, quanta maxima potest 
esse, morum studiorumque distantia. Recte etiam 
praecipi potest in amicitiis, ne intemperata quaedam 



L A E L I U S. 59 

benevolentia, quod persaepe fit, impediat magnas 
utilitates amicorum. Nee enim, ut ad fabulas redeara, 
Trojam Neoptolemus eapere potuisset, si Lyeomedem, 
apud quern erat educatus, multis cum lacrimis iter 
suum impedieutem audire voluisset. Et saepe in- 5 
cidunt magnae res, ut disced en dum sit ab amicis ; 
quas qui impedire vult, quod desiderium non facile 
ferat, is et infirmus est mollisque natura et ob earn 
ipsam causam in amicitia parum Justus. Atque in 
omni re cousiderandum .est, et quid postules ab amico 10 
et quid patiare a te impetrari. 

XXI. Est etiain quaedam calamitas in amici- 
tiis dimittendis nonnumquam necessaria; jam enim 
a sapientium familiaritatibus ad vulgares amicitias 
oratio nostra delabitur. Erumpunt saepe vitia ami' 15 
corum turn in ipsos amicos, tum in alienos, quorum 
tamen ad amicos redundet infamia. Tales igitur 
amicitiae sunt remissione usus eluendae et, ut Ca- 
tonem dicere audivi, dissuendae magis quam discin- 
dendae, nisi quaedam admodum intolerabilis injuria 20 
exarserit, ut neque rectum neque honestum sit nee 
fieri possit ut non statim alienatio disjunctioque 
facienda sit. Sin autem aut morum aut studiorum 
commutatio quaedam, ut fieri solet, facta erit aut in 
rei publicae partibus dissensio intercesserit — loquor 25 
enim jam, ut paulo ante dixi, non de sapientium, sed 
de communibus amicitiis, — cavendum erit ne non 
solum amicitiae depositae, sed etiam inimicitiae sus- 
ceptae videantur ; nihil enim est turpius quam cum 
eo bellum gerere, quocum familiariter vixeris. Ab 30 
amicitia Q. Pompeii meo nomine se removerat, ut 
scitis, Scipio ; propter dissensionem autem, quae erat 
in re publica, alienatus est a collega nostro Metello : 
utrumque egit graviter, auctoritate et offensione 
animi non acerba. Quamobrem primum danda opera 35 
est, nequa amicorum discidia fiant ; sin tale aliquid 
evenerit, ut exstinctae potius amicitiae quam oppressae 
videantur. Cavendum vero ne etiam in grave-s inimi- 
citias convertant se amicitiae, ex quibus jurgia, male- 



60 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

dicta, contumeliae gignuntur: quae tamen si toler- 
abiles erunt, fereiidae sunt et hie honos veteri ami- 
eitiae tribuendus, ut is in culpa sit, qui faciat, non 
is, qui patiatur injuriam. Omnino omnium horum 
5 vitiorum atque incommodorum una cautio est atque 
una provisio, ut ne nimis cito diligere incipiant neve 
non dignos. Digni autem sunt amicitia, quibus in 
ipsis inest causa cur diligantur. Earum genus ! et 
quidem omnia praeclara rara, nee quidquam difficilius 

10 quam reperire quod sit omni ex parte in suo genere 
perfectum. Sed plerique neque in rebus humanis 
quidquam bonum norunt nisi quod fructuosum sit, et 
amicos tamquam pecudes eos potissimum diligunt, ex 
quibus sperant se maximum fructum esse captures. 

15 Ita pulcherrima ilia et maxime naturali carent ami- 
citia per se et propter se expetita, nee ipsi sibi ex- 
emplo sunt, haec vis amicitiae et qualis et quanta 
sit ; ipse enim se quisque diligit, non ut aliquam a se 
ipse mercedem exigat caritatis suae, sed quod per se 

20 quisque sibi carus est. Quod nisi idem in amicitiam 
transferetur, verus amicus numquam reperietur ; est 
enim is qui est tamquam alter idem. Quod si hoc 
apparet in bestiis, volucribus nantibus agrestibus, 
cicuribus feris, primum, ut se ipsae diligant, — id 

25 enim pariter cum omni animante nascitur, — deinde, 
ut requirant atque appetant, ad quas se applicent 
ejusdem generis animantes, idque faciunt cum de- 
siderio et cum quadam similitudine amoris humani, 
quanto id magis in homine fit natura, qui et se ipse 

30 diligit et alterum anquirit cujus animum ita cum suo 
misceat, ut efliciat paene unum ex duobus ? 

XXII. Sed plerique perverse, ne dicam impu- 
denter, habere talem amicum volunt, quales ipsi esse 
.non possunt, quaeque ipsi non tribuunt amicis, haec 

35 ab iis desiderant. Par est autem primum ipsum esse 
virum bonum, tum alterum similem sui quaerere. In 
talibus ea, quam jamdudum tractamus, stabilitas 
amicitiae confirmari potest, quum homines bene- 
Yolentia conjuncti primum cupiditatibus iis, quibus 



LAELIUS. 61 

ceteri serviunt, imperabimt, deinde aequitate jus- 
titiaque gaudebuut, omniaque alter j)ro altero siis- 
cipiet, neque quidquam umqiiam nisi honestum et 
rectum alter ab altero postulabit, neque solum colent 
inter se ac diligent, sed etiam verebuntur. Kam 5 
maximum ornamentum amicitiae toUit, qui ex ea 
tollit verecundiam. Itaque in iis perniciosus est 
error, qui existimant libidinum peccatorumque om- 
nium patere in amicitia licentiam. Yirtutum ami- 
citia adjutrix a natura data est, non vitiorum comes, 10 
ut, Cjuoniam solitaria non posset virtus ad ea, quae 
summa sunt, pervenire, conjuncta et consociata cum 
altera perveniret ; quae si quos inter societas aut est 
aut fuit aut futura est, eorum est habendus ad sum- 
mum naturae bonum oj^timus beatissim usque comi- 15 
tatus. Haec est, inquam, societas, in qua omnia 
insunt, quae putant homines exjDetenda, honestas, 
gloria, tranquillitas animi atque jucunditas, ut et 
quum haec adsint beata vita sit et sine his esse non 
possit. Quod quum optimum maximumque sit, si 20 
id volumus adipisci, virtuti opera danda est, sine 
qua nee amicitiam neque ullam rem expetendam 
consequi possumus ; ea vero neglecta, qui se amicos 
habere arbitrantur, tum se denique errasse sentiunt, 
quum eos gravis aliquis casus experiri cogit. Quo- 25 
circa — dicendum est enim saepius — quum judica- 
ris, diligere oportet, non, quum dilexeris, judicare. 
Sed quum multis in rebus negligentia plectimur, tum 
maxime in amicis et deligendis et colendis; praepos- 
teris enim utimur consiliis et acta agimus, quod veta- 30 
mur vetere proverbio. Xam, iraplicati ultro et citro 
vel usu diuturno vel etiam officiis, repente in medio 
cursu araicitias exorta aliqua offensione dirumpimus. 
XXIII. Quo etiam magis vituperanda est rei 
maxime necessariae tanta incuria ; una est enim ami- 35 
citia in rebus humanis, de cujus utilitate omnes uno 
ore consentiunt. A multis virtus ipsa contemnitur 
et venditatio quaedam atque ostentatio esse dicitur. 
Multi divitias despiciunt, quos parvo contentos tenuis 



62 M. TULLIICICERONIS 

victus cultusque delectat; honores vero, quorum 
cupiditate quidam inflammantur, quara multi ita 
contemnunt, ut nihil inanius, nihil esse levius existi- 
ment ; itemque cetera, quae quibusdam admirabilia 
5 videntur, permulti sunt qui pro nihilo putent : de 
amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt, et ii, qui 
ad rem publicam se contulerunt, et ii, qui rerum 
cognitione doctrinaque delectantur, et ii, qui suum 
negotium gerunt otiosi, postremo ii, qui se totos 

10 tradiderunt voluptatibus, sine amicitia vitam esse 
nullam, si modo velint aliqua ex parte liberaliter 
vivere. Serpit enim nescio quomodo per omnium 
vitas amicitia nee ullam aetatis degendae rationem 
patitur esse expertem sui. Quin etiani si quis 

15 asperitate ea est et immanitate naturae, congressus 
ut hominum fugiat atque oderit, qualem fuisse 
Athenis Timonem nescio quern accepimus, tamen is 
pati non possit, ut non anquirat aliquem, apud quem 
evomat virus acerbitatis suae. Atque hoc maxime 

20 judicaretur, si quid tale posset contingere, ut aliquis 
nos deus ex hac hominum frequentia tolleret et in 
solitudine uspiam collocaret atque ibi suppeditans 
omnium rerum, quas natura desiderat, abundantiam 
et copiam hominis omnino aspiciendi potestatem 

25 eriperet. Quis tam esset ferreus, qui eam vitam 
ferre posset, cuique non auferret fructum voluptatum 
omnium solitudo? Verum ergo illud est, quod a 
Tarentino Archyta, ut opinor, dici solitum nostros 
senes commemorare audivi ab aliis senibus auditum ; 

30 si quis in caelum ascendisset naturamque mundi et 
pulchritudinem siderum perspexisset, insuavem illam 
admirationem ei fore, quae jucundissima fuisset, si 
aliquem cui narraret habuisset. Sic natura soli- 
tarium nihil amat semperque ad aliquod tamquam 

35 adminiculum annititur, quod in amicissimo quoque 
dulcissimum est. 

XXIV. Sed quum tot signis eadem natura de- 
claret quid velit, anquirat, desideret, tamen obsur- 
descimus nescio quomodo nee ea, quae ab ea mone- 



LAELIUS. 63 

mur audimus. Est enim varius et multiplex usus 
amicitiae, multaeque causae suspicionum offensio- 
numque dantur, quas turn evitare, turn elevare, turn 
ferre sapieutis est. Una ilia subeunda est ofFensio, 
ut et utilitas in amicitia et fides retineatur ; nam et 5 
monendi amici saepe sunt et objurgaudi, et haec 
accipienda amice, quum benevole fiunt. Sed nescio 
quomodo verum est, quod in Andria familiaris mens 
dicit : 

Obsequium amicos, Veritas odium parit. 10 

Molesta Veritas, si quidem ex ea nascitur odium, 
quod est venenum amicitiae ; sed obsequium multo 
molestius, quod peccatis indulgens praecipitem ami- 
cum ferri sinit ; maxima autem culpa in eo, qui et 
veritatem aspernatur et in fraudem obsequio impel- 15 
litur. Omni igitur hac in re habenda ratio et dili- 
gentia est, primum, ut monitio acerbitate, delude, ut 
objurgatio contumelia careat; in obsequio autem. 
quoniam Terentiano verbo libenter utimur, comitas 
adsit, assentatio, vitiorum adjutrix, procul amoveatur, 20 
quae non modo amico, sed ne libero quidem digna 
est; aliter enim cum tvranno, aliter cum amico 
vivitur. Cujus autem aures clausae yeritati sunt, 
ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus de- 
speranda est. Scitum est enim illud Catonis, ut 25 
multa ; melius de quibusdam acerbos inimicos mereri 
quam eos amicos, qui dulces videantur ; lUos verum 
saepe dicere, lios numquam. Atque illud absurdum, 
quod ii, qui monentur, eam molestiam, quam debent 
capere, non capiunt, eam capiunt, qua debent vacare. 30 
Peccasse enim se non anguntur ; objurgari moleste 
ferunt: quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, cor- 
rectione gaudere. 

XXV. Ut igitur et monere et moneri proprium 
est verae amicitiae, et alterum libere facere, non 35 
aspere, alterum patienter accipere, non repugnanter, 
sic habendum est nallam in amicitiis pestem esse 
majorem quam adulationem, blanditiam, assenta- 



64 M. TULLII CICERONIS 

tionem; quamvis enim multis nominibus est hoc 
vitium notandum levium hominum atque fallacium, 
ad voluntatem loquentium omnia, nihil ad veritatem. 
Quum autem omnium rerum simiilatio vitiosa est — 
5 tollit enim judicium veri idque adulterat, — turn 
amicitiae repugnat maxime; delet enim veritatem, 
sine qua nomen amicitiae valere non potest. Nam 
quum amicitiae vis sit in eo, ut unus quasi animus 
fiat ex pluribus, qui id fieri poterit, si ne in uno 
10 quidem quoque unus animus erit idemque semper, 
sed varius, commutabilis, multiplex? Quid enim 
potest esse tam flexibile, tam devium, quam animus 
ejus, qui ad alterius non modo sensum ac voluntatem, 
sed etiam vultum atque nutum convertitur ? 

15 Negat quis, nego : ait, aio : postremo imperavi egomet mihi 
Omnia assentari, 

ut ait idem Terentius, sed ille in Gnathonis persona ; 
quod amici genus adhibere omnino levitatis est. 
Multi autem Gnathonum similes quum sint loco, for- 

20 tuna, fama superiores, horum est assentatio molesta, 
quum ad vanitatem accessit auctoritas. Secerni 
autem blandus amicus a vero et internosci tam potest 
adhibita diligentia quam omnia fucata et simulata a 
sinceris atque veris. Contio, quae ex imperitissimis 

25 constat, tamen judicare solet, quid intersit inter popu- 
larem, id est, assentatorem et levem civem, et inter 
constantem et severum et gravem. Quibus blanditiis 
C. Papirius nuper influebat in aures contionis, quum 
ferret legem de tribunis plebis reficiendis ! Dissua- 

30 simus nos ; sed nihil de me, de Scipione dicam liben- 
tius. Quanta illi, di imraortales ! fuit gra vitas, 
quanta in oratione majestas ! ut facile ducem populi 
Romani, non comitem diceres. Sed afiuistis, et est 
in manibus oratio. Itaque lex popularis sufiragiis 

85 populi repudiata est. Atque, ut ad me redeam, 
meministis, Q, Maximo fratre Scipionis et L. Man- 
cino consulibus, quam popularis lex de sacerdotiis C. 
Licinii Crassi videbatur ! cooptatio enim coUegiorum 



LA ELI us. 65 

ad populi beneficium transferebatur. Atque is pri- 
mus instituit in forum versus agere cum populo ; 
tamen illius vendibilem orationem religio deorum 
immortalium nobis defendentibus facile vincebat. 
Atque id actum est praetore me, quinquennio ante 5 
quam consul sum factus. Ita re magis quam summa 
auctoritate causa ilia defensa est. 

XXVI. Quod si in scaena, id est in contione, in 
qua rebus fictis et adumbratis loci plurimum est, 
tamen verum valet, si modo id patefactum et illus- 10 
tratum est, quid in amicitia fieri oportet, quae tota 
veritate perpenditur ? in qua nisi, ut dicitur, apertum 
pectus videas tuumque ostendas, nihil fidum, nihil 
exploratum habeas ; ne amare quidem aut amari, 
quum id quam vere fiat ignores. Quamquam ista 15 
assentatio, quamvis perniciosa sit, nocere tamen 
nemini potest nisi ei, qui earn recipit atque ea delec- 
tatur. Ita fit ut is assentatoribus patefaciat aures 
suas maxime, qui ipse sibi assentetur et se maxime 
ipse delectet. Omnino est amans sui virtus ; optime 20 
enim se ipsa novit quamque amabilis sit intelligit ; 
ego autem non de virtute nunc loquor, sed de virtutis 
opinione : virtute enim ipsa non tam multi praediti 
esse quam videri volunt. Hos delectat assentatio; 
his fictus ad ipsorum voluntatem sermo quum ad- 25 
hibetur, orationem illam vanam testimonium esse 
laudum suarum putant. Nulla est igitur haec ami- 
citia, quum alter verum audire non vult, alter 
ad mentiendum paratus est. Nee parasitorum in 
comoediis assentatio faceta nobis videretur, nisi 30 
assent milites gloriosi. 

Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi ? 

Satis erat respondere: Magnas. Ingentes, inquit. 
Semper auget assentator id, quod is, cujus ad volun- 
tatem dicitur, vult esse magnum. Quamobrem, 35 
quamquam blanda ista vanitas apud eos valet, qui 
ipsi illam allectant et invitant, tamen etiam graviores 
constantioresque admonendi sunt, ut animadvertant 
5 — Cic. de S. 



66 M. TULLII CICER0NI8 

ne callida assentatione capiantur. Aperte enim adu- 
lantem nemo non videt, nisi qui admodum est excors : 
callidus ille et occultus ne se insinuet studiose eaven- 
dum est. Nee enim facillime agnoscitur, quippe qui 
5 etiam adversando saepe assentetur et litigare se 
simulans blandiatur atque ad extremum det manus 
vincique se patiatur, ut is, qui illusus sit, plus vidisse 
videatur. Quid autem turpius quam illudi? Quod 
ut ne accidat magis cavendum est: 

10 Ut me hodie ante omnes comicos stultos senes 

Versaris atque illusseris lautissime! 

Haec enim etiam in fabulis stultissima persona est 
improvidorum et credulorum senum. Sed nescio 
quo pacto ab amicitiis perfectorum hominum, id est 

15 sapientium — de hac dico sapientia, quae videtur in 
hominem cadere posse, — ad leves amicitias defluxit 
oratio. Quamobrem ad ilia prima redeamus eaque 
ipsa concludamus aliquando. 

XXVII. Virtus, virtus, inquam, C. Fanni et tu 

20 Q. Muci, et conciliat amicitias et conservat ; in ea 
est enim convenientia rerum, in ea stabilitas, in ea 
constantia : quae quum se extulit et ostendit suum 
lumen et idem adspexit agnovitque in alio, ad id se 
admovet vicissimque accipit illud, quod in altero est, 

25 ex quo exardescit sive amor sive amicitia. Utrumque 
enim ductum est ab amando ; amare autem nihil est 
aliud nisi eum ipsum diligere quem ames, nulla in- 
digentia, nulla utilitate quaesita; quae tamen ipsa 
efflorescit ex amicitia, etiamsi tu eam minus secutus 

30 sis. Hac nos adolescentes benevolentia senes illos 
L. Paulum, M. Catouem, C. Galum, P. Nasicam, 
Ti. Gracchum, Scipionis nostri socerum, dileximus ; 
haec etiam magis elucet inter aequales, ut inter me et 
Scipionem, L. Furium, P. Rupilium, Sp. Mummium ; 

35 vicissim autem senes in adolescentium caritate ac- 
quiescimus, ut in vestra, ut in Q. Tuberonis ; equidem 



LAELIUS. 67 

etiam admodum adolescentis P. Rutilii, A. Verginii 
familiaritate delector. Qu.oiiiamque it a ratio com- 
parata est vitae naturaeque nostrae, ut alia [ex alia] 
aetas oriatur, maxime quidem optandum est ut cum 
aequalibus possis, quibuscum tamquam e carceribus 5 
emissus sis, cum iisdem ad calcem, ut dicitur, perve- 
nire. Sed quoniam res humanae fragiles caducaeque 
sunt, semper aliqui anquirendi sunt, quos diligamus 
et a quibus diligamur ; caritate enim benevolentiaque 
sublata omnis est e vita sublata jucunditas. Mihi 10 
quidem Scipio, quamquam est subito ereptus, vivit 
tamen semperque vivet; virtutem enim amavi illius 
viri, quae exstincta non est. Nee mihi soli versatur 
ante oculos, quiillam semper in manibus habui, sed 
etiam posteris erit clara et insignis. Nemo umquam 15 
animo aut spe majora sascipiet, qui sibi non illius 
memoriam atque imaginem proponendam putet. 
Equidem ex omnibus rebus, quas mihi aut fortuna 
aut natura tribuit, nihil habeo, quod cum amicitia 
Scipionis possim comparare. In hac mihi de re 20 
publica consensus, in hac rerum privatarum con- 
silium, in eadem requies plena oblectationis fuit. 
Numquam ilium ne minima quidem re offendi, quod 
quidem senserim ; nihil audivi ex eo ipse, quod 
nollem ; una domus erat, idem victus isque com- 25 
munis ; neque solum militia, sed etiam peregrinationes 
rusticationesque communes. Nam quid ego de studiis 
dicam cognoscendi semper aliquid atque discendi, in 
quibus remoti ab oculis populi omne otiosum tempus 
contrivimus ? Quarum rerum recordatio et memoria 30 
si una cum illo occidisset, desiderium conjunctissimi 
atque amantissimi viri ferre nullo modo possem. Sed 
nee ilia exstincta sunt alunturque potius et augentur 
cogitatione et memoria mea ; et, si iliis plane orbatus 
essem, magnum tamen afferret mihi aetas ipsa sola- 35 
tium, diutius enim jam in hoc desiderio esse non 
possum; omnia autem brevia tolerabilia esse debent, 
etiam si magna sunt. 



68 



M. T. CICERONIS LAELIUS. 



Haec habui de amicitia quae dicerem : yos autem 
hortor ut ita virtutem locetis, sine qua amicitia esse 
non potest, ut ea excej^ta nihil amicitia praestabilius 
putetis. 




NOTES. 



« 



REFERENCES AND ABBREVIATIONS. 





Grammars, 


Editors and Commentators. 


A., 


. . Allen's. — Allen and 


Br, . 


. Baiter. 




GreenougVs. * 


Lr, . 


. Lahmeyer. 


A.&& 


5., . Andrews & Stoddard's. 


L., . 


. Long. 


B., . 


. Bullions & Morris's. 


Mg, . 


. Madvig. 


G., 


. Gilder sleeve's. 


N., , 


. Nauck. 


H., 


. Havkness's. 


0., . 


, Orelli,edited hyHahn, 


M., 


. Ifadvig's, 


St, . 


. Seyffert. 


Z, 


. Zumpt's. 


Sh, . 


. W. B. Smith. 






Som, 


. Sommerhrodt. 



Arn, — Arnold's Introduction to Latin Prose Composition, Part II. 

Diet. Antiqq, — Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman An- 
tiquities. 

Diet. Biog, — Smith's Dictionary ot Greek and Roman Biography 
and Mythology. 

D., — Doederlein's Latin Synonymes. 

Lex., — Andretvs's Frennd's Latin Lexicon. 

Mom, — Mommsen' s History of Rome. 

R, — Mich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary and Greek 
Lexicon. 

Other abbreviations the same as in the other works of this series. 
*The numbering of the sections in these two Grammars is identical. 



70 



NOTES 



DE SENBOTUTE. 

INTRODUCTION. 

Nearly all the philosophical essays of Cicero were written in 
the years 45 and 44 B. C, — within the period in which he was 
excluded from public affairs in consequence of the supremacy of 
Caesar. The occasion and the object of their composition are stated 
in the introduction to the second book of the De Divinatione — in 
part as follows : ^' The calamity of the State was the cause of my 
writing upon philosophy, prevented, as I was, by the civil wars 
from serving my country in my profession, and unable to be in- 
active. . . . When the republic had fallen into the power of 
one man, deprived of my former occupation, I resumed these phi- 
losophical studies, that by this means, especially, I might relieve 
my mind of its troubles, and might benefit my fellow-citizens in 
whatever way I could." 

In the same connection (De Div. II. 1), in a list of his works 
already published, he mentions that hook upon old age, which we 
sent to our Attieus, as then recently composed, either, as the context 
indicates, in the interval between the De Natura Deorum, writ- 
ten shortly before the death of Caesar, March 15, B. C. 44 (I. 4), 
and the De Divinatione, written after that event (II. 2), or in that 
between the first and second books of the latter treatise ; while in a 
letter from Cicero of the 11th of May following it is referred to as 
already in the hands of Attieus, 

Titus Pomponius Atticus, to whom this essay as well as the De 
Amicitia is dedicated, was a native of Rome, of an equestrian 
family, was of about the same age with Cicero, and a school- 
mate in boyhood. Under the pretext of continuing his studies he 
withdrew to Athens, B. C. 85, soon after the breaking out of the 
civil war, and remained there twenty years, devoting himself both 

71 



72 INTRODUCTION. 

to literary pursuits, and to business by which he greatly increased 
the large fortune he had inherited. Yet, though so long absent 
from Eome and entirely neutral in politics, he had the acquaint- 
ance and the confidence of public men of all parties. With Cicero 
his literary tastes brought him into close intimacy. Atticus was 
a lover of philosophy, and an accomplished scholar in Greek liter- 
ature as well as in that of his own country. The author of sev- 
eral works, among them an epitome of Roman history and a 
sketch of Cicero's consulship in Greek, he was more distinguished 
for his taste and judgment in criticism, and to his revision many 
of his acquaintances, and particularly Cicero, were accustomed 
to submit their productions. The friendship which sprang up 
between these two men must have been constantly strengthened 
by the amiability, the moral worth, and the fidelity of Atticus. It 
found expression in a frequent correspondence, which began in the 
year 68 and lasted through all the vicissitudes of Cicero's for- 
tunes until his death, and which furnishes abundant proof of the 
assertion that Atticus*-*' was the only man among his contempora- 
ries to whom the great orator gave his whole heart." This esteem 
Cicero avows as the motive for addressing to him both of these 
treatises. In the first of them he writes : You occurred to me as 
worthy of that gift which each of us might use in common; and in the 
other: The suhject seemed especially worthy of our intimacy. In 
this booh with the heartiest affection I have written to a friend 
upon friendship — ad amicum amicissimus de amicitia. Atticus 
survived his friend eleven years, and died B. C. 32, at the age 
of seventy-seven. 

For the peculiar form into which both the Cato Major and the 
Laelius are cast — a discussion of the subject by an historical char- 
acter of eminence, in the presence of a few friends — Cicero him- 
self also gives the reason in the opening chapter of the latter: 
This kind of discourse resting upon the authority of ancient and 
illustrious men seems to have the greater weight. In the Cato Major, 
I introduced Cato, the old man, speaking, because no personage 
seemed better fitted to talk concerning old age, than he who had been 
an old man a very long time, and in old age itself had flourished 
beyond others. And respecting the Laelius itself a similar state- 
ment is made. 

Of the appropriateness of this selection of a speaker even a 
brief outline of the chief incidents in the life of Marcus Porcius 
Cato Censorius furnishes the means of judging. Born at Tuscu- 



DESENECTUTE. 73 

lum the same year with Scipio Africanus Major, B. C. 234, of a 
plebeian family, he entered the army at the age of seventeen, and 
gained experience in war by service during the whole contest 
with Hannibal, from the battle of Trasimenus to the final victory 
at Zama, under the ablest of the Roman generals in that eventful 
struggle — Fabius, Marcellus, Nero, and Scipio. The military 
abilities he then developed were more conspicuously exhibited in 
a campaign in Spain during his consulship, B. C. 195, in which 
the consummate skill of his plans of battle, his brilliant manoeu- 
vres, his indefatigable energy, boldness, and rapidity of movement 
have given him among modern judges the reputation of '^ mili- 
tary genius of a very high order." Later, when tribune under 
Glabrio in the war against King Antiochus, his daring and diffi- 
cult march over the heights to the rear of the enemy won tho 
decisive battle of Thermopylae. 

Before this career was fully ended, his official labors in civil 
affairs had already begun in his praetorship in Sardinia, B. C. 
198, and his administration of the province of Spain. His most 
valuable and characteristic services to his country, however, were 
rendered during his censorship, which began in the year 184, and 
which the condition of the times made the more memorable. The 
golden age of the Republic was already drawing to a close. Its 
foreign wars, which were breaking down the four other great pow- 
ers of the world, were also opening the way for the luxuries and 
vices of the East, were fostering political corruption and stimu- 
lating the passion for conquest. By nature and by training Cato 
was a statesman of the old school, and therefore an antagonist of 
the new nobility of wealth. Frugal and plain in his habits of liv- 
ing, thoroughly honest, and loyal to the State, a sworn enemy of 
luxury and villainy of every kind, the character of the ancient 
Roman was the ideal he sought to reproduce in his own life. His 
determination to wield the whole power of the censorship for the 
removal of public and private offences, by the avowal of which he 
had won that office, he carried out to the letter without fear or 
favor. Efficient in the discharge of its other duties — the taking 
of the census, and the superintendence of public buildings and 
works — he was especially zealous in that regulation of the morals 
of his fellow-citizens, which was the almost despotic prerogative of 
his office. Though he was vigilant and uncompromising in the 
exercise of all its powers, and fearless and relentless in degrading 
unworthy senators and knights in the face of the bitter hostility 



74 INTRODUCTION. 

of the aristocracy, there was yet no evidence of any injustice or 
favoritism on his part, and he was honored at the close of his 
term with a public statue, and an inscription testifying that " by 
his good discipline and ordinances he had reclaimed the common- 
wealth, when it was sinking into vice." 

After that time Cato's energies were chiefly devoted to public 
speaking, in the popular assembly, at the bar, and in the Senate. 
He had a powerful voice. His diction was unpolished and coarse, 
but his style was sententious and forcible, and he was vehement 
and impassioned in delivery. Cicero was acquainted with moro 
than a hundred and fifty of his speeches, and asserts in his Bru- 
tus (ch. 17) that all the excellences of oratory were found in them. 
Mommsen regards him as the most influential pleader and polit- 
ical orator of his time, and the opinion of his biographer in 
Smith's Dictionary is that ^' if we may judge by the fragments of 
his speeches, he possessed the living fiery spirit and intense earn- 
estness of Demosthenes." 

Besides his activity in this profession, his versatile genius also 
turned itself to literary pursuits; and of the two parties into 
which there was already a division among scholars, Cato of course 
identified himself with the conservative or Italian. He contended 
for the culture of the language and the literature of his country 
independently, stoutly opposing all imitation of foreign models ; 
and according to the testimony of Horace (Ars Poet. 56), himself 
aided in enlarging and enriching his native speech. The intro- 
duction of Greek philosophy he especially resisted. A contem- 
porary of the earlier generation of E-oman writers, a friend and 
patron of the poet Ennius, he was himself the author of the first 
prose work in the Latin tongue — the Origines, a history in seven 
books of the Roman kings, the origin of the Italian towns, the 
first two Punic wars and subsequent events — and of others of 
which the De Re Rustica alone is extant. 

Cato's biography by Plutarch and the well-known passage in 
which Livy eulogizes him (xxxix. 40) illustrate the exalted, not to 
say extravagant opinion of his character as a whole, entertained by 
his. countrymen in after times. Modern historians have, with more 
impartiality, also presented his faults — his avarice, his cruelty to 
his slaves, his bitter and revengeful spirit toward his enemies, his 
lack of generous sentiments, and his narrowness as a statesman, 
which led him to despise everything new. " Upright and honor- 
able," says Mommsen, "but without a glimpse of any duty beyond 



DESENECTUTE. 75 

the sphere of police discipline and of mercantile integrity ; an enemy 
to all villainy and vulgarity as well as to all genius and refine- 
ment; he never made an attempt to stop evils at their source, but 
waged war throughout life against mere symptoms, and especially 
against persons." 

That 'his eye was not dim nor his natural force abated^ down 
to the very end of his life there is the clearest evidence. Though 
he learned the Greek language in youth, he did not begin the study 
of Greek literature until somewhat advanced in age. (See p. 14, line 
13, and Nepos, Yit. Cat. 3.) In his eighty-first year, accused of 
some capital crime, it is recorded that he defended himself in per- 
son, with unfaltering voice and with no decay of memory. Three 
years later he was one of the most urgent advocates of the third 
war against Carthage. The writing of his Origines was continued 
to the year of his death ; and only a few months before that event, 
according to Cicero (Brutus, ch. 20), he made a vigorous speech in 
the prosecution of Sulpicius Galba for the violation of his pledge 
to an enemy. What he is represented as saying of himself in 
various passages of this book (p. 11, line 24, etc., p. 16, line 4, 
etc., and p. 18, line 8, etc.), fully agrees with these facts, and 
together with them sufficiently indicates why Cicero selected him 
to be the representative of the old age of the Eoman in the earlier 
and better days of the nation, and to be the exponent of his own 
views on the subject here discussed. 

Cato's discourse is delivered in the presence of Scipio Africanus 
Minor, and his associate the younger Laelius (see Introduction to 
the notes to the Be Amicitia) in the consulship of T. Quinctius 
Flamininus and W. Acilius Balbus (p. 10, line 17), in the eighty- 
fourth year of his age (p. 15, line 36), i. e. in B. C. 150, the year 
before his death. 

Chapters ii. -v. contain the preliminary conversation. The 
young men express their wonder that old age has never seemed 
burdensome to Cato, request that he will show them how they can 
most easily bear the infirmities of that period of life, and inquire 
whether his enjoyment of it may not be owing to his wealth, polit- 
ical station and influence, to which most men cannot attain. In 
reply he declares that to those who seek all good from themselves 
nothing can seem an evil which the necessity of nature brings, 
that the evils of which many complain in old age are occasioned 
by faults of character, not by length of life, and that, except in 
the extremest poverty, wisdom and virtue cannot but render the 



76 INTRODUCTION. 

decline of life happy. In compliance with their request, Cato 
then states four alleged causes of unhappiness to old age, the 
consideration of which occupies the remainder of the book, as 
follows : 

I. Chh. vi. - viii. Old age withdraws men from active pursuits. 
The reply is : 1st, there are employments in which old men can 

engage, and for which they are better fitted than youth j 2d, the 
memory is not impaired by age if it be kept in exercise ; and 3d, 
many are able to continue employments requiring physical vigor 
to the very close of life. 

II. Chh. ix. -xi. Old age impairs the strength of the body. 
Cato maintains : 1st, that degree of strength, which youth has, 

is not needed by old age ; 2d, the failure of strength is generally 
caused by the vices of youth, in some cases by disease which is 
common to all periods of life; 3d, bodily vigor can be so far 
retained by exercise, temperance, and intellectual pursuits that 
there shall not be any conscious want of strength. 

III. Chh. xii. -xviii. Old age deprives of pleasures. 

Cato contends: 1st, old age does relish innocent and healthful 
pleasures of the senses, and it is a positive gain to be freed from 
any desire for those which are pernicious in youth ; 2d, old age 
is not deprived of rational enjoyments, such as may be derived 
from agriculture, literature, and position and influence in the 
State ; 3d, the peevishness and moroseness of old men are faults 
inherent in the character, and are not caused by age. 

IV. Chh. xix. - xxiii. Old age is not far from death. 

The course of thought in reply is : This fact is no real cause 
of unhappiness, because, 1st, death will be followed either by 
annihilation or a happier life ; 2d, old age has already experi- 
enced the good of life, while youth only hopes for it and is equally 
liable to death ; 3d, a sufficient time is allotted for living well, and it 
is natural for the aged to die and nothing which is according to 
nature can be an evil ,• 4th, probably the soul is immortal. The 
ground of this belief is («) the faculties of the soul, its self-activ- 
ity, its indivisibility, and its pre-existence; (6) the opinion of such 
minds as Pythagoras, Plato, and Cyrus the Great (according to 
the representation of Xenophon) ; (c) the regard of many distin- 
guished Romans for posthumous fame, the tranquillity with which 
the wisest men die, and the longing often felt, as in his own case, 
for companionship with those once known and loved but no 
longer living. 



NOTES. 77 

The arguments for the immortality of the soul so briefly stated 
here, are more fully presented in the First Book of the Tusculaa 
Disputations, and the pupil is referred to the Introduction to 
Chase's edition of that work for a discussion of Cicero's real 
views on that subject. 

Page 

Chap. I. 1. Tite, etc. Lines from the Annals of Ennius, an 5 
epic history of Rome in which for the first time the Greek hexam- 
eter was used instead of the national Saturnian verse. The per- 
son addressed in them was Titus Quinctius Flamininus, who con- 
quered Philip V. of Macedonia at the battle of Cynoscephalae, 
B. C. 197, and thereby restored the independence of the Greek 
states. Quid. For the construction and use see H. 455, 2, and 
380, 2; A. 21, III., and 52, IV.; A. & S. 138, 2, (ft), and 231, Rem. 
5; B. 1048, and 731; G. 331, 3. Adjuero, also the reading of 
0., Lr., &> Som., instead of adjuvero in two of the best MSS., and 
adjuto in five others, neither of which readings is allowed by the 
metre. Some editions have adjuro, according to Z. 160, (a) in fin.; 
A. & S. 162, 7, (a), but juerint occurs in Catull. Carm. 66, 18 — 
the V omitted without contraction of the vowels, as in the form 
audiero, H. 234, 1; B. 317; A. & S. 162, 7, (?>); A. 33, III., 1. 
Curam. Respecting the cause of this there have been various con- 
jectures. The more probable is that which refers it to the posi- 
tion of Flamininus at the pass of Antigoneia in Epirus in his 
attempt to invade Macedonia, B. C. 198, when he waited forty 
days without finding a favorable opportunity to attack the enemy. 
Levasso. In place of the usual future another was formed in the 
older language by affixing to the stem the ending sso (in the first 
and second conjugation). M. 115, /. See also H. 239, 4; B. 326; 
A. & S. 162, 9. 2, Versat. For the quantity of the final syllable, 
see H. 669, V. 1 ; B. 1519, 6; A. 80 ; Z. 828. Such syllables are 
sometimes found long even in the thesis of the foot, e. g. pone- 
bat, (p. 9, line 4,) and perhaps were originally long by contraction. 
See Z. 148, foot-note ; H. 240, 1, 3. Ecquid is here an interrogative 
indefinite pronoun, the particle en {ec before q) being merely the 
sign of interrogation ; will there beany reward? See Z. 136, and 
351, Note; B. 255; M. 90, 1. Praemi, the regular form for sub- 
stantives in the earlier writers instead of praemii. M. 37, Obs. 1; 
H. 52, 1 ; B. 64 ; A. & S. 52 ; A. 10, 4 ; G. 29, Rem. 1. 6. Ille vir, 
etc. Another line of Ennius referring as some suppose to the 
shepherd sent by Charops, an Epeirot chief, to guide a detachment 



78 C A TO MAJOR. 

Page 

5 of the Roman army over the heights to the rear of the Macedo- 
nians^ and who was represented by the poet as addressing Fla- 
mininus in the words quoted in 1. 1-3 j or, as others think, taken 
from some other part of Ennius' works and here applied by Cicero 
to the poet himself. Haud is by the authors of the best age used 
only with adjectives and adverbs denoting a measure, by which 
combination something more is expressed than by the simple 
negation. Z. 277 ; not at all, or hy no means. With verbs it does 
not commonly occur in good prose except in the phrase /?«?*«? 6czo a/*. 
M. 455. "Re "= re fainiliari. Plenus. In the earlier poets s final 
often forms no position with the following initial consonant. M. 
22, Obs. 4. Fidei. For the quantity of the penult, see H. 612, 
Exc. 2; B. 1425, 2; A. & S. 283, L, Exc. 2, Note. 7. Quam- 
qnam in an independent clause introduces a remark by which 
the preceding statement is limited, softened, or corrected. M. 443; 
Z. 341, Note, in fin.; and yet. Certo, very rare in Cicero ex- 
cept with scio, (as here and in line 19,) and even in his works less 
frequent than certe scio, according to Z. 266, Note 1. Elsewhere it 
is found only in the comic poets. It always adds emphasis. Certe, 
which belongs to all periods and all species of composition, some- 
times has the same force, but is chiefly used to limit an assertion 
e. g. in line 17, and p. 7, line 17. According to Arn, it relates (gen- 
erally) more to the persuasion of the speaker, i. e. is subjective 
certo to the real state of the case, i. e. is objective. See also A. 41, II., 
3; A. & S. 192, Note 1. 9. Aeqilitatem. For the meaning see Lex, 
suh voce, 3. 10. Cognomen, i. e. Atticus, probably given to him 
on account of his long residence at Athens and familiarity with 
Greek literature. 11. Humanitatem et prudentiam, liberal cul- 
ture and practical wisdom. 12. lisdem rebuS, i. e. the political 
misfortunes of the State. Me ipsum, accus. to avoid the repeti- 
tion of the verb, instead of the regular construction ego ipse com- 
moveor. Notice the zeugma in suspicor. H. 704, I., 2; A. & S. 
323, 1, (2),- B. 1378. 13. Quarum. H. 396, II.; A. 50, III.; A. 
& S. 211, Rem. 3 ; B. 746 ; Gr. 361, 2. Major, i. e. requires a moro 
extended treatise than the present. 16. Onere — senectutis. Cicero 
was at this time 62 years old, and Atticus 65 ; but the reference 
here, of course, is not to number of years but to the infirmities of 

g old age. 2. TJteretur. H. 500, 2; A. 65, I.; A. & S. 264, 1, 
[a]. Note; B. 1221, G. 633. 4. Mollem. H. 373, 3; A. & S. 
230, Note 3; B. 715; G. 334. 6. Cui=^ quum ei. Hence possit, 



NOTES. 79 

Page 
subjunctive in a relative causal clause, and pareat attracted by g 
it into the same mood. H. 527 ; A. 66, 11. ; A. & S. 266, 1 ; B. 
1291; G. 631. b. Ceteris, other philosophical subjects. Dixi- 
mus. Hitherto the writer has referred to himself personally, 
and therefore used the singular number. This and the following 
plurals exhibit him in close connection with other philosophers. 
Lr. See also M. 433 ; Z. 694. 9. Misimus includes the idea of 
scripsimus ; hence the perfect as in the epistolary style. Som. See 
also H. 472, 1; A. & S. 259, Rem. 1 (2), (c) ; B. 1100; Q. 244. 
10. Tribuimus, ascribed to as the representative of old age. 
Tithono, the son of Laomedon, who in answer to the prayer of Eos 
obtained immortality but not eternal youth. Aristo, a philoso- 
pher of Ceos, who became the head of the Peripatetic school, B. 
C. 230. Ceus, from the Greek KeTo?. In words thus transferred 
£t is expressed before vowels by either i or e. M. 5, b, Obs. 2; 
Z. 1, Note. 11. Esset. H. 510; A. 59, lY. 2 ; A. & S. 261, 1; 
B. 1267; G. 599. Fabula, myth, i. e. the character (Tithonus) ex- 
hibited in the myth. M. Gatoili. See Introduction. 13. Admi- 
rantes, wondering. A present participle in appositioo with the 
object follows verbs signifying to perceive or represent a person ns 
doing a thing. M. 372, b, Obs. 5 ; Z. 636. 14. Ferat. Subjunctive 
because the sentiment of Laelius and Scipio, H. 520, II.; B. 1255; 

A. 63, I.; A. & S. 266, 3; G. 541. 15. Qui. The relative is often 
used to continue the discourse in a new proposition and at the 
same time to connect that proposition with the precedin<^, instead of 
a demonstrative with a conjunction, and often where no conjunction 
is used in English; but only when the pronoun is not emphatic. 
M. 448; Z. 803. 16. Suis, emphatic. 18. Plnra, sc. dicere. 

Chap. II. 22. Ceterarumr 3mm = cej^ero9?/i. Lr. H. 396, II.; 

B. 746 ; A. 50, III. ; G. 361, 2. 23. Vel intensifies the meaning of 
the superlative maxime by edipsis of the positive. 24. Senserim, 
subjunctive, because the reason is stated not as a fact, but as a 
motive in the mind of the speaker. A. 63, I. See also M. 357, a, 
Obs. 2 ; B. 1257; A. & S. 266, 3, Hem. 25. Plerisque, the major- 
ity. Z. 109, Note. Aetna, under which lay buried the giants who 
had warred against Jupiter. 28. Quibus, made emphatic by posi- 
tion. M. 476, a, Obs. 2, in fin. 32. Afferat. H. 501, 1. ; A. 65, 
2 ; A. & S. 264, 1 ; B. 1218 ; G. 633. Quo in genere, i. e. of 
things which the necessity of nature brings. 33. Adipiscantur. 
For the mood after a verb of desiring see H. 492, 3, and 551, II., 2; 



80 CATO MAJOR. 



A. & S. 273, 4, (a) ; B. 1204, Obs. 3 ; G. 546. Adepti, the reading 
of two MSS. ; while others have adeptam, adopted by 0. and 
other editors. Either form is admissible in the case of this and 
many other perfect participles of deponents, of which a list is 
given in Z. 632. See also M. 153 ; H. 225, 2; B. 1346; A. & S. 
162, 17, (a) ; A. 35, I. 7. 35. Aiunt occurs most frequently with 
indirect quotations, and stands either before the words quoted, or 
(like inquit) between them ; the latter, only with direct quota- 
tions. Z. 219 and 802. Putavissent. H. 531 ; A. 67, IL; A. & 
S. 266, 2 ; B. 1296 ; G. 653. 36. Qui, How. H. 188, II. 3 ; A. & S. 
137, Rem. (2) ,• B. 246. Adolescentiae, usually, the period be- 
tween pueritia and juveiitus, from the age of fifteen to thirty ; but 
here it includes the latter, i. e. the period of increasing strength; as 
sometimes juventus is used for adolescentia. Cf. p. 16, 1. 26, 
ferocitas juvenum. The other two divisions of human life were 
aetas semorum, from forty-five to sixty, and senectus. The limits 
of each age, however, were not fixed by the Romans with much 
exactness. 1. Quamvis, though ever so. M. 443, Obs. ; H. 516, II. 
2; A. & S. 263, 2, (3), in fin. 2. Effluxisset, subjunctive because 
dependent upon posset, quum here denoting time only. Som, 
Consolatio, the reading of most MSS. That of others, consola- 
tione, is preferred by 0. and most other editors, with a comma after 
longa, Posset, i. e. even if life were protracted to any given 
extent. Stultam, made emphatic by its position. Lr. ; M. 466, a, 
3. Quocirca, like quapropter, refers to a number of grounds col- 
lectively, some of which may be implied only, i. e. for these and 
eimilar reasons; quare and quamohrem to one definite ground 
distinctly stated. Arn. 4. Quae — esset, ai\d would that it icere 
worthy ; imperfect, to indicate that he disclaims meriting the epi- 
thet. H. 488, 2 ; A. 68, I. ; A. & S. 263, 1, Rem. ; B. 1196, Obs. 2 ; 
G. 253. 5. Cognomine is not used in its technical sense of fam- 
ily-name, but to denote a title (Sapiens), like Dives, Asiaticus, &c., 
for which the regular term was agnomen. Thus his entire name 
was Marcus Porcius Cato Sapiens. The reason for the title is 
given in Laelius, p. 37, line 2 efse^g. But the name Cato itself is from 
catus (perhaps =:ctcm^i(s), clear-sighted, sagacious, and was given 
to him first of all his family, because of his character according to 
Plutarch; as others suppose "bestowed in childhood as an omen 
of eminence." Quod — sequimur, an expression equivalent to 
the ethical maxim of the Stoics, " to live according to nature," i. e. 



NOTES. 81 

Page 
in harmony with the laws of one's mental and moral constitution. 7 
8. Partes, i. e. acts, as of a drama. Cf. Shakspeare, "As You Like 
It," Act IL, Scene 7 : 

"All the world's a stage, 
And all the men and women merely players : 
They have their exits and their entrances ; 
And one man in his time plays many parts, 
His acts being seven ages." 

Discriptae. So one MS. ; while 0., Lr., and Som., following the 
others, read descriptae. These same editors, however, have di- 
scripta in line 7, p. 26, with no more MS. authority than here, and 
the same signification is required in both places; marked out, 
arranged, i. e. so prepared as to perform the part assigned them for 
the unfolding of the drama of life. 10. Kecesse fuit, a necessity 
founded in the nature of things. 12. Vietum agrees with ali- 
quid. 13. Molliter. See Lex. suh voce, B. Gigantum, etc., a pro- 
verbial expression for a vain contest. 14. Modo. H. 414, 3; A. 54, 
IL ; A. & S. 247, 2 -, B. 876 ; G. 401, Rem. Som., in his 6th edition 
(1869), regards as worthy of mention a suggestion that nisi be 
transposed, so as to read Quid est enim aliud nisi, etc. But the 
meaning is plain : He who does not endure old age patiently 
fights against nature, and that is as hopeless as to imitate the 
giants in their war against the gods. 15, Atqui indicates an 
assent to the assertion implied in the preceding question. Nothing 
else; and yet. Z. 349; M. 437, c^ Obs. 16. PoUicear, promise, 
because of the idea of gratitude in gratissimum ; subjunctive, as 
sometimes, from conciseness of expression, to indicate the design 
with which the statement is made. M. 440, Obs. 6. 23. Confe- 
ceris. H. 606; B. 1277, Obs. 2; A. 61, 1; G. 604. Quam — 
ingrediundum sit, one of the only two passages in Cicero in 
which an accusative is joined with the second periphrastic con- 
jugation used impersonally; an archaic construction and very 
rare in other classic prose writers. The regular construction would 
be quae nobis ingredienda sit. Z. 649 ; M. 421, Obs. 2, h. For the 
mood see p. 6, line 6, pareat, note. 24. Istuc, the subject of sit. 
Qmo~ ad quod. M. 317, Obs. 2. 

Chap. III. 27. Interfui, T have been conversant with. Asqua- 
lium. See Lex. sub voce, 2, a. 28. Proverbio. H. 414, 2, 1) ; A. 
& S. 249, IL ; B. 873 ; G. 407. 29. Quae — solebant, an anaeol- 
6 — Cio. de S. 



82 CATO MAJOE. 



uthoD, occasioned by the parenthetical clause preceding. Quae 
refers to the idea in querelis (H. 445, 5 ; B. 698; G. 616, 3, I., 
which is repeated in deplorare. C. Salinator, naval commander 
in the war against Antiochus the Great, and consul B. C. 188. 
Sp. Albinus, consul B. C. 186 ; died, very old, B. C. 179. 31. Car- 
erent See p. 6, line 14, note. Vitam nuUam, life was no life. 
H. 373, 1 : A. & S. 230, Hem. 1 ; A. 52, III. (3) ; B. 715. Strict- 
ly speaking, the predicate accusative forms an apposition to the 
object. M. 227. 34. Aocusandum. See p. 6, line 2, note. 35. 
Accideret. For the tense, see p. 6, line 11, note. Usu. H. 414, 2 ; 
A. 5-1, I.; A. & S. 249, 11. ; B. 873. For its meaning with veniret 
see Lex. UsiiSy II. D. 36. Quorum, partitive genitive. 37. Sine, 
with its case (like cum) often has the force of an attributive. 
Of. Tusc. Disp. I. 49, mortes cum gloria; II. 3, sine ulla delec- 
tatione, Et — nec, instead of neque {nee) — nee (Z. 338, M. 458, 
c), because non modifies not the whole clause, but moleste 
alone. 38. Ferrent. H. 519; A. 63, 11. , A, & S. 264, 8, (1); B. 
1251 ; G. 636. 39- Istiusmodi, used as an indeclinable adjec- 
tive. M. 287, Obs. 1; H. 186, 5; A. & S. 134, Rem. 5. 2. Diffi- 
ciles. See Lex. snh voce. II. 3. Importunitas, incivility, refers 
more to the outward demeanor; iuhumailitas, churlishness, to the 
disposition. 5. Dixerit, perfect subjunctive in the sense of a 
softened future or present potential; the usual meaning in a prin- 
cipal clause. Z. 527; M. 380; H. 486, 6; B. 1179; A. & S. 260, 
Rem. 4. 6. Opes, j^olitieal influence ; COpiaS, wealth; dignita- 
teni) rank or official position. 8. Contingere, used chiefly of 
fortunate occurrences ; accidere, of any unexpected occurrences, 
but especially of the happening of evil. Cf. p. 7, line 35, and see D. 
8uh Accidere. 9. Istud, sc. which you say. H. 450 ; A. & S. 207, 
Rem. 25; A. 20, IL; B. 1028; G. 291. 10. Fertur, sc. in Plato 
De Repub. I. 4. 11. Seriphio, of Seriphos, one of the Cyclades, 
the poverty and insignificance of which made it an object of con- 
tempt. 13. After essem most MSS. read ignohilis, but 0., Lr., and 
Som., as well as Br., omit it. The Greek has but one epithet, 
dvonaffTOg. 14. Quod eodem mode, etc., antithetic to ut Themisto- 
cles above ; i. e. there must be both fitness of character and some 
external advantages to make old age agreeable. In extreme 
poverty only is it burdensome to the wise. 16 Ne — quidem 
emphasizes the negation. H. 585, 2 ; A. & S. 277, Rem. 5; B. 



NOTES. 83 

Page 
999; (x. 444. 19. Anna, the iceapons, to be used against the g 
evils. 20. Notice the various meanings of aetas : here, pe- 
riod of life ; in lines 23 and 25, p. 16, life ; in line 29, p. 18, old 
age ; and in line 4, p. 67, generation. Multum signifies richness 
or fulness of experience. Lr. See p. 18, line 19. 23. Id, neuter 
because it refers to the clause quia — aetatis. Maximum, of 
the gventest importance. 

Chap. IV. 26. Q. Maximum, according to Poly bins, the first 
of the Fabian gens who was called Maximus, as he was the great- 
est; five times consul ; dictator B. C, 217, after the battle of Lake 
Trasimenus, and famous for his defensive policy against Hannibal 
durino: tha^ year. After the battle of Cannae he was for some 
years the virtual chief of the Senate and people. Cicero signifi- 
cantly says elsewhere of him, bellum Punicuni secundani ener- 
vavit. Eum — recepit, regarded as a gluss by some editors, but 
as genuine by 0., Lr., and Som. Similar instances of a parenthetic 
explanatory clause occur in line 8, p. 17, and line 4, p. 32. 
27. Adolescens The appositive here = a temporal clause. See 
H. 36.3, 3 ; A. & S. 204, Rem. 1, (a). Dilexi, the love of es- 
teem. See D. sub Diligere. 28. Gravitas, weight or dignity of 
character. For gravitas one MS. has virtus gravis, another gravis 
virtus, and Moramsen virtus nee gravis. Br. thinks virtus interpo- 
lated to support the reading gravis, and with 0., adopts the read- 
ing given in the text. 29. Colere, i. e. to render the customary 
respect from younger to older, or client to patron, by acts of cour- 
tesy and service. See D. sub Vereri. 31. Anno. The first consul- 
ship of Fabius was in B. C. 233, and his fourth in B. C. 214, when 
Cato at the age of twenty was miles, a private soldier, 33. Ad 
often denotes the vicinity of a place. Z. 296 ; 398, Note 1. So 
ad Tarentum, to the siege of Tarentum. Capuam. The chief 
city put for the whole country or district, as frequently. During 
this campaign the Roman armies were confronting Hannibal in 
Campania. 34. Quaestor — quem. Several MSS. insert aedilis 
after deinde, Sind praetor after su7n. . One omits deinde — factus 
sum, which Mommsen follows, changing quem to que. Br., 0., Lr., 
and Som. give the reading adopted in the text, and this is the only 
one which accords with the facts in the life of F. 35. Quadriennio 
(not quarto anno post), i. e. after the expiration of four full 
years. 37. Suasor, the advocate, gives prominence to the 
man, while suasit would only denote the deed as such. Legis 



84 C A TO MAJOR. 

Page 

g Cinciae, so called because proposed by the tribune M. Cincius 
Alimentus in B. C. 204. It forbade any reception of gifts for plead- 
ing a cause in court; prescribed certain fixed limits for the 
amount of gifts in general, and required them to be accompanied 
with certain formalities. See Diet. Antiqq., p. 685. Donis, pro- 
perly, gratuities; muneribus, rewards for services. See D. suh 
Donum. 38- Adol^scens, i. e. with the vigor and ardor of youth. 

9 1. Patientia, i. e. his policy of avoiding a pitched battle, keeping 
Hannibal at bay, and cautiously watching for opportunities to 
strike a successful blow, which earned him the epithet Cunctator. 
2. Familiaris. Cato became acquainted with Ennius in Sardinia, 
and brought hini in his train to Rome when the latter was at the 
age of forty-one. The verses are from his Annals, and are quoted 
also in the De Officiis, 1. 24. The first line is also borrowed by Vir- 
gil, Aen. 6, 846. 3. Cunctando, % loise delay. Canctari properly 
means, to delay /rom consideration. See D. Kem, sc. ])vblicam. 
4. Noenum, an archaic form compounded of ne-oeuum or unum ; 
the conjecture of Lachmann, adopted by Br., 0., Lr., and Som. 
Most MSS. have no7i enim, which cannot be scanned without re- 
sorting to such explanations as that of L. that e in enim was 
dropped in the reading ; or of Sh. that non enim is a dactyl, the 
m being much slurred over in pronunciation, or of Holden (De 
Officiis) that enim was pronounced, in scanning, eim. One MS. 
reads non ponebat enim rumores. Kumores, the popidar ojjinion. 
" So completely was Fabius' policy misunderstood by all classes 
impatient for a successful battle, that he was suspected of seeking 
to prolong the war to retain his command, of cowardice, incapa- 
city and even treachery." Diet. Biog. Ponebat. For the quantity 
of the final syllable see line 2, p. 5, note. 5. Postque. So Br., 
0., and Lr. ; since his death. Other readings of editors are respec- 
tively, ^Kjisg'ite, p^itsgwe, magisque. Magisque, sc. than if he had 
heeded the talk of the people. Lr. 6. Tarentum — recepit. 
When the city by surprise fell into the possession of Hannibal, B. 
C. 212, the Roman commander held the citadel until the city was 
retaken by Fabius in his fifth consulship, B. C. 209. The com- 
mander, however, was not Salinator as Cicero here states, but M. 
Livius Macatus. The two men were relatives, and Salinator 
warmly defended Macatus in the Senate, when his conduct was 
under discussion. 7. Salinatori. Dat., depending on inquit. 
9. Fabi. Fot the form see p. 5, line 3,praerni, note. 11. In toga, 



NOTES. 85 

Page 
i. e. in his career as a statesman. 12. Quiescente, remaining neutral^ g 
failing to support him. 13. Plaminio, noted for his champion- 
ship of the popular party, as well as for the construction of the 
Via Flaminia, and for his defeat and death in the battle near Lake 
Trasimenus. His tribuneship, in which he secured the passage of 
the agrarian law referred to here, was in B. C. 232, according to 
Polybius, while the second consulship of Fabius was in B. C. 228. 
Either, therefore, Cicero is mistaken in his statement, or Flaminius 
proposed his bill in the year 232, and through the opposition of the 
Senate it was not carried until 228. In this latter year Flaminius 
was one of the Tresviri agris dandis assignandis. In Cicero's 
mind the welfare of the State had always been identified with the 
rule of the Senate j and in his view the leaders of the popular 
party had always been demagogues and disorganizers. Quoad 
potuit. H. 522, I.; A. & S. 263, 4, (1); B. 1239; G. 573. Ag- 
rum Picentem, the district in the N. E. of central Italy bounded 
by Umbria, the country of the Sabines and the Adriatic. 14. Gal- 
licum, the part of Umbria bordering on the Adriatic and con- 
quered from the Senonian Grauls. Auctoritatem. See Lex. suh 
voce, 4, a. In its general and original sense Senatus auctoritas is 
any measure to which a majority of the Senate has assented. 
Diet. Antiqq. 15. Dividenti, in his efforts to secure the division 
of, sc. among the plebeians. Augurque quum esset, i. e, although 
he held an office the very business of which was to interpret by 
omens the will of the gods as to what the State ought or ought 
not to do, he was so devoted to its welfare as to utter this senti- 
ment. M. 358, Obs. 3; H. 516, II. ; B. 1282; G. 588. 17. Ferrentur. 
See Lex. II. B. 8, b. 20. Filii, the elder of his two sons, an able 
general in the second Punic war and consul in B. C. 213. In mani- 
bus, in everybody s hands, well knoion. So in line 34, p. 64; other- 
wise in line 2, p. 13, and line 9, p. 18. See Lex. sub voce. 
21. Laudatio, sc. funehris, his eulogy at the funeral of his son. 
^2. Contemnimus, i. e. in comparison Avith him; must we not 
esteem him more highly than all jyhilosophers. Som. 23. Intus — 
praestantior, explained by the following sentences. 24. Qui 
SerniO, ichata talent for conversation ! "pvSLQGe'pta,, for imparting in- 
struction! Som. 25. Notitia, acquaintance with. Scientia im- 
plies a thorough knowledge of its object. D. sub Cognitio. Juris 
augurii was the phrase for the science of the augurs, which was 
contained in the Lihri augurales. 26, TJt — Kozuano, considering 



86 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

9 that he toas, etc. 27. Domestica, i. e. in Italy. 29. Divinarem. 
See p. 7, line 23, confeceris, Note. Id. H. 445, 7; A. 48, V. -, A. 
& S. 206, (13), (b) ] G. 616, 2. 30. Fore. H. 204, 2 ; A. & S. 154, 
Rem. 3 ; B. 279, Obs. 3. Unde may be used for a quo after a 
demonstrative or indefinite pronoun. M. 317, Obs. 2. Discerem. 
H. 501, 1. ; A. 65, IV. 2 ; A. & S. 264, 6, Rem. 3 ; G. 616, 2. 

Chap. V. 31. Quorsus — liaec, se.j)er«iwe/ii. One of those ex- 
pressions in which the ellipsis of the verb has become a general 
usage. It may be omitted in familiar and every- day discourse, 
in any of those leading propositions in which an accusative or 
other words qualifying the verb, sufficiently point it out, and in 
which it is desired to attain the greatest brevity. M. 479, d ; Z. 
770. 32. Dictu. H. 570, 1 and 2; B. 1365 and 1366, Obs. 1; A. 
& S. 276, III., Rem. 2; A. 74,11.; G. 437. 34. Expugnationes. 
The plural of abstract nouns is much more common in Latin than 
in English, to denote a repetition of the same thing or its existence 
in diiferent objects. Z. 92; M. 50, Obs. 3. The accusative is the 
regular construction of the thing with recordor. 36. Etiam 
quiete, i. e. in private as well as in public life. Pure, virtuously. 
Et simply connects two co-ordinate words or clauses, without 
any additional signification whatever. 37. Atque puts for- 
ward the second member somewhat more forcibly in comparison 
with the first, as distinct from it and equally important. Yet 
this accessory signification is often not to be recognized, especial- 
ly with the shorter form ao. M. 433. Eleganter, lit. vnth cor- 
rect choice or tastefully, refers here more especially to intellectual 
pursuits. Placida, the opposite of turbida; lenls of vehemens. J). 
fiM& Mitis. These adjectives form the predicate with est. 38. TJno 
et octogesimo. For the order of the words see H. 174, foot-note 
2 ; B. 208 ; A. & S. 120, 2, (b) ; G. 94, 3. In such a combination 

1 A as this, U71US is more frequent than primus. M. 74. 1. Scribens, 
while writing. H. 572; B. 1350; A. 72; A. & S. 274, 3, (a); G. 
668. 2. Panathenaicus. In this he recounts the services Athens 
had rendered Greece in every period of her history. Quarto — 
dicit, sc. in Panath. ch. 1, 3. 4. Gorgias, of Leontini in Sicily, 
a noted sophist, though he called himself a rhetorician. 7. Quae- 
reretur is in the imperf. instead of the pluperf. tense, because 
the inquiry is conceived as continuing until the desired answer 
is given. Lr. See also Z. 505, Note. 8. Accusem. H. 501, I. 1; 
A. & S. 264, 7, Note 3. Cf. discerem, p. 9, line 30. 13. Fortis, 



NOTES. 87 

Page 
spirited. Spatio — SUpremo, at the end of the course, H. 441, 6 ; \Q 
A. 47, VIIL; A. & S. 205, Rem. 17: B. 662; G. 287, Rem! 
14. Olympia, in the Olympic games, a substantive in the accus. 
plural. Cf. the Greek 'OXvfima vtKdv. In place of a substantive 
(in the accusative), of kindred origin or meaning with the verb, 
an attribute of such a substantive can also be used. Kiihner's 
larger Gr. 278, 2. Senio, old age as a time of debility. D. sub 
Vetus. ConfectUS. For the quantity of the final syllable, see p. 5, 
line 6,plenus, Note. 17. Hi consules, i. e. the present consuls. So 
p. 22, line 23, hujus Scipionis, the one now living. Hie denotes 
what is nearest to the speaker in place, time, or thought. M. 485, a. 
See Introd., p. 75. T. (Quintius) Flamininus, to be distin- 
guished from the one mentioned in chapter I. Their relationship 
is not known. 19. Iterum refers to Philippo only. 20. Voco- 
niam, proposed by the tribune, Q. Voconius Saxa, B. C. 169. 
Extant statements of its provisions are imperfect. It provided 
that no person included in the census should make ^ny female his 
heir, or leave a larger legacy to any person than the heres should 
take. It was designed to check the extravagance of women and 
the alienation of wealth from the old families. Diet. Antiqq. 
21. Suasissem, a characteristic thing for Cato to do. His speech 
was still extant in the time of Livy, and brief fragments of it are 
now. 25. Etenim forms a transition to a more particular dis- 
cussion of the subject. Lr. See Introduction. 27. Avocet. Cf. 
p. 6, line 14, ferat, Note. 31. Videamus. H. 488, I. ; B. 1193 ; 
A. 68, 1; A. & S. 260, Rem. 6 ; G. 256, 1. 

Chap. VI. 32. Rebus gerendis. This phrase more commonly 
refers to war or political affairs, but may also include, as here, 
affairs of private life — business of any kind. Quibus. A prep- 
osition in one sentence applies equally to a following relative 
or interrogative sentence, provided the verb of the former is also 
to be supplied. Lr. See also M. 323, b, Obs. 1,- Z.77S, in Jin, 
33. An iis, etc. The first member of the double question — Aliisne — 
is omitted, and the second member here expects an affirmative an- 
swer. Is it not from those, etc. Z. 353, in fin. ; M. 453. Juventute 
et virVau^^ youthfd strength; hendiadys, H. 704,11.,* A. & S. 323, 
2, (3),- B. 1379. 34. Res seniles, emi^loyments for old men. Vel, 
by an ellipsis of a preceding vel with its clause,= 6ren. Z. 734; 
M. 436, Obs. Infirmis corporibus, abl. absol., instead of a tem- 
poral clause. H. 431, 1 ; A. <fc S. 257, Rem. 7 ; B. 972 ; G. 409. 



88 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

10 36. Maximus. See p. S, line 26, note. L. (Aemilius) Pau- 
lus, surnauied Macedonicus for his victory over Perseus at Pyd- 
na and the conquest of Macedonia, B. C. 168 ; the father of Scipio 
Africanus Minor. 37. Filii mei. Cato's older son, M. Porcius 
Cato Licinianus, distinguished in the war against Perseus, an 
eminent jurist afterwards, and a man of unblemished life. He 
died when praetor-elect about 152 B. C. Fabricii, etc., denote 
particular individuals, as in line 34, p. 9 : all cannot be Scipios or 
Maximu The men here mentioned were contemporaries and inti- 
mate friends and among the ablest and noblest of the public men of 
the early part of the 3d century B. C. C. Fabricius Luscinus was 
noted for his generalship and incorruptibility in the war against 
Pyrrhus. M'. Curius Dentatus triumphed over the Samnites, the 
Sabines, and Pyrrhus, and was the constructor of the famous tun- 
nel from Lake Velinus to the Nar. Tib. Coruncanius, like the 
others, held all the high offices of state, and was eminent as a 

11 jurist and orator. 1. Defendebant. For the mood see H. 518, II. 
3; B. 1248; A. & S. 263, 5, Rem. 3; G. 583. Appii Claudii, 
censor B. C. 312, builder of the Via Appia, the earliest of the 
paved roads, and the Aqua Appla^ the earliest of the aqueducts. 
He was also noted for his promotion of the interests of the plebe- 
ians. 2. Ut is used because the blindness first developed itself in 
old age. Lr. ; quod would merely introduce a statement of fact. 
H. 495, 2; B. 1222, Obs. 2; A. & S. 262, Rem. 3, N. 1 ; G. 558. 
3. Ad pacem, when Pyrrhus proposed it, through his arabas.^a- 
dor Cineas, after a victory over the Romans, B. C. 280. 5. Perse- 
CUtus est. See Lex. sub voce. 0. 2. e. /?. 6. Vobis. H. 398, 5 ; 
A. & S. 211, Rem. 5, (1). 7. Viai. For the form see H. 123, 
and 49, 2; A. & S. 43, 1 ; B. 55; A. 9, 2, and Supplement, p. 
131 ; G. 27, Rem. 1. For the construction, H. 396, III. 2, 4) ; 
A. & S. 212, Rem. 4, N. 3 ; A. 50, II. 4; G. 371. 8. Notum 
enim, etc., gives the reason for not quoting further from Ennius. 
9. Oratio, sc. against peace with Pyrrhus. Plutarch in his Life of 
Pyrrhus professes to give the substance of it. Egit. See Lex. sub 
voce, III. 9. 13. Et tamen, i. e. although so old he exhibited, as 
we have learned, such ability and energy. 14, Aiferunt. See 
JjQ-s., sub voce, 4,. 15. Negant. Indicative, to give prominence to 
the fact; who deny, as many actually do. H. 501, I. 2 ; A. & S. 
264, 7, Note 4; B. 1228; G. 634, R. 1. Similesque sunt, 
omitted in several MSS., yet inserted in most editions without 



NOTES. 89 

Pugo 
brackets. Que, when used to connect propositions, denotes con- JJ 
sequence or Yesu]t,=and there/ore. Z. 333. Similes — dicant, 
they resemble ain/ who should say. 16. TJt si qui, iit. as those 
would he if any, etc. See p. 7, line 23, confeceris, note. 17. Scan- 
dant. Quum usually has the subjunctive when it expresses a 
kind of comparison, and especially a contrast, between the lead- 
ing clause and the subordinate. M. 358, Obs. 3. 19. Sedeat, a 
causal clause. 21. Velocitate, nimhleness, dexterity ; celeritate, 
swiftness. D. suh Citus. 22. Sententia. See Lex. suh voce, I. B. 
Quibus sustains a twofold relation; with orbari, abl. of depriva- 
tion ] with augeri, of specification. 24. Nisi forte, ironical with 
the indicative, introducing a case which is, in fact, inadmissible; 
unless you suppose. Z. 526, in fin. ; M. 442, c, Obs. 1. 27. Q,uae, sc. 
bella. 28. Male COgitauti, which has now for a long time been 
designing mischief H. 467, III. 2, and 577; B. 1083 and 1350; 
G. 221 and 671. Multo ante, sc. it is declared. 30. Quam. The 
relative here, as frequently, introduces a sentence, where in 
English no conjunction is used. See p. 6, line 15, qui, note, 
31. Eeservent. For the tense see H. 488, II. 2; B. 1196; A. & 
S. 263, 1, Rem.; A. 68, I.; G. 254. Avi reliquias, what your 
grandfather left unfinished; i. e. the destruction of Carthage, 
which four years later, at the close of the third Punic war, he ac- 
complished. The reference in avi is to P. Corn. Scipio Africanus 
Major, the ablest general of the second Punic war, the conqueror of 
Hannibal, and the greatest of the Romans with the exception of 
Julius Caesar. His elder son (see p. 17, line 8) adopted the 
younger son of L. Aemilius Paulus, whose name thus became P. 
Corn. Scipio Aemilianus Africanus Minor, and whom Cato is rep- 
resented as addressing here. See p. 6, line 13. 32. Sextus et 
tricesimus, i. e. B. C. 185, as the date of Cato's discourse was B. 
C. 150. This agrees with the statements of time in the following 
sentence, (taking novem onnis to mean nine full years intervening, 
as in line 11 above, and line 32, p. 19,) since Cato was censor B. 
C. 184, and consul B. C. 195. Most of the MSS. and 0., however, 
read tertius. The year of Scipio's death is uncertain. Livy 
placed it in B. C. 185, Valerius in B. C 187, and Polybius in B. 
C. 183, and this last is most probably correct. Diet. Biog. But 
the numbers IIT and YI are frequently confounded in the MSS. 
38. Poeniteret. For the tense see H. 504, 2 ; M. 347, h, Obs. 2. 
Enim introduces the reason for tUe omitted negative answer to 



90 C A T O M A J O R. 

Page 

the preceding question. Exoursione — gladiis, i. e. the exercises 

J2 with which soldiers were trained when in camp. 2. Quae. For 
the gender see H. 445, 3, ]); A. 47, 11. ; A. & S. 206, (15), (a); 
B. 697. 4. Senatum, i. e. the assembly of elders. 6. Quod, 
strictly an accus. of specification, but used before si and other 
particles merely as a copulative to denote the connection of the 
thought with the preceding. M. 449; Z. 807. Voletis. Future 
tense, which is always used in Latin in a subordinate clause when 
it occurs in the principal clause, where in English the present is 
often used with less exactness. Z. 509 ; M. 339, Obs. 1. 7. Ex- 
terna, i. e. the history of other nations. 10. Cedo. H. 297, III. 
1 ; A. 38, V. 3 ; A. & S. 183, (2), 11 ; B. 448. The line which it 
introduces is an iambic tetrameter, in which the spondee and its 
equivalents are admitted in every foot except the last. H. 686; A. 
& S. 314, III. ; B. 1511, 2 and 3. Qui. H. 188, 11. 3 ; A. & S. 137, 
1, Rem. (2) ; B. 246, in fin. 11. Naevii, an epic and dramatic poet 
of the 3d century B. C, a friend of Cato, and of the same party in 
politics and literature. Ludo, i. e. the title of a particular play. 
So Br., Lr., Som., and Mommsen read. Several MSS.have lihro ; 
others, followed by 0., have ludo, i. e. the general name for a dra- 
matic composition. Besides regular dramas, Naevius seems to 
have written entertainments called Ludi or Satirae. Diet. Biog. 
13. Proveniebant, etc. Another iambic verse thus divided by Lr. : 

Proveni|ebant | orat|ores | novi [ stulti adoilescenjtuli. 

Novi, inexperienced. 14. Aetatis. H. 402, I.; B. 780; A. & S. 
211, Rem. 8, (3); G. 365. 

Chap. VII. 16. At often introduces in a new proposition an 
objection started by one's self or another, or the answer to an 
objection. M. 437, c. See p. 17, lines 4 and 6; p. 28, lines 38 and 
39. Here it is alleged that the failure of the memory is another 
fact proving the first charge against old age. Nisi, etc. One of 
the instances where it is immaterial whether nisi or si non is 
used. See Z. 343. For the usual distinction, see H. 508, 3; A. & 
S. 198, 5, Rem. (6) ; G. 592; M. 442, c. 19. Qui Aristides esset, 
is, with the antecedent of qui, the direct object of salutare. H. 
373, 1; A. & S. 230; G. 334. 20. Lysimachum, the father of 
Aristides. B. 715 ; A. 52, III. 3. Equidem, compounded of 
the demonstrative prefix e (ce) and qnidem, and generally used 
with the first person of the verb. H. 446, I. 22. Sepulcra, 



NOTES. 91 

Page 
i. e. the inscriptions on them. Legens, sc. to obtain mate- J2 
rials for his Origines. Quod aiunt, like ut aiunt, introduces a 
proverbial saying, it being a common belief that a loss of 
memory was caused by such reading. 23. Perdam. H. 492, 4, 
1); A. 64, III.; A. & S. 262, Rem. 7; B. 1215; G. 552. His 
— legendis. H. 566, I.,- B. 1340; A. 73, V.; A. & S. 275, 
III., Rem. 4; G. 432. 30. Modo. See Lex. auh voce, I., B, d, 
and H. 505 ; A. 61, 3 ; A. & S. 263, 2 ; B. 1259 ; G. 575. 31. Cla- 
ris, eminent for patriotic services; honoratis, distinguished by 
holding the high offices of the State. See D. suh Celeber. Statesmen 
are contrasted here with literary men and philosophers. 33. Quod, 
instead of ciijus rei an objective genitive. M. 314. 34. Filiis, 
sc. lophon, prompted by jealousy because of his father's affection 
for a grandson, Sophocles, the child of Ariston. 36. Patribus, 
dative; bonis, ablative — a mixture (after interdici only) of the 
usual double construction of a dat. and accus., or accus. and ablat. 
after a few verbs. H. 384, II., 1; B. 859; A. & S. 251, Rem. 2; A. 
51, 11. - 2. In manibus liabebat, was still engaged upon. See Lex. 13 
sub Manus, and cf. p. 18, line 9, and Epist. ad Att. 13, 47: Ea, 
quae in manibus habebavi, abjeci. This clause explains why the 
judges had not yet witnessed the exhibition of the play in the 
theatre; while proxime scripserat states a fact which would 
prove his soundness of mind at the time of the trial. Lr. This 
play was written, however, as is now universally acKnowledged, 
many years before, and only enlarged near the close of his life, 
with the insertion of political and personal allusions. Som. 
7. Simonidem, Stesichorum, Greek lyric poets, tha former of 
whom died B. C. 467, at the age of ninety, the latter about 560 B. 
C. at the age of eighty or more. 8. Isocraten, Gorgian, the 
reading of MSS. and the best critical editions. But these endings 
are less frequent in prose than em and am. See Z. 46, 2, and 71 ; 
M. 35, Obs. 2, and 45, 2, d. 11. Diogenem, one of three Athenian 
philosophers sent to Rome B. C. 155, to negotiate for the remission 
of a fine imposed for the destruction of Oropus. 17. Serendis. 
Here, as generally in the oblique cases, the future passive parti- 
ciple has the meaning of a continued passive state, and supplies 
the place of the present pass, partic. Ablative absolute with 
fructibus — an infrequent construction with this participle, yet 
attested by good authority. Z. 643 and 652. Cf. also De Off. I., 
2, nullis officii praeceptis tradendis, and C. &> S.'s note. The neg- 



92 CA TO MAJOR. 



J3 atives numquam and non do not destroy each other, because the 
former is in a general negation which is repeated distributively 
with the single terms. M. 460, Obs, 2; Z. 754, Note. 19. His, 
the reading of one MS. adopted by Br. and Som. ; sc. employ- 
ments just mentioned, contrasted with iis in line 21. Aliis (sc. 
other than those referred to in line 21) is the reading of most 
MSS. and adopted by 0. and Lr. 23. Serit, etc. The reading of 
Br., 0., & Som., following the uniform reading of the MSS. in the 
Tusc. Disp. I. 31, where this line is also quoted. Many MSS. here 
have saeculo for saeclo. The metrical difficulties of the line have 
led some critics to suppose that Cicero had no regard to the ar- 
rangement of the words in the original. By others several differ- 
ent explanations of the metre have been given as follows: 1st. 
The line consists of Bacchiuses — the final syllable of serit 
lengthened by the ictus, and that of saeclo being a case of systole; 
2d. The line is a comic iambic trimeter — the diphthong in quae, 
by exception to the rule for synaloepha, not elided, but shortened, 
and the first syllable of prosint being a case of systole ,• 3d. Serit 
is the last word of one verse, and the rest of the quotation forms 
another — a Cretic tetrameter verse — with the older form prosient 
instead of prosint. M. remarks that the combination of syllables 
called the Bacchius is not properly a foot; and that the comic 
poets treated the metres (with reference to the feet which may be 
used, etc.) with great freedom, so that the metrical reading and 
explanation of their verses is often very difficult. 499, d, Obs. 1, 
foot-note, and 502, a, Obs. 2. Alteri saeclo, the following generation, 
Lr, Quae — prosint, a relative clause of purpose. H. 500 ,• A. 64, 
v., 2; B. 1207, (6); A. & S. 264, 5; G. 632. 24. Statius, consid- 
ered by Cicero, Varro, and others one of the ablest Roman comic 
poets; d. B. C. 198. In lines 29 and 36 his other name is given. 
Duhitat, the reading of the MSS., Br., 0., Lr. Some editors 
read duhitet; but the reply seems to be quoted in substance from 
the play. 

Chap. VIII. 30. Illud, sc. the following lines. H. 450, 3 ; G. 
292, 2. Idem, sc. Caecilius. 31. Edepol. See Lex. suh ce, 3, b, i^. 
These verses and those at the bottom of the page are iambic tri- 
meters. See p. 12, line 10, note, and H. 683, 3 ; A. & S. 314, 4; 
B. 1511, 2. 33. Diu. H. 669, XL; A. & S. 306, 1; B. 1519, 3. 
Videt agrees with a subject implied in senectus. 35. Adolescen- 
tia, by metonomy for adolescens, a rare usage, though frequent 



NOTES. 93 

Page 
in similar abstracts, as senectus, Juventus. Lr. 38. This line may 23 
be scanned 

Sen til re ^a ae{tate ipjsum esse odijosuin al|terl 

— the final e in sentire and the a in ea being cut off by synaloe- 
pha. Ipsum esse, the emendation of Bothe, adopted by Br. 
Other readings are esse se (three MSS. and 0.), eumpse esse 
(Lr., Som., and Fleckeisen), eum se esse, and esse (MSS.). 
2. Indole denotes the disposition as the beginning of individual- 14 
ity and susceptible of improvement. D. sub Ingenium. 7. With sed 
Cato returns from the digression at the beginning of the chapter to 
the refutation of the first objection, which from the illustrations he 
has given he infers is groundless. Som. TJt — sit. H. 525; A. 24, 
II. ; A. & S. 265 ,• B. 1182 ; G, 469. 10. Quid. In certain transi- 
tions with this word, an ellipsis of dicam de Us followed as here by 
qui, lohat shall we say of those who, or of dicam de eo followed by 
quod, what shall we say of this that, is common. It may be ren- 
dered in various ways, as nay even, moreover, M. 479, d, Obs. 1 ; 
Z. 769. 11. Gloriantem. Notice the use of the participle here, 
while the infinitive uti occurs in line 16. See p. 6, line 13, note ; 
also H. 551, I. 4; A. & S. 274, 3, (c). 14. Quas quidem, etc. 
See Introduction, p, 75. 16. Quod refers to the idea in aliquid ad- 
discentem. 17. Vellem, potential subjunctive. The tense indi- 
cates that the wish cannot be realized. M. 350, h, Obs. 1 ; Z. 528, 
Note 2. 18. ridibus, ablative instead of aecus. of the thing after 
disco as equivalent to the passive of a verb of teaching. M. 228, 
a, Obs., foot-note; Z. 391, Note 1, (where it is called the ablative 
of the instrument.) 

Chap. IX. 20. Nee, not a mere adverb, but a negative con- 
junction, indicating a transition to the second topic — locus alter — 
and belonging to the whole sentence, while quidem belongs only 
to nunc. Lr. 21. Non here strengthens the negation, a rare ex- 
ception to the general usage and apparently derived from the 
language of common life. Z. 754, Note in fin. For the two usual 
exceptions, see p. 8, line 16, note, and p. 13, line 17, note. 

22. Plus strictly denotes quantity, but is also used in the 
sense of magis, denoting degree. M. 305, c, Obs. 2; Z. 725. 

23. Agas. H. 486, III. ; A. & S. 260, II., Bern. 1, (1) ; B. 1174, L ; 
Gr. 250. The 2d person sing, of the subjunct. is used of an assumed 
person representing a single indefinite subject, which is imagined, 



94 CATOMAJOE. 

Page 

14 9>nd, so to speak, addressed, in order to express something indefi* 
nite. In principal clauses this form is found in conditional dis- 
course (as in line 3, p. 15), in potential expressions (as in line 36, 
p. 55), in commands and prohibitions (as in line 21, p. 16} ; in 
subordinate clauses, also with conjunctions and relatives (as here 
and in line 11, p. 29). M. 370, and 494, Obs. 5; Z. 529, Note, 
25. Milonis, an athlete of the 6th century B. C, of extraordinary 
strength ; six times victor at the Olympic, and as many at the 
Pythian games. 29. Nugator, one who talks nonsense, fool, 
31. Sex. Aelius, sc. Paetus Catus; consul B. C. 198, a celebrated 
jurist and orator, author of the ^^ Jus Aelianum," probably the 
earliest commentary on the " Twelve Tables." Corimcanius. See 
p. 10, line 37, note. 32. Modo, as a particle of time, has a relative 
value, denoting a time nearer than that of some person or thing men- 
tioned before. On p. 2Q, line 31, nuper is used with reference to the 
same man (Crassus). Generally, however, modo denotes a time more 
recent than nuper. D. stib Nuper. Crassus, though much nearer 
in time than Coruncanius, died thirty-three years before the date 
of this discourse. He was consul B. C. 205, a general against 
Hannibal in Southern Ital}^, a learned jurist and eloquent X)rator, 

33. Praescribebantur, explained or interpreted for their fellow- 
citizens, as the jurists were wont to in their professional opinions, 
(L.) ; according to others, proposed in the popular assemblies, (as 
in line 27, p. 11.) The former meaning accords with the custom 
of the times and the character of these men; the latter seems to 
agree better with the usual meaning of the verb in classic prose, 

34. Provecta, made jyvogress, increased. Prudentia ■=jurispru- 
dentia. Orator, i. e. eloquence of expression. 36. Omnino, con- 
cessive, to he sure. Som. See Lex. sub voce^ II. B. 38. Et ^= et 
tamen. 39. Sed tamen, i. e. even when what has just been 
stated is not the case (thereby implying that it is not always). 

15 Decorus. Predicate of senis— remissus. 2. Composita, wiim- 
passioned. 3. Nequeas. Queo is used generally only in neg- 
ative clauses and far more rarely than possum. M. 159, Obs. 
1 ; Z. 216, For instances of its affirmative use see line 38, be- 
low, and p. 58, line 8. According to D., possum denotes ability 
as a consequence of power and strength, queo, of complete qual- 
ification. Possis. For the person, see p. 14, line 23, note. 
Scipioni et Laelio, here, representatives of all young men desir- 
ous of knowledge. 5. Studiis, the abstract for the concrete. An. See 



NOTES. 95 



p. 10, line 33, note. 7. Instituat, educate. OiRcii munus, per- Jg 
formance of duty. Munus is used in a similar way on p. 17, line 
5, and p. 30, line 2, where the phrase may be rendered /imctton of 
dutyy or any business which duty requires. Strictly, when the two 
are contrasted with each other, officium denotes an employment 
imposing a moral, munus, a political obligation, undertaken 
merely as a charge or office ; e. g. on p. 16, line 35. 8. Cn. et P. 
Scipiones, brothers, the former commanding the army in Spain 
early in the second Punic war, the latter (father of Africanus Major) 
at the battle of the Ticinus and from B. C. 217, with his brother 
in Spain, until they were both slain B. C. 211. 9. L. Aemilius, sc. 
Paulus, father of Macedonicus. 12. Vires, i. e. physical strength. 
16. Cyrus, the elder, conqueror of Babylon, founder of the Persian 
empire about the middle of the 6th cent. B. C, and benefactor of 
the Jews. Apud, in a work of. Z. 297. J.8. Negat, etc., from 
the Cyropaedia, VIII. 7. 19. Fuisset. H. 531,- A. 67, 11. ; A. & 
S. 266, 2] B. 1296; G. 653. 20. Metellum. L. Caecilius Metel- 
lus, victor at Panormus in the first Punic war, thus establishing 
Roman supremacy in Sicily. Memini puer, / remember from the 
years of my boyhood. M. 408, b, Obs. 2. 23. Esse. The present 
infin. is commonly used after memini (which has the signification 
of a present) when one has been an actual witness of the thing 
remembered; as if the meaning were, I noticed when the transac- 
tion took place, that, etc. M. as above ; Z. 589. Otherwise the per- 
fect is used. Viribus, predicate ablat. of characteristic. In many 
instances the gen. and abl. of quality are either not at all or very 
slightly distinguished. The gen. denotes more the general nature 
and kind of the subject, the abl. particular qualities and circum- 
stances belonging to it. The abl. is used of qualities in general 
oftener than the gen.; but the latter alone, to express the requi- 
sites for a thing, its size and kind, and the abl. alone to express 
its constitution with reference to its external parts. M. 287, c, 
Obs. 2. 24. Requireret, feel the need of Mihi. Dat. with the 
infin. mood, after necesse est, because the person is to be made em- - 
phatic. Lr. 25. Dicere. Either the infin. or the subjunct. without 
ut may follow necesse est. M. 373, Obs. 1; Z. 625. Id, i. e. de se 
ipso dicere. 

Chap. X. 27. Ne here suggests the answer yes. H. 346, II. 1, 
1); A. & S. 198, 11, Rem. (c). Ut — praedicet. Cf. Iliad, 1, 260, 
et seqq.; 11, 668, et seqq. 28. Jam marks time definitely with 



96 CATOMAJOE. 

Page 

15 respect to another time. Here :== already. 29. Aetatem might 
seem to express only duration of time, but as the passive forms 
also occur, e. g. tertia vivitur aetas, it will be better to consider 
vivere as transitive --^sjoenc? in living, Z. 383; M. 223, c, Obs. 4. 
30. Insolens, arro^a^f. 31. UtaitHomerus. Cf. Jliad, 1, 249. 33. 
Et tamen, i. e. notwithstanding his old age. It refers to tertiam 
aetatem, etc., above. Dus illi, sc. Agamemnon. 34. Nusquam, 
1. e. in Homer. Cf. Iliad, 2, 371. AjaciS. The gen. of the 
names of living beings almost always follows similis in Cic. and 
the earlier writers, and the gen. or dat. indiscriminately of other 
nouns. M. 247, h, Obs. 2. In the Tusc. Disp. I. 33, 81, the same 
case is used though the two kinds of resemblance (external and 
internal) are contrasted; while in the De Nat. Deor. II. 59, 149, 
both cases are used in the same sentence though the same kind of 
resemblance is meant. From the age of Livy, however, the use of 
the dat. became more and more frequent, so that the gen. occurs 
in hardly a single passage in Virgil or Horace. Chase, Cic. Tusc. 
Disp. 37. Idem. H. 371, 1, 3), (2) ; A. 52, 1. ; A. & S. 232, 1 ; B. 
717, in fin. ; G. 331, 2. 38. Possem. So two MSS. and the best ed- 
itors. Other MSS. and editors, joos-se. M. remarks that volo is com- 
monly used with the subj. without ut only in short and unambigu- 
ous expressions, otherwise with the accus. and infin. 372, h, Obs. 
2; H. 551, II. 2; A. 68, II., and 64, IV.; A. &, S. 273,4, (a) ; 
B. 1204; Gr. 546, 3. The same references apply to habeat, line 
34, above, but particularly the remark of Z. 613, Note, that 

Jg Cic. uses optare ut exclusively. 1. Miles bello, etc. See p. 8, 
line 33, and Introduction, p. 73. 3. Tribunus. More prob- 
ably Legatus. Cf. Livy xxxvi. 17. Depugnavi. H. 531, 4; 
A. & S. 266, 2, Rem. 5 ; B. 1296, F. ; G. 630, 1. 4. Sed ta- 
men, etc. Notice the transition to the Oratio Recta, 6. Cu- 
ria, the senate-house ; i. e. the Curia Hostilia, usually, until the 
time of the empire. It stood on the north side of the Forum, 
and took its name from king Tullus Hostilius, the builder. Diet. 
Geog. Non — desiderat, i. e. I am still at my post there, and 
able to discharge the duties of my profession. 9. Fieri. For 
the mood see H. 558, VI. 3 ; A. & S. 273, 2 ; B. 1209 ; G. 546, 3. 
10. Mallem. See p. 14, line 17, note. Of course the intended 
meaning of the proverb is true : One must in youth have some- 
thing of the prudence and temperance of an old man, if he would 
live to a great age. Cato replies as if the sentiment were that one 



NOTES. 97 



must early form that habit of inaction which is often characteris- Jg 
tic of the aged. 12. Cui. Dative of disadvantage, denoting that 
what is asserted by the predicate holds good in re/e?^ence to some 
particular person or thing. M. 241. Fuerim occupatus, i. e. to 
whom I have refused my services on the ground that I was over- 
loaded with work. Som. Tor the mood see p. 9, line 30, disce- 
rem, note. 14. Idcirco, /o?' this reason. It refers here to the pre- 
ceding statement ; sometimes to a following one. Z. 344, note ; 
A. 43, 5 ; G. 289. 15. Moderatio, a moderate degree, Adsit. 
For the mood see p. 12, line 30, modo, note. 16, Ne = vai, verily y 
stands only at the beginning of a sentence, and for the most 
part before the personal pronouns. Arn. 17. Olympiae. Gen. 
of place, as if the name of a town. 19. Bovem. TJtrum igi- 
tur. So Manutius followed by Br., Lr., and Som. 0. adopts the 
reading of four MSS. hovem vivum. Igitur. Three other MSS. have 
hov. viv, Utr. igit. Has, sc. of Milo, who was a resident of Cro- 
tona, where his contemporary Pythagoras established his school. 
21. Utare, as well as requiras, is subjunctive of desire, the 
subject being indefinite. Otherwise this use of the second person 
pres. subjunct. active, instead of the imperative, is rare. M. 385, 
and 386, Obs. 1. Adsit. H. 527, 2, 2),- A. 66, II.; A. & S. 266, 
l; B. 1292,- a. 631. Nisi forte. See p. 11, line 24, note. 23. 
Aetatis, life. See p. 8, line 20, note. 24. Simplex, plain. 25. 
Tempestivitas. See Lex. suh voce. 26. Ferocitas, impetuosity. 
Constantis aetatis, middle age. 28. Suo, the fitting. H. 449, 
2) A. & S. 208, (8),- a. 295, 1; M. 491, Obs. 1. 29. Tuus avi- 
tus, i. e. of your grandfather, Africanus Major, with whom on his 
invasion of Africa, Masinissa formed an alliance against Car- 
thage. According to Polybius Masinissa was, in B. C. 150, eighty- 
eight years old, and died two years later. 33. Capite, predicate 
ablat. of characteristic. See p. 15, line 23, note. 34. Siccitatem, 
for which we have no word that I know, means a hard, elastic, 
firm condition of the flesh, the result of a good constitution main- 
tained by exercise and temperance. L. See Lex. suh voce, I. B, 3. 
35. Officia et muiiera. See p. 15, line 7, note. 

Chap. XI. 38, Sintj subjunct. of concession. H. 516, II. 1; B. 
1283; G. 610. 2. Non modo. For the omission of a second non 17 
here, see H. 584, 2; B. 1000; A. & S. 277, B. 6, (a). 4. Cogi- 
mur, ^c.facere. At multi, etc. An objection, the reply to which 
begins with the next sentence. 5. Munus. See p. 15, line 7, note, 
7 — Cic. de S. 



98 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

17 6. Senectutis, valetudinis. H. 391, 2, 4) ,• B. 863, Obs. 2 ; A. 
& S. 222, Eem. 2, (a); G. 356, 1. 9. Ni is antiquated, but oc- 
curs in certain expressions of legal phraseology and of daily 
life and in some few other instances. M. 442, c. Alterum, sec- 
ond, i. e. to his father. See p. 11, line 31, note. 10. Illud. Neuter 
by attraction of alterum lumen. Lr. The inscription to the memory 
of this Scipio, found in 1780 in the family tomb near the Via Ap- 
pia, has been rendered by Donaldson in his *' Varronianus/' as 
follows : 

The priestly symbol decked thy brow : 
But oh ! how brief a share hadst thou 

Of all this world can give : — 
Honor, and fame, and noble birth, 
High intellect, and moral worth : — 

Had it been thine to live 
A lengthened span, endowed with these, 
Not all the stately memories 
Of thy time-honored knightly line 
Had left a glory like to thine. 
Hail ! Publius, Publius Scipio's son ! 
Thy brief but happy course is run. 
Child of the great Cornelian race, — 
The grave is now thy dwelling-place: 
And mother earth upon her breast 
Has lulled thee lovingly to rest. 

13. Id, sc. the abstract quality implied in infirmi, 20. Menti, 
the intellect ; ailimo, the soul. D. suh Anima. 31. Haec. For the 
gender see H. 445, 3, 1) ; A. 47, XL (2) ; A. & S. 205, Rem. 2, (2) ; 
B. 654. 26. Comicos. See Lex. suh voce, and cf. Laelius, p. 66, 
line 10. 27. Hoc. The reading of four MSS. and adopted by Br. 
and 0. ; ablat. of means. Lr. and Som., following two MSS., read 
hos. Dissolutos, imbecile. Quae, sc. the qualities implied in the 
words immediately preceding. 28. Inertis, lazy; ignavae, spir- 
itless. D. sub Ignavia. 29. Petulantia, wantonness. 31. Ista 
indicates contempt. H. 450, 3 ; A. 20, II.,- A. & S. 207, Rem. 25 -, 
B. 1031 ] G. 291, Rem. 32, Levium, weak by nature. 33. Robus- 
tos, of mature age. Lr. 34. Clientelas. See Lex. sub voce, C. 
Appius. See p. 11, line 1, note. 38. Verehantur differs from 
metuebant in denoting a reverential fear. See D. suh Vereri. 

18 2. Patrius, of our ancestors. 4. Mancipata. Som. in his 6th ed. 



NOTES. 99 

Page 
(1869) asserts that a note by A. Fleckeisen in the Neue Jahrb. Jg 
fiir Philol., 1867, proves that the correct reading here is ernanei- 
pata — which is also adopted by Nonius and Mommsen. The 
text of Orelli has emancipaverat in Cic. De Fin. I. 7, 24, without 
giving any various readings, and enuuicipatum in Cic. Phil. II. 
21, 51. In Hor. Epod. 9, 12, emancipatus occurs in all the MSS., 
according to Geo. Long ; and in all these passages the idea must 
be that of transference to the possession of another or sale. But 
even if emancipata has sometimes the meaning required here, 
mducipata is the reading of all the MSS. and is adopted by Br., 
0., and Lr. The legal transference of the ownership of a thing was 
called mancipio dare, for which mancipare is sometimes used" as 
an equivalent. Diet. Antiqq. sub Mancipium. Cf. Hor. Epist. II. 
2, 159 : Qnaedam, si credis consultis, mancipat usus, 6. Senile 
aliquid, something of the wisdom of old aye. 7, Quod sequitur, 
strives for this, sc. to retain something of the youthful spirit. 
8. Animo. H. 429; B. 889; A. 54, I.; A. & S. 250; G. 398. 
Mihi. Dat. of possessor. 9. Originum, See Introduction, p. 74. 
In manibus, i. e. I am at work upon it. See p. 13, line 2, note. 
11. Quum maxime, a strengthened maxime, 1, e. tain conficio 
quam quum maxime. Arn. See Lex. Quum, I. B, 1. 12. Auguri- 
um, the reading of one MS., adopted by Br., Lr., and Som. It also 
occurs in line 25, p. 9, and Epist. ad Fam, III. 9, 3, and has 
in its favor the form of the next word pontijicium. Most MSS., 
however, with 0., read auguriim. Jus was divided by the Ro- 
mans into Jus gentium and jus civile, the latter into jus civile in 
the narrower sense, and jus pontijicium or the law af religion in 
general; and this last again into Jus pontijicium in the stricter 
sense, and jus auguri^im or the law of augury. 18. Adsum, 
used technically of legal assistance rendered in court. 19. 
Multum et diu. See p. 8, line 20, note. 23. Possim. H. 495, 
1; B. 1223; A. & S. 273, 1, {h); G. 557; A. 65, L 24. The dat. 
of the agent with which (understood) viventi here agrees, is a 
very rare construction in Cicero with the simple tenses. Z. 419, 
note; H. 388, 3; B. 846; A. & S. 225, IL ; A. 51, VIIL in fin.; G. 
352. 25. Obrepat. H. 525; A. 67, L 1 ; A. & S. 265; B. 1182; G. 
469. Sensim — senescit. Freund regards the phrase sine sensu 
as ^^an etymologico-exegetical gloss, though a very ancient one." 
But it has the authority of the MSS., the meaning of sensim 
sine sensu is very evident, though an etymological contradiction. 



100 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

]^8 and similar instances of alliteration are frequent. Cf. p. 24, 
line 21. 

Chap. XII. 28. Munus, favor, service, which is rendered of 
free will, here, and frequently (cf. pp. 8, line 38, and 19, line 6) ; 
elsewhere an obligatory service (cf. p. 15, line 7, note). 29. Aetatis, 
old age. See p. 8, line 20, note. 31. Archytae, a Pythagorean philos- 
opher and mathematician as well as general and statesman, admired 
for his integrity and virtue, a contemporary of Plato, who is said 
to have been indebted to him for some of his views. See Diet. Biog. 
33. Tarenti, one of the few remnants in Latin of the locative case 
which in the singular ended in i, as humi^=rJiumo-i, JRomae = 
Boma-i, rur-i, and, later, in consonantal stems, in e. Ferrar, Comp. 
Gram., p. 283. Thus, in the second declension it coincides in form 
with the genitive, though, according to some philologists, it " is 
assimilated in form to the dative (as in illi, soli), not the geni- 
tive.^' In the first declension, though undistinguishable in form 
from the genitive or dative, it is said by A. & G. 55, 3, c, to be 
the same as the genitive ; by H. 423, 2, to remain distinct, though 
with the same form as the genitive; by G. 412, and A. & S. 221, 
1, note, to coincide with the dative. In the third declension, 
according to G., A. & G., and A. & S., it coincides with the dative ; 
according to Harkness, is blended with the ablative. In the 
plural it agrees in form with the dative and ablative. See, 
also, B. 932 and 934; M. 296, a, Obs. 3. A. 8, II. 4; H. 123. 
35. Voluptatis depends on avidae. H. 399, 2, 2) ; A. 50, III. 
2 ; A. & S. 213, Rem. 1, (3) ; B. 767, 3d ; G. 373. 36. Temere et 
eiFrenate, without reason and without restraint, Potiendum, sc. 
voluptate. 37. Incitarentur. See,p. 15, line 19, note. 39. Scelus, 

19 an offence against others; 1. facinus, a daring deed of evil; 
3. flagitium, an offence against one's self, a shameful act. D. 
dub Delictum. 1. Libido, a blind or irrational desire. D. sub Cu- 
pido. 4. Sive — sive, connect only nouns, and adverbs, and leave 
it undecided which member is the right one, as a thing of no im- 
portance as far as the purport of the sentence is concerned. M. 
436, Obs. 6. Muneri ac dono. For the exact difference of mean- 
ing between these words see p. 8, line 37, donis, note. 7. Tem- 
perantiae, self-control. It denotes the due government of the 
passions and appetites of our nature. (Crombie's Gymnasium.) 
It is akin to sapientia. D. sub Modus. Cf. Cic. Tusc. Disp. IV. 9, 
22: Temperantia sedat appetitiones et efficit, ut eae rectae rationi 
pareantf conservatque considerata judicia mentis; and III. 8, 16, 



XOTES. 101 

Page 
cw(ppoaviTj, quam soleo eqnidem turn temperantiam, turn moderationem J^Q 
ajjpellare, nonnumquam etiam modestiam, 9. Posset. For the mood 
see H. 497; A. 64, II. ; B. 1210; A. & S. 262, Rem. 9; G. 545, 2. 
11. Quanta, used by Cicero, instead of quam with posse, to 
strengthen the superlative of adjectives only when tantus pre- 
cedes. Z. 6S9; M. 310, Obs. 3. 12. Tamdiu, dum, so long as. 
See Lex. sub Dum, I. B. 1, b. 17. Haec is the object of locutum 
{esse), and this infinitive depends upon accepisse. 18. Caudino 
proelio, the battle at the pass of the mountains called Furculae 
Caudinae in Samnium, in the second Samnite war, B. C. 321, 
when the Eoman army was defeated and compelled to pass under 
the yoke. 19. Nearchus, a Pythagorean philosopher, the host of 
Cato after the capture of Tarentum. 20. Qui — permanserat, 
sc. while Tarentum was in the hands of the Carthaginians. 23. L. 
Camillo — consulibus, i. e. in the year B. C. 349; but this is ex- 
tremely improbable, as Plato was then about eighty years old, and 
died only two years later. His third visit to Sicily, as is generally 
stated, was in B. C. 361. Of a later one there is elsewhere no evi- 
dence. Diet. Biog. 24. Quorsum haec. See p. 9, line 31, note. 
28. Magnam — gratiam, ice ought to feel very grateful. 27. Effi- 
ceret. Relative causal cl. See p. 7, line 38, ferrent, note. 28. 
Oporteret. See p. 16, line 21, CT(7.s?V,note. 29. Praestriugit, dims 
or weakens. 30. luvitus, used instead of an adverb (which the 
English idiom requires), because the state or condition of the sub- 
ject during the action is described. Z. 682 : H. 443 ; A. 47, VI.; 
A. & S. 205, Rem. 15, (a) : B. 663. 31. Feci, ut, a frequent pe- 
riphrasis to express a fact. Z. 618 ; M. 481, h. T. Flamiuini. See 
p. 5, line 1, note. L. Flamininum, commander of a fleet against 
Philip of Macedonia, B. C. 198, consul B. C. 192, and governor 
of Cisalpine Gaul. Cato's censorship, in the exercise of which he 
degraded Plamininus, was seven fidl years after the consulship of 
the latter. 33. Fuisset. Subjunctive by attraction. For the tense 
see H. 471, 4: A. & S. 259, (2), {d) ; B. 1249 in fin. Notandum. 
The most important of the three functions of the censors was the 
Regimen Morum, which amounted to a complete superintendence 
over the public and private life of every citizen. The punishment 
inflicted by them was called Nota. Diet. Antiqq. p. 263. See also 
Lex. suh Noto, II. C. 36. Eei capitalis. H. 410, 5, 1) ; B. 793 ; 
A. 50, IV. 2; A. & S. 217; G. 377. 38. Elapsus est. See Lex. 
8uh Elabor, I. B. 2. MiM. See p. IS, line 24, note. Flacco. L. Va- 
lerius Flaccus, Cato's colleague in the eenso-ship, as before in the 
consulship, a life-long friend and one of the leaders in the 



102 C A T O MAJOR. 

Page 

jg same political party ; an able general in Cisalpine Gaul and in 
Macedonia. 39. Q,usie = quum ea. 40. Imperii dedecus, because 
he governed the province in the name of the Roman Senate and 
people. Som. 

20 Chap. XIII. 3. Fabricium. See p. 10, line 37, note. 4. Cinea. 
The friend and minister of Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, and his am- 
bassador to Rome. Quendam, sc. Epicurus. 6. Voluptatem, i. 
e. bodily pleasure — a misinterpretation of the doctrine of Epicu- 
rus, which was that pleasure consisting in pure and noble mental 
enjoyments was the true end of all human actions, and that this 
was therefore the standard to which they ought to be referred in 
determining their merit. 10. Vixerat Cum denotes a close inti- 
macy of life. P. Decio. P. Decius Mus, who was four times con- 
sul, and in B. C. 300 the chief advocate of the Ogulnian law which 
made the plebeians eligible to the offices of pontifex and augur. 
11. Se devoverat, sc. to death at the decisive battle of Sentinum 
in the second Samnite war, B. C. 295, in which he was joint com- 
mander with Fabius Maximus. 12. Eundem, sc. Decius. 15. Sua 
^^ontQ^ for its own sake, a rare meaning resulting from its con- 
nection with a passive verb. Sh. 17. Optimus quisque in con- 
nection with the verb conveys the idea of a reciprocal comparison 
among the persons implied in the statement,* i. e. all good men 
would seek, and the better they were, the more earnestly. Z. 710, 
b] B. 1052,- A. & S. 207, Rem. 35, b-, G. 305. 18. Quia regularly 
introduces a fact: 19. quod, an allegation; 23- quoniam has 
reference to motives. A. 4.3, 6. 19. Quod — desiderat is the sub- 
ject of the preceding est, put in this form to make the fact prom- 
inent. H. 556, I.; A. 70, IV. ; A. & S. 273, 5, (2); B. 1252; 
G. 525. 21. Exstructis. See Lex. sub Exstruo, I. A. 23. Aliquid 
here stands after one of those conjunctions which usually require 
the simple indefinite pronoun quid, because of its emphasis, which 
may be expressed by really, or practically; i. e. if it is impossible 
to withdraw ourselves from pleasure entirely. Z. 708, 2d para- 
graph. 24. Divine. See Lex. sub voce, II. 2. 25. Appellat, etc., 
sc. in the Timaeus, 69, D. 28. Duellium, the form of the word 
in the MSS. and the best critical editions. Duellius was the com- 
mander of the first fleet in the first Punic war, and was victorious 
in his first naval engagement off Mylae in Sicily, B. C. 260, in 
commemoration of which the Columna Rostrata was erected in 
the Forum. 30. Crebro, numerous. Som. 31. Nullo exemplo, 



NOTES. 103 

Page 
tcithout any ijrei'ious instance of the kind. PrivatUS, i. e. even 20 
after his return to private life. Duellius, not content with a tri- 
umph of one day, during all his life commanded lighted torches 
to be carried before him, and flutes to play before him when 
he returned from dinner, as if he would triumph daily. L. An- 
naeus Florus, II. 2. The language of the Epitome of Livy (Bk. 17) 
is: £Ji perpetuus konos habitus est, ut revertenti a cena tihicines can- 
erent et funale praeferretur. 34. Sodalitates, banqueting-clubs 
which celebrated certain yearly religious festivals, a custom which 
probably first became common after the date and as a conse- 
quence of the event here referred to. Som. 35. Idaeis. Mt. Ida 
in Crete was the earliest seat of the worship of Rliea, with whom 
the Greeks identified Cylele^ (Magnae Matris,) the mother of the 
gods. The worship of Cybele was introduced at Rome B. C. 204, 
when her image was brought from Pessinus in Galatia, and set 
up in the temple of Victory on the Palatine, and an annual festi- 
val in April established in her honor, called Megalesia. 2. Epu- 21 
larem, from epulae the general term : 3. convivium, a social 
meaj. D. sub Epulae. 5. Compotationem, concenationem. Cf. 
Epist. ad Earn. IX. 24, 3 : Nee id ad voluptatem refero, sed ad 
communitatem vitae atque victus remissionemque animorum, quae 
niaxime sermone efficitur familiari, qui est in conviviis dulcissimus, 
ut sapientiiis nostri quam Graeci : illi cviiiroaia aut avvSecrva, id est, 
compotationes aut concenationes ; nos convivia, quod turn maxime 
siniul vivitur. 6. Qnod — est, ichich is of the least imp)orto.nGe in 
this custom. Id, i. e. the eating and drinking. 

Chap. XIV. 9. Tempestivis, beginning early, before the ninth 
hour, the usual time for dinner, and generally continuing late into 
the night; prolonged. 13. Sustulit. For the mood see H. 519, 2; 
B. 1252; A. & S. 266, 3, in fin.: G. 627. 16. Modus. The 
reading of most MSS. and critical editions : (with quidam) indul- 
gence within a certain limit. Non — ne — quidem. See p. 8, 
line 16, note. 17. Sensu, enjoyment of them. Magisteria. See 
Lex. sub voce, I, A. 19. A SUmmo, beginning with the guest in the 
place of honor, i. e. the highest of the three places on the highest 
of the couches, which surrounded the table on three sides. It was 
the first seat on the right to one standing at the unoccupied side 
of the table and facing it. See Diet. Antiqq. sub Triclinium. 
In poculo, over the wine. 20. Symposio, or "The Banquet," 
interesting as a picture of an Athenian drinking party and of the 



104 CATOMAJOR. 

Page \ 

21 amusement and conversation with which it was diversified. Diet. 
Biog. Socrates, who is the chief speaker, exhorting the guests to 
moderation in the pleasures of the table, describes the good effects 
upon both mind and body, if, instead of large draughts of wine, 
r)ix2v oi ndiSeg jxiKpaig KvXt^i -rvKvd imxp£Kd^a)aiv (ch. 2, 26), which Cicero 
here renders by the phrase pocula minuta atque rorantia, i. e. 
feasts at which the guests merely sip the wine. See also Lex. sub 
Roro, II. b. 21. Refrigeratio, cool apartment. In some words in io, 
the signification of an action is lost (e. g. cenatio, a supper-room). 
M. 178, 4, Obs. 2. See Diet. Antiqq. sub Triclinium. 22. In Sa- 
binis, at my Sabine villa, 23. Conviviumque, etc., i. e. I make 
the table full by inviting my neighbors. Vicinorum. The geni- 
tive instead of the ablative is sometimes joined with compleo, not 
only by the poets, but hy good prose writers. Z. 463 ; M. 260, or, 
Obs. 24. Ad multam noctem, late into the night. Quam maxime 
combined with possumus expresses the highest possible degree. 
M. 310, Obs. 3. 25. At. See p. 12, line 16, note. 26. Tanta titil- 
latio, so keen a relish, 27. Desideratur. 0., Lr., and Som., fol- 
lowing most of the MSS., read desideratio, believing that this 
form, though very rare, is used to correspond with the preceding 
titillatio. But the reading of the text has MS. authority, and Br. 
remarks that Cicero's usage is desideriuniy not desideratio. Ni- 
hil — desideres, i. e. the absence of anything is not disagreeable 
if you have no desire for it. II. 513 ; A. 61, 3, Note; A. & S. 264, 
2 ; B. 1280 ; G. 594, 1. 29. Aifecto aetate, advanced in age, 
Aetate, {ablativus copise,) M. 260, a; H. 414, 2, 1), 2d paragraph; 
A. & S. 249, L, Rem. 1 ; B. 912. 30. Bi meiiora, sc. duint, the 
gods forbid ; a subjunctive clause- of desire. Istinc, sc. rebus 
venereis. The story is from Plato, De Republica, I. 3. 31. Cupi- 
dis. H. 391; A. 51; B. 860; A. & S. 222, 3; G. S5Q, 34. Non 
caret, i. e. is not really deprived of, because careo properly 
means to lack that which one desires to have, as Cicero defines it 
in the Tusc. Disp. I. 36, 88 : Carere igitur hoc significat : egere eo, 
quod habere velis. See also D. sub Carere. 36. Bona aetas = 
adolescentia. 39. Amhivio. L. Ambivius Turpio, a noted actor 
and theatre-director, often employed hy Terence to superintend 

90 the exhibition of his comedies. 1. Prima cavea, the front seats. 
H. 441, 6; A. 47, VIIL; A. & S. 205, Rem. 17; B. 662; G. 287, 
Rem. 5. Ilia has the infinitive clause animum — vivere, in appo- 
sition with it. 6. Emeritis stipendiis, etc. The figure is that of 



NOTES. 105 

Page 
a military service under the command of libido and the other pas- 22 
sions mentioned. See Lex. suh Stipendium, II. B. 9. Studii, 
subjective genitive. 10. Otiosa, not idle, but unoccupied with 
political pursuits. Cf. De Officiis, III. 1. A re puhlica forensihusque 
negotiis armis impiis vique prohibiti, otium persequimur. . . . 
Nos ad hanc acrihendi operam omne studium curamque convertimus. 
Itaque plura brevi tempore eversa, quam multis annis stante re 
publica, scripsirnus. 11. Dimetiendi agrees in form with the 
nearest noun. H. 439; A. 47, 11.; A. & S. 205, Rem. 2, Exc. ; B, 
656 ; G. 286. Paene affects the two following genitives which 
together denote the whole universe. Lr. Galum. This form is 
given in the best MSS., in the Fasti Capitolini, and in Cic. Epist. 
ad. Fam. IV. 6, 1. It is also to be so written in the Laelius. 
Mommsen quoted by Lr. This reading is adopted by Br., and Lr., 
while 0. and Som. retain Galium. C. Sulpicius Galus was consul 

B. C. 166, was an eminent orator and Greek scholar, a friend of 
the plebeians, and one of the most distinguished men of his time. 
His knowledge of astronomy is often mentioned by Cicero. 
13. Aliquid describere, to draio some map, sc. of the heavens or 
earth. 14. Quam delectabat, etc. In B. C. 168, when military tribune 
under Aemilius Paulus in Macedonia, he predicted with accuracy 
an eclipse of the moon. 15. Multo ante, sc. their occurrence. 
16. Levioribus, less important, sc. relatively to those which were 
connected in any way with the service of the State. Spm. Acutis, i. 
e. demanding acuteness of intellect. 17. Bello SUO Punico, an epic 
poem on the first Punic war. 18. Truculento, Pseudolo, names 
of two of the twenty comedies of Plautus, whose plays are the 
earliest specimens of Roman literature extant. 19. Livium, sc. 
Andronicum, a Greek of Tarentum, a freedman of Livius Saliuator, 
and the earliest Roman author of whom we have any knowledge, 
whose first play was exhibited B. C. 240. 20. Docuisset. See 
Lex. sub Doceo, B. 22. Crassi. See p. 14, line 32, note. 23. Ju- 
ris. When two genitives depend on one noun (as here), the sub- 
jective commonly precedes ; the objective may either precede or 
follow the noun. Z. 791. Hujus. See p. 10, line 17, note. Scipi- 
onis. P. Corn. Scipio Nasica, twice consul, pontifex maximus B. 

C. 150, surnamed Corculnm for his knowledge of law, an eminent 
orator and a strong supporter of the conservative party. He 
secured the destruction of a theatre on the ground of its injury to 
the public morals, and opposed the destruction of Carthage be- 



106 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

22 cause he thought its existence would be a useful check upon the 
licentiousness of the masses. Diet. Biog. 26. Cethegum. M. Cor- 
nelius Cethegus, consul B. C. 204, a successful general against 
Mago the brother of Hannibal, in Cisalpine Gaul, the next year, 
and according to Cicero (Brutus, ch. 15) the earliest orator of any- 
real eminence among the Romans ; d. B. C. 196. 27. Suadae, 
personified by Ennius : Ilct^d) quam vocant Graeci, banc Suadam 
appellavit Ennius ; ejus autem Cethegum medullam fuisse vult, ut, 
quam deam in Pericli labris scripsit Eupolis sessitavisse, hujus 
hie medullam nostrum oratorem fuisse dixerit. Brutus, ch. 15, 59. 
Medullam, the very substance. See also Lex. sub voce, II. 30. Com- 
parandae. The second periphrastic conjug. has the meaning of 
possibility only in negative sentences or interrogative sentences 
implying a negative. M. 420, Obs. ; Z. 650. 31. Haec refers 
to what precedes, and is antithetic to the following chapter, 
where other pursuits are mentioned which also afford rational 
enjoyment to the aged. 34. Ut ante dixi, sc. in Chapter 
VIII. 

23 Chap. XV. 1. Habent rationem, a mercantile phrase. 
6. Gremio. H. 422, 1, 2); A. 55, III. 5; A. & S. 254, Rem. 3, in 
Jin. 8. Occatio, really derived from occare, from the root AK, 
which denotes sharpness. 9. Tepefactum, sc. semen. 10. Dif- 
fundit, expands, swells; agrees with c[uae in line 6. Viriditatem, 
the green stalk, the abstract for the concrete; antecedent of quae 
in the following line. 11. Culmo. H. 414, 3 ,• A. & S. 247, 2 ; A. 
54, II.; B. 876; G. 401. 12. Vaginis, leaves or sheaths, an ad- 
junct of includitur, i. e. the plant grows its ears of grain within 
a husk or covering of leaves. 13. Spici ordine structam, built 
up in the order of the ear, i. e. the regular ear-form. Som. 15. Or- 
tus points to the power of nature, satus to the activity of man. 
Lr. 17. Ut — noscatis. See p. 7, line 16, note. 22. Malleoli, 
new shoots with a piece of the old wood attached, in the shape 
of a mallet ; plantae, sprouts or suckers cut from the main stock ; 
sarmenta, scions, young twigs cut from the branches; viviradi- 
ces, quicksets, cuttings with some of the roots of the parent tree 
attached ; 23. propagines, layers, branches fastened in the ground 
and made to take root while still attached to the parent stock. Cf. 
Virg. Georg. II. 23-29. Cum admiratione delectent, fill with 
delight and admiration. Lr. 25. Eadem, used to recall to mind 
with emphasis vitis, which is separated from its predicate by the 



NOTES. 107 

Page 
interveniDg relative clause; a ease of anacoluthia. M. 489, a. 93 
28. Erratico, irregular. 30. Fundatur, be spread out. lis, sc. 
sannentis. 31. Ea, attracted into the feminine gender by quae, as 
that is by gemma. Z. 372; M. 315, c. 38. Ut ante dixi, sc. in 
lines 5 and 6 above. 1. Capitum jugatio, the umting of the 24 
tops of the adminicula by a cross - lattice, 3. Immissio, 
the letting others groio, refers to in iis quae relicta, etc., p. 23, 
line 30. See Lex. sub Immitto, I. B, 2. 6. Eo libro, sc. the Be Be 
Rusticay which as we now have it is probably substantially Cato's, 
though certainly not exactly in the form in which he wrote it. 
L>ict. Biog. 8. Quum — scriberet, sc. in his ^* Works and Days." 
9. Saeculis, generations. For the case see H. 427, 1 ; A. 55, I. in 
fin.; A. & S. 253, Hem. 1; B. 954; G. 400, 3. 10. Colentem. 
For this use of the present participle and for the meaning of 
facit, see p. 6, line 13, note. Cf. Homer : Odyss. XXIV. 226. 
15. Consitiones, insitiones, i. e. the various methods of planting 
and grafting. Som. 

Chap. XVI. 17. Possum, / could. That which might yet hap- 
pen, and its character, are expressed without a condition by the 
present indicative. M. 348, c, Obs. in fin.; H. 475,4; A. & S. 
259, Rem. 4, (2). 20. Provectus sum, I am carried away with 
delight. 22. Hac, i. e. such as I have been describing, M'. Cu- 
rius. See p. 10, line 37, note. 27. Disciplinam, the customs. 
31. Poteratne — senectutem, a question equivalent to a negative 
assertion in which non poterat non = necesse est. Must not so ex- 
alted a spirit, of necessity, make old age happy f 33. In agris, far- 
mers, 34. L. Quinctio Cincinnato, appointed dictator the second 
time B. C. 439, at the age of eighty, that he might oppose Sp. 
Maelius. 37. Regnum, i. e. to become king — the false accusation 
of the patricians who hated him for his liberality to the plebeians. 
On refusing to appear before the tribunal of the dictator and 
taking refuge among the crowd, he was pursued and murdered 
by Ahala. Occupatum interemit, anticipated and slew. The 
participle is put for a coordinate clause. H. 579; A. 72, 1. 
39. Viatores, the attendants of such magistrates as had the right 
of making arrests, and the executors of their commands; at first 
and chiefly employed as messengers and summoners. Diet. Antiqq. 
sub voce. 3. Hand scio an. H. 526, 11. 2, 2) ; A. & S. 198, 11, B. 25 
(£.) ; B. 1188 ; G. 459, Rem. ; Z. 721. Cf. p. 30, line 21, and p. 41, 
line 35. Nulla, sc. senectus. 4. OflB.cio, the sj^here of activity. 



108 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

.25^' Saturitate, sif^ciewcy (subjective); COpia, abundance (objec- 
tive), Sh. 8, Ut — redeamus repeats the sentiment expressed in 
line 14 et seq., p. 21. 11. Villa. The villa rustica or farm-house 
had two courts, opening into the first or outer one of which were 
the cella vinaria and cella olaria, near the kitchen and on the 
ground floor. The villa urhana or country-seat closely resembled 
the domus of the city in its interior. Sometimes the two kinds 
of villae were united in the same range of buildings. Becker's 
Gallus, p. 58. 13. Succidiam, because a supply can be as quick- 
ly and as readily obtained from it at any time. 14. Supervaca- 
neis, the reading of all the recent critical editions, instead of the 
genitive supervacanei. 15. Operis, abl. of means ; i. e. inasmuch 
as these employments (aitciqjium and venatio) are engaged in not 
from necessity but of choice, as amusements, they give an addi- 
tional zest to idiXm-WiQ. 17. Brevi praecidam. See Lex. sm6 Prae- 
cido, II. 19. Fruendum. For the construction see H. 562, 4; A. 
& S. 275, II., Rem. 1 ; B. 1325 ; G. 428, 3, Exc. 20. TJbi melius, 
sc. than on the farm. 21. Ant denotes an opposition or real dif- 
ference, and excludes the alternative ; vel gives a choice or im- 
plies a difference in the expression only. Arn. A. 43, 3; H. 587, 
11. 2; M. 436; A. & S. 198, II. 2, Rem. (a). 22. Ve for ^-eHs 
appended as an enclitic, and generally connects single words. 
23. Sibi igitur habeant, the reading of one MS., while four have 
Sihi habeant igitur, and two, with 0. and Lr., Habeant igitur sibi. 
Madvig's rule (471) is : Igitur is usually put after one or two words, 
or even last, after several words that are closely connected. Yet it 
is also put first— in some writers more frequently than others. 
Habeant, sc. the Tjoung. Arma, etc., i. e. the various kinds of 
exercise practised for health before the daily bath, and in pre- 
paration for military service. 24. Clavam, the foil or staff used 
instead of a sword, in a sham-fight with the ^^a^ifs, a post fixed in 
the ground and attacked as if a living adversary. This game, 
originally a part of the drill of raw recruits, was also common 
among civilians. Becker's Gallus, p. 398, et seqq. 25. Talos at 
tesseras, different kinds of dice used in games of chance. See 
Diet. Antiqq. 26. Id. ipsum. refers to the preceding clause, and is 
an accusative of specification. TJtrum libebit, i. e. either concede 
to the aged the games of dice or not. Lr. 

Chap. XVII. 32. Regale, worthy of a king. D. sub Regius. 
33. In eo iibro, sc. in ch. iv. 20 et seqq., of which Cicero gives here 



NOTES. 109 

Page 
a free version, perhaps from memory. 34. Loquitur cum, i. e. is 25 
represented as saying in conversation with. Cyrum minorem, 
the second son of Darius Xothus king of Persia, satrap of Lydia, 
Phryo-ia, and Cappadocia, killed at the battle of Cunaxaon his ex- 
pedition against Babylon to dethrone his brother Artaxerxes, the 
account of which is given in Xenophon's Anabasis. 35. Regem, 
prince of the royal family. 36. Lysander, appointed commander 
of the Spartan fleet in B. C. 497, near the close of the Peloponne- 
sian war. and sent to the coast of Asia to strengthen the power of 
his country there against Athens. 37. Venisset, sc. in that year as 
envoy to Cyrus. Sardis. The ending is represents the Greek stj. H. 
62. For the construction see H. 379 ; A. 55, III. 2 ,• A. & S. 237 ; 
B. 938 ; G. 410. 39. Humanum differs from comem, as a principle 
from a disposition; hence the use of atqu^. .Sh. See also D. suh 
Humanitas. Consaeptum agruni^=the Greek Trapdkmv, a park 
or pleasure garden. 2. DirectOS. So the MSS. and 0. ', and this 26 
compound seems to suit the connection better than derectos, the 
reading of Br., and Lr., following Xonius. 3. Quincuncem, lit. 
five unciae, the numerical representative of which was the letter 
V; here, trees arranged in oblique lines so as to give the appear- 
ance of a series of V's placed side by side. See Lex. sub voce. 
Humum — puram has nothing corresponding to it in Xenophon. 
The original reads evyu)via Se -ndvTa Ka'Siog eirj, all things were beauti- 
fully regular. Puram, cleared of stones, bushes, etc. Lex. 
6. Dimensa, here passive. See p. 6, line 33, adejjti, note. 7. Di- 
scripta. So Br., 0., Lr., and Som., though most of the MSS. read 
descripta. The di points to the notion of distribution. Lr. The 
term in the original is ^lara^avrog. See p. 7, line 8, note. 10. Pur- 
puram, purple robe; in the Greek rCov rs Ifxarioiv rb KaWog, the 
beauty of the clothing. Nitorem corporis, the sleehness of his j^er- 
son. The Greek is Trjg Sfffifjg, the 2:>erfume. 11. Ornatum — gemmis. 
In the Greek, kuI -utv GTptTrrCjv kul tUjv ipeWiiov to >fdA>o?, kol tov 
dXXov Ko^ixov, and the beauty of the necklaces, and the bracelets, and 
the other ornaments. Auro and gemmis are ablatives of charac- 
teristic. 16. Teneamus. H. 499; A. 65, III.; A. & S. 262, Rem. 
9; B. 1236; G. 549. 17. Corvinum. The reading of most MSS., 
Br., Lr., and Som. 0. has Corvum. An able general in the first 
Samnite war, twice dictator, and consul the sixth time in B. C. 299; 
one of the most illustrious men in the history of the republic, and 



110 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

26 POP^^I^^ wi*^ ^11 classes. 18. Perduxisse, sc. agri coleridi studia, 
Cf. also Laelius, p. 46, line 38. Quum esset. A clause denoting 
reason. 19. Acta aetate, like the more usual exacta aetate,= 
senectute, aetate being here equivalent to hona aetate or the period 
of vigor j when he had already left behind the best years of his life. 
20. Sex et quadraginta. As according to the Fasti Capitolini his 
first consulship was in B. C. 348, and his sixth in B. C. 299, the 
interval was really 49 years. Gernhard (quoted by Sh.) supposes 
that Cicero takes the number 46, in order to make the comparison 
as close as possible between the military age and that during which 
Corvinus was in high office. The explanation of Som. is that 
Cicero follows the chronology of Cato, who reckons each of the 
years 324, 309, and 301 B. C. as a part of the one next preced- 
ing, because there were no consuls in those years, the government 
being administered by a dictator. 21. Quantum spatium — fuit, 
i. e. he filled the offices of state as many years as our ancestors 
were wont to reckon from the birth of man to the beginning of old 
age. Som. 25. Apex. See Lex. sub voce, 5. 26. L. Caecilio 
Metello. See p. 15, line 20, note. 27. Atilio Calatino, the con- 
queror of Panormus and other towns in Sicily in the first Punic 
war, dictator and twice consul, held in high estimation by his own 
and subsequent ages. His tomb near the Porta Capena, was one 
of those referred to by Cicero in the Tusc. Disp. I. 7. Elo- 
gium is derived from iXXSyiov by Biintzer, from eligere by Th. 
Mommsen. But G. Curtius, Fleckeisen, 0., and Lr. believe it to be 
Latinized from iXeyslov, the second e being changed to o through 
the influence of the 1 (as in Ptolomaeus, oleum) and the penult 
shortened (as in Academia and bnlineum). It denotes, 1st, an ad- 
age in distichs, as in line 19, p. 30 ; 2d, because the distich was 
often emploj^ed in inscriptions, any inscrij^tion, especially upon a 
tomb, as in this passage. Lr. TJnum hunc, the former reading of 
Orelli, restored by Br. following Fleckeisen. It is also the reading 
in Orelli's edition of the De Fin. II. 35, where the same quotation 
occurs ; while Halm, Mg., Lr., and 0. read Hunc unum, and Uni- 
cum has some MS. authority. 28. Primarium, of the highest 
worth. 29. Notum est carmen. So Br. and 0. Cf. line 8, p. 11. 
Many of the MSS. and some editions insert totum either before 
carmen or before est, and Mommsen reads Notum est id totum car- 
men. Carmen here = elogium. See Lex. sub voce, 2, d. 30. Gravis, 
a man of great influence. Cujus esset, a causal clause. 31. Fama^ 



NOTES. Ill 

Page 
opinion. See Lex. sub voce, II. Crassum. See p. 14, line 32, 26 
note. It is the subject-accusative of esse understood, quemvirum 
being the pred.-accus. 32. Lepidum, M. Aemilius Lepidus, pon- 
tifex maximus B. C. 180, ambassador to Egypt and to Philip III. 
of Macedon, and the recipient of many other honors; d. B. C. 
152, at an advanced age. 33. Sacerdotio. H. 419, III. ; A. 54, IV. ; 
B. 920; A. & S. 244; G. 373, 1. 34. Paulo, so. Aemilio. See 
p. 10, line 36, note; Africano, p. 11, line 31, note. Ante, so. in 
Chap. rV. 36. Honorata, equivalent to a conditional clause; if 
it be honored by public office, etc. H. 578, III. ; A. 72, 1; A. & S. 
274, 3; B. 1354; G. 670. 37. Praesertim asserts that what is 
said applies particularly to one case. Arn. ; Z. 273. 

Chap. XVIII. 39. Omni oratione, all this discourse. 2. Con- 27 
stituta sit. See p. 6, line 2, note. 3. Miseram, so. because if 
one's previous life had been what it ought to be, his old age would 
need no defence. 4. Defenderet, as a part of the infinitive clause 
which depends upon eflB.citur, would be regularly in the same tense 
as that verb, but is attracted into the imperfect, by the perfect- 
indefinite dixi. Its subject, quae, refers to talem, which is to be 
supplied with senectutem. 6. Auctoritatis is regarded by Som. as 
a genitive of specification (H. 396, V.), i. e. authority is the last 
fruit it receives. But Sh. explains extremos as one of those ad- 
jectives denoting order and succession, which are used in apposi- 
tion with a noun instead of an adverb qualifying the verb ; reaps 
the fruit of authority last. M. 300, 6; H. 443; B. 663; A. & S. 
205, Rem. 15. 7. Honorabilia, not found elsewhere in classic 
Latin. 8. Salutari, and the following infinitives, denote various 
manifestations of respect customary among the Romans : Salu- 
tari, the complimentary morning call upon patrons and distin- 
guished citizens; appeti, the grasping of the hand in order to 
kiss it; decedi, the standing aside or making way for one on the 
streets; assurgi, the rising up on one's entrance into a public 
assembly; deduci, escorting from home in the morning, and 
reduci, bach again at evening ; consuli, asking advice on legal 
aff'airs. Decedi and assurgi being intransitive, are here impersonal, 
and have a dative seni dependent upon them understood. M. 244, 
6; A. & S. 223, Note; Z. 412. 10. Optime morata est, has the 
noblest character. 15. Quin etiam, Nay even. 16. Athenis. See p, 
18, line 33, Tarenfi, note. Ludis, sc. Panathenaicis. For the case 
see H. 426, 1; B. 949; A. & S. 253, Note 1; A. 55, I.; G. 392. 



112 CATOMAJOE. 

Page 

27 1*^' Magno consessu. Abl. absolute. Som. 20. Certo in loco, i. 

e. the orchestra in which, in the Roman theatre, were the seats for 
the senators and other distinguished persons, such as foreign am- 
bassadors. Diet. Antiqq. 21. Sessum. H. 569, 1 ; B. 1363 ; A. 
& S. 276, II., Rem. 1 ; A. 74, I. ; G. 436. 22. Multiplex, reiter- 
ated. 25. Collegio, sc. augurali. The number of augurs in the 
time of Cato was nine. Sulla increased it to fifteen. Vacancies 
were filled by the college itself until B. C. 103, then by the people 
until B. C. 81, when Sulla restored this prerogative to the college. 
The people, however, held it again from 63 to 44 B. C. Praeclara, 
sc. customs or regulations. 26. Sententiae principatum tenet, 
has the prerogative of voting first. 27. K.onore denotes all magis- 
terial and priestly offices other than those cam imperio, 28. Im- 
perio, a military and absolute power not incident to any office, 
but especially conferred by a lex cinHata upon consuls, praetors, 
and dictators, exercised only out of the city, and without which 
no military operation could be conducted in the name of the state. 
Diet. Antiqq. 33. Corruisse, to have been hrohen dozen. 34. At 
introduces a new objection, the reply to which begins in the next 
line, ^ee p. 12, line 16, note. Bifficiles. See p. 8, line 2, note, 
and D. snb Austerus. 35. Quaerimus, sc. verum. Haec, sc. the 
abstract qualities implied in morosi, etc. 38. Illius used redun- 
dantly with quidem. This particle, when concessive with a pred- 
icate verb or adjective with sed following, has in the best writers 
a pronoun inserted before it, corresponding to the word of which 
the predicate is conceded. M. 489, 6; Z. 744. Justae. See Lex. 
8uh voce, II. C. 39. Contemni, regarded with indifference ; de- 
spici, looked doion upon; illudi, treated with contempt and ridicule; 

28 a climax. 1. Quae, sc. morositas et ea vitia quae dixi (p. 27, line 
36). 2. Dulciora, less disagreeable. Bonis. Regularly a word 
belonging at the same time to two or more connected words either 
precedes or follows them ; but sometimes, as here, it stands after 
the first. Lr. ; M. 472, a. 4. Adelphis, the title of one of the six 
comedies of P. Terentius Afer, whose life was within the first half 
of the second century B. C* 5. Sic refers to what precedes ,• just 
so it is in real life. 6. N'atura. So most of the MSS., 0., Lr., and 
Som. Several MSS. have instead, aetas naturae; while Br. reads 
aetas matura. 10. QuO minuS, 00 plus, as the less — so much the 
more. The ablative of a neuter pronoun or adjective is used with 
comparatives to denote the measure of difi'erence indefinitely. M. 
270, Obs. 1. 



NOTES. 113 

Page 
Chap. XIX. 13. SoUicitam habere differs from soIUcitare in 28 
that it expresses a permanent state. Z. 634. 16. In aetate. H. 426, 
2; B. 951; A. 55, LI; G. 393. Viderit. See p. 7, line 3S, note. 
17. Si — animum. This belief was very prevalent among the 
Romans in Cicero's time. Sallust (Cat. LI. 20) represents Caesar as 
saying : In luctu atque miseriis mortem aerumnarum requiem, non cru- 
ciafum esse, earn- cuncta mortaliura maia dissolvere; ultra neque cnrae 
Tieque gaudio locum esse. Cf. Cic. in Cat. IV. 4. 19. Tertium nihil, 
i. e. nothing other than either annihilation or immortality. Cf. p. 
30, line 28. 21. Futurus sum. For the mood, H. 511, 1. ; B. 1263 ; 
G. 379. 22. Quamquam introduces a correction of the statement 
at the beginning of the chapter that old age is nearer to death 
than any other time of life. Quamvis, however. Hence sit is 
potential subjunctive. H. 516, IL 2, and 486, IIL ; B. 1283: A. & 
S. 263, 2,'(3). 23. Cui. H. 388, 1; B. 844 and 845: A. & S. 225, 
IL; G. 352. 25. Casus, liabilities. 23. Tristius, icith more 
solicitude or concern, because with greater difficulty. 27. Quod 
refers to pauci — senectutem. If the number of aged persons 
was greater there would he more uprightness and wisdom in the 
world. 29. Nulli, sometimes used as here in apposition with the 
subject, in familiar speaking and writing, and in imitations of the 
same, instead of non, occasionally with an intensive signification. 
M. 455, Obs. 5. 30. NuUae omnino, etc. Cf. p. 12, line 8. 
33. Optimo filio. See p. 10, line 37, note. Exspectatis. See Lex. 
8\ih Exspecto, IL 34. Fratribus, the two youngest sons of Aemilius 
Paulus, one of whom at the age of 12, died five days before, and 
the other at the age of 14, three days after their father's triumph 
over Perseus. 38. At. See p. 12, line 16, note. 39. Eo ablative of 
cause, conditione of characteristic. 1. lUe generally refers to 29 
the former of two persons or things previously mentioned, hie to 
the latter; but often hie, as here, refers to that which is nearer in 
thought. M. 485, a. 5. Tartessiorum, inhabitants of a district 
in the extreme south of Spain, near the mouth of the Baetis, 
probably the Tarshish of Scripture. Scriptum, sc. in Herodotus, 
I. 163. 6. Arganthonius lived in the sixth century B. C. 
10. Effluxit, has vanished. See Lex. suh voce, IL 2; p. 7, line 2; 
and cf. Cic. De Fin. II. 32. Tantum, only so much. 11. Consecutus 
sis. Potential subjunctive, in a subordinate clause. 16. Mode. 
See p. 12, line 30, note. 17. Plaudite, i. e. the end of the play, 
when it was the custom for the chief actor to invite the audience 
8 — Cic.de S. 



114 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

29 to give their applause. Cf. Hor., Ars Poet. 155. 19. Sin, if 
however, M. 442, h\ Z. 342, Note. Processerit, sc. aetate. 
23. Significat, is an emblem of. Ostendit, gives promise of. 
29. Senibus, dative depending upon secundum naturam under- 
stood, equivalent to the adjective naturale. It is also logically the 
subject of emori. H. 545, 2, 1); A. & S. 239, Rem. 1. 30. Ad- 
versante — natura, abl. abs. of concession. H. 578, IV. ; A. & S. 
274, 3,- B. 1350; G. 670. 34. Consumptus, spent. 35. Quasi 
more frequently introduces a subjunctive clause of condition, and 
is very rarely used, as here, in the sense of quemadmodum. M. 
444, «, Obs. 1. Cf. Laelius, p. 55, line 21. Lr. regards this as one 
of the archaisms which Cicero uses here and there purposely as 
suited to the speaker Cato. 36, Matura et cocta. Hendiadys ; 
ripened hy the sun. Som. 37. Vis, violence. 39. Accedam. See p. 
16, line 21, adsit, note. Aliquando involves the idea of something 
longed for; at length. See Lex. sub voce, 2, f. 

3Q Chap. XX. 2. Munus officii, the duty of your office, i. e. the 
service or function -which your business or station makes incum- 
bent upon you. See p. 15, line 7, note. 3. Possis. See p. 29, line 
11, note. Mortemque contemnere, bracketed by Br., 0., and 
Lr. ; considered an interpolation by Mg. and others. It is, how- 
ever, the reading of one of the best MSS., and most of the others 
have the words mortem and contemnere while otherwise varying 
the reading. Contemnere, not fear. D. suh Spernere. 4. Animo- 
sior, more spirited. 5. Pisistrato, the tyrant ' of Athens, who 
lived in the fifth century, an intimate friend of Solon, and the 
institutor of the Panathenaea. According to Plutarch (Solon, ch. 
31) Solon made this reply, not to Pisistratus, but to many who 
inquired. 6. Quaerenti, concisely for a temporal clause, on the 
occasion of his asking. H. 578, I.; A. 72, 1; B. 1351; A. & S. 
274, 3; Gr. 668. 7. Audaciter, archaic form for audacter. 9. Cer- 
tis, reliable or unimpaired. Abl. abs. of time. 15. Reliquum, 
here, as elsewhere, used substantively, with an attributive modifier. 
Cf. Cic. Verr. Act. Sec. III. ch. 43, ex omni reliquo. 17. Vetatque 
Pythagoras. In Plato's Phaedo, ch. 6, the same sentiment is ex- 
pressed by Socrates. Cf. also Cic. Tusc. Disp. I. 30, 74: Vetat 
enim dominans ille in nobis dens injussu hinc nos suo deinigrare, 
18. Praesidio et statione, watch-post as of a sentinel or guard on 
duty. Hendiadys. 19. Sapientis, Solon's title as one of the seven 
sages ; and in this sense it is often used substantively. Elogium, 



NOTES. 115 

Page 
The reading of most of the MSS., 0., Lr., Som., and Fleckeisen 30 
(Neue Jahrb. 1866), and of all the texts in line 27, p. 26. Br., fol- 
lowing Matth. Gesner and F. A. Wolf, reads elegium. The distich 
of Solon is given by Lr. from Schneidewin's Delectus, as follows : 

MrjSi [xoi aK\av(TTog ^avaros n6\oi, a\Xa (piXoicn 
KaWetrroiixi ^avihi^ aXyia Kat (yTOi/aXoi(i. 

And Cicero, in the Tusc. Disp. I. 49, 117, has rendered these lines 
in the following couplet: 

Mors mea ne careat lacrumis; Unquamus amicis 
Maerorem, ut celebrent funera cum i 



Suam, emphatic, in opposition to the sentiment of Mimnermus, 
which Solon combats. Lr. 23. Lacrumis. The reading of Br., and 
0. Most of the MSS. have lacrimis, and Bergk, Fleckeisen, Lr., 
and Som., dacrumis. Dacruma is from the root DAKB, and, as 
the older form of lacruma (corresponding to 6dKpv and the Gothic 
tagr, a " tear ") was used by Livius Andronicus, according to Fes- 
tus, and probably, as Bergk suggests, by Ennius in these lines. 
The argument from alliteration seems irresistible. Peile, Introd. 
to Greek and Latin Etymology. 24. Faxit. Present subjunctive 
from the old future indicative, /acco, which was formed by drop- 
ping i from the stem fcici, and affixing the ending so. (Cf. the 
Greek o-w.) M. 115,/. Cicero, in the Tusc. Disp. I. 15, 34, quotes 
also the rest of the second line as follows : Cur ? Volito vivos 
per ora viriim. The couplet is thus translated in Diet. Biog. art. 
Ennius: 

Pour not the wail of mourning o'er my bier, 

Nor pay to me the tribute of a tear : 

Still, still I live! from mouth to mouth I flyl 

Never forgotten, never shall I die ! 

26. Moriendi, not mortis, for the reference is to the act or process 
of dying. Lr. Aliquis. See p. 20, line 23, note. 27. Praesertim 
seni, explained by line 14, above. 29. Meditatum, passive. 
See p. 6, line 33, adepti, note. Ab, /rom, i. e. through all the 
remainder of life. Lr. ; Z. 304, a; Lex. suh voce, B, 2. 32. 
Incertum an. See p. 25, line 3, note. 33. Timens. See p. 
26, line 36, note. Qui. See p. 6, line 36, note. Animo consis- 
tere, he steadfast in mind, i. e. attain and preserve tranquillity of 



116 CATO MAJOE. 



30 mind. Som. H. 429; B. 890; A. 54, I.; A. & S. 250; G. 398. 
34. Non ita, not very. Arn. 35. Recorder, which is regularly 
followed by the ablative of the person with de and by the accusa- 
tive of the thing (e. g. p. 9, line 34), here takes, first, several accu- 
satives of the person and then an infinitive clause. H. 407 ; B. 
790; a. 375, 2; A. & S. 216, Rem. 1, (6). Bnutum, accord- 
ing to the legend, slain in single combat with Aruns, the son of 
Tarquinius Superbus. 36. Buos Decius, father and son. See p. 
20, line 10, note. 38. Atilium, sc. Regulum, the hero of the first 
Punic war. Nothing further than the fact of his being taken pris- 
oner is known with certainty as to the end of Begulus. Even his 
mission to Rome is very imperfectly attested. Mom. For the com- 

Q1 monly received ?>iovj here referred to, see Class. Diet. 1. Duos 
Scipiones, the father and the uncle of Africanus Major. See p. 15, 
line 8, note. 3. L. Paulum. See p. 15, line 9, note. 4. Luit, the 
reading of the MSS., 0., Lr., Som., and Mg. ; while Br. has eluit. 
Both Andrews's and Klotz's Lexicons give to the former the 
meanings to wash, to cleanse, to atone for. 5. Marcellum, the con- 
queror of Syracuse, and one of the principal generals against 
Hannibal in Southern Italy, until he was killed in battle B. C. 
208. A brave, though rude and stern soldier, and destitute of the 
wisdom of a great commander, he was called the sword as Fabius 
was the shield of Rome in the second Punic war. Crudelissimus 
hostis. Laying aside wretched inventions which furnish their 
own refutation, nothing occurs in the accounts regarding him 
which may not be justified in the circumstances and according to 
the international law of the times. Mom. 7. Quod scripsi, etc. 
Cf. Cic. Tusc. Disp. I. 42, 101. Sed quid duces et principes nomi- 
neyn, quiim legiones seribat Cato saepe alacres in enm locum prof ec- 
tas, unde redituras se non arhitrarentur f 8. Animo, ablat. of 
manner. See p. 7, line 14, note. Erecto, resolute. 18. Extrema, 
latest. 19. Occidunt, cease to interest. 

Chap. XXI. 23. Cernere, est rem aliquam ejusque singulas 
notas perspicere et dijudicare (discernere). Kiihner. Cf. Cic. Pro. 
Mil. XXIX. 79 : Ut ea cernimus, quae videmus ; also Tusc. Disp. 
I. 20, 46 : iVbs enim ne nunc quidem oculis cernimus ea, quae 
videmus. 25. Vestros patres. The elder Laelius was through life 
an intimate friend of Africanus Major, and throughout the war in 
Spain, Sicily, and Africa was his confidential legatus. In the 



NOTES. 117 

Page 
invasion of Africa he had charge of the fleet, and at the battle of 31 
Zama he commanded the Italian cavalry. Besides his brilliant 
military career, he was distinguished and influential in civil life. 
Tu, Scipio, tuque, Laeli. Other editors read P. Scipio tuque G, 
Laeli, and refer to Be Amicit., p. 66, line 19. But Br. remarks that 
Cato never prefixes the praenomen in addressing Scipio and Lae- 
Uus, though we should expect here tuum Scipio, tumnque Laeli. 
32. Contrarium, not congenial. 34. lMQXQnt\\X ^^ intuerentur, an 
archaic and poetic meaning of the word. Cf. De Nat. l)eor. II. 14, 
37 : Ipse autem homo ortus est ad mundmn contetnplandum et imi- 
tandum. For the mood see p. 9, line 30, discerem, note. Caeles- 
tium, neuter. 35. Vitae modo atque constantia, a life of mod- 
eration, and regulated hy firm principle. Som. 36. Batlo ac dis- 
putatio, antithetic to nobilitas et auetoritas, {the well-known 
authority.) Both phrases are instances of hendiadys. 39. Incolas 
paeue nostros, almost countrymen of ours. Pythagoras resided at 
Crotona, in Southern Italy, the latter part of his life, and his doc- 
trines became so widely prevalent there that his followers were 
called the Italic School. Essent nominati. See p. 6, line 35, 
putavissent, note. 1. Universa mente divina, the world-soul, oo 
Delibatos, v)hich were portions of. Cf. Tusc. Disp. V. 13, 38 : Huma- 
nus autem animus decerptus ex mente divina; and De Nat. Deor. 
I. 11, 27 : qui [Pythagoras] censuit animum esse per naturam re- 
rum omnem intentum et commeantem, ex quo nostri animi car- 
perentur. 2. Quae — disseruisset, sc. as reported in the Phaedo 
of Plato; a subjunctive clause, because the sentiment of another 
than the speaker. 4. Esset judicatus, subjunctive by attraction. 
5. Quid multa. See p. 9, line 31, note. 7. Prudentia, foresight. 
See Lex. suh voce, I. 8. Tot artes [tantae scientiae], 0.,and Lr. 
read without brackets. Some editors regard tantae scientiae as in 
the nominative plural, such profound sciences ; and Andrews' and 
Klotz's Lexicons assign to scientia a plural, citing this passage but 
no others. But Lr. remarks that the plural of scientia does not 
occur in good Latin. It is therefore, here, in the genitive singu- 
lar depending upon artes; == so wza??^/ arts which require so great 
learning. 10. Agitetur, is in a state of activity ; aeiKLvijTOv, in 
Plato, Phaedrus, ch. 24. Principium, i. e. exterior to itself. 13. 
Esset, haberet, the imperfect tense, because persuasi, on which 
the infinitive clause depends, is here treated as a perfect indefi- 
nite. H. 482, 1; B. 1171; A. & S. 258, I., Rem. 2; G. 511, 2, 



118 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

32 Som. remarks that instances of such a change as this from the 
present in one clause to the imperfect in a second, and back again 
to the present in a third, occur in Cicero, only when the views of 
authors are referred to whose lives belonged to the past, but whose 
loritings to the present. Cf. Laelius, p. 50, line 14 et seqq., and De 
Nat. Deor. 1. 15, 40. 16. Interire represents dep^th as a vanishing, 
and applies more to the soul ; perire, as destruction, and applies 
more to the body. D. sub Mors. 17. Homines — nati sint, i. e. 
that the soul has existed before birth, and that it is therefore im- 
perishable. Those ancients who believed in the immortality of the 
soul believed also in its pre-existence, so that to their minds what 
proved the latter proved also the former. The clause introduced 
by quod is the subject of esse in the preceding line. H. 554, IV. ; 
A. 70 ; A. & S. 273, 5, Eem. 20. Reminisci denotes a moment- 
ary act; recordari, one of some duration, and expresses the 
consequence of reminisci ; call to mind and contemjolate when re- 
called, D. suh Meminisse. For the sentiment cf. Wordsworth, Ode. 
Intimations of Immortality : 

" Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting : 
The soul that rises with us, our life's star, 

Hath elsewhere had its setting, 
And cometh from afar : 

Not in entire forgetfulness, 

And not in utter nakedness, 

But trailing clouds of glory, do we come 

From God, who is our home." 

HaeC Platonis fere. These are the principal arguments of Plato, 
Chase. They are contained in the Phaedrus and the Meno. Cf. 
Tusc. Disp. 1. 23-29; Somn. Scip. 8 and 9. See also Intro- 
duction. 

Chap. XXII. 22. Apud Xenophontem, sc. in tke Cyropaedia, 
VIII. 7, 17 et seqq. As the whole work is an historical romance, the 
dying speech of Cyrus, of a part of which Cicero here gives a free 
version, is of course to be understood as only the expression of 
Xenophon's own views. Cyrus major. See p. 15, line 16, note. 
23. Nolite arbitrari. H. 538, 2; B. 1114; A. 58, III.; A. & S. 
267, Rem. 1, Note; G. 264, II. 24. Nullum fore, shall not exist 
at all. See p. 28, line 29, Note. 27. Euudem esse. The emphatic 
word is esse ; / still exist. Som. 28. Nec vero, etc., i. e. The 



NOTES. 119 

Page 
fame of illustrious men would not continue, if their own spirits 32 
did not exercise an influence upon men after death. Som. 30. Sui, 
as the connection shows, refers not to the subject of its own clause, 
but to the persons to whom the subject of the principal clause 
refers. M. 490, c, Obs. 1 and 2. Generally, in a subordinate 
clause expressing the sentiment of the principal subject, it refers 
to that subject. 34. Insipientem, without consciousness. Som. In 
Xenophon a^prnv. 35. With sed an aflSrmative clause is to be 
supplied from the negative one in line 31. 36. Esse Sapientem, 
had real discernment; in the Greek, cppoutixojTaTov. 38. Herum 
limits quaeque. 40. Discedit So Br., 0., and Lr., and the orig- 
inal is ovt' arriovfja. The readings of some MSS. are discessit and 
discesserit. 2. Atqui. See p. 7, line 15, note. 3. Remissi, released. 33 
4. Futuri sint, they are destined to he. 6. Sic — deum. The 
Greek reads as follows: rr^v lixfiv ^vXriv KaTaiSovjAevoi ■noLUTs a eyo) SfOfxat. 
Perhaps instead of the last words Cicero had before him an incor- 
rect reading. Lr. Colitote may be used for demonstrations of 
reverence toward either gods or men; venerari, toward the for- 
mer only, ohservare toward the latter only. D. suh Yereri. 7. Sin, 
if on the other hand. M. 442, b; Z. 342. Est interiturus. This 
periphrastic conjugation in the case of transitive verbs expresses 
an intended action, in the case of intransitive verbs as here, a 
state or condition which is to come to pass. Z. 498; M. 341, Obs. 
8. Hanc — pulchritudinem, this beautiful universe. 9. Memo- 
riam, etc. This is quite unlike the original : fx^-or aac^eq fxrjhh fxrjhl 
avojiov fxiJTS TTOiijiyrjrs nrjre (SovXevarjre. Pie, iliviolateque, affection- 
ately and sacredly. Servabitis. For the mood, H. 535, 3, 2) ; B. 
1116; A. &S. 267, Rem. 2; G. 265, 1. 

Chap. XXIII. 11. Nostra; instances of this belief among our 
own countrymen. Som. 13. Patrem aut patruum. See p. 15, 
line 8, note. 15. Esse COUatOS, by exception for esse conaturos. 
H. 532. 2, 2), second paragraph. 17. Posteritatem ad se perti- 
nere, that subsequent ages had some connection ivith themselves. 
Som. An censes. A common form of direct question with an is 
when, in an argument, the speaker asks whether some absurd 
supposition (the opposite of what he is maintaining) is true. 
Arn. An stands not only in the second member of a disjunctive 
question, but also in such simple questions as are used to com- 
plete and emphasize what immediately precedes. M. 453. 20. Si 
iisdem — terminaturus, if my fame were to end with my life. 



120 CATO MAJOR. 

Page 

33 23. Nescio quomodo, somehow; a parenthetic clause, and so with- 
out influence upon the mood of the following verb. M. 356, Obs. 
3; Z. 553. 24. Erigens, aspiring. 27. TJt — essent, a clause 
of result in apposition with quod which stands in the stead of a 
demonstrative or a noun. H. 495, 3; B. 1224; G. 556, 1. Haud. 
See p. 5, line 6, haud, note. 28. Cujusque. See p. 20, line 17, note. 
The superlative with quisque is frequently in relation to another, 
(here maxime,) which is joined with the verb, wherebj^ the re- 
ciprocal comparison is distinctly expressed. Z. 710, h, Immor- 
talitatis gloriam, i. e. a fame which belongs to immortality, 
ih-QveiovQ everlasting fame. Klihner. 29. Quid, quod. See p. 14, 
line 10, note. Aequissimo animo, tranquillity. 30. Iniquissi- 
mo, with the greatest disquiet. 31. Qui cemat, i. e. such a mind as 
perceives. See p. 6, line 2, note. 32. Meliora, a better condition or 
world. Som. 33. EfFeror. See Lex. sub voce, II. 2. 34. Videndi, 
the gerund, which is much less common in the genitive, in Cicero, 
than the gerundive, except when the object is a neuter pronoun 
or adjective. M. 413, Obs. 1. 37. Ipse conscripsi, sc. in the Ori- 
gines. 38. Retraxerit. See p. 8, line 5, note ; Gl. 54. Peliam, 
king of lolcos, cut to pieces and boiled by his own daughters, who 
had been told by Medea that in this way they might restore him 
to vigor and youth. Contrary to the common account, Plautus 
(Pseudolus, Act III., Scene 2^ 80) represents Medea as actually 
restoring him to life and youth. Cicero may have confounded 
him with his half-brother, who, according to Ovid, was made 

34yo^^g again by Medea. 2. Carceres, the stalls at the entrance 
of the Circus, where the chariots were stationed before the race, 
the starting-place; i. e. to begin life anew. 3. Calce, the goal. See 
Lex. sub voce, 3. 4, Sed habeat sane. But grant indeed that it 
has advantages. Chase. It is a concessive clause with the conces- 
sive particle omitted. H. 516, II. 1 ; A. & S. 260, II. Rem. 3; A, 
60,4; G. 257. 6. Quod — fecerunt. Cf. Tusc. Disp. I. xxxiv. 
83, and 84. 8. Vixi. For the mood, H. 520, I. ; B. 1250 ; A. & 
S. 266, 3, in fin.; G. 540. 10. Commorandi, for a temporary 
abode. Devorsorium. The reading of some of the MSS.; while 
others have divorsorium, and 0., diversorium ; a lodging-place, to 
which one turns off from the road.. It is a general term for any 
place at which a traveller is accommodated with temporary board 
and lodging. R. 11. Habitandi, a permanent residence. It de- 
pends on some general word implied in devorsorium. 15. Cato- 



NOTES. 121 

Page 

nem meum. See p. 10, line 37, note. 16. Pietate, filial affection. 34 
17. Quod contra. For the position of the preposition see M. 469, 
Obs. 1; H. 602, II. 1; A. & S. 279, 10,/.; Z. 324. 18. Ab illo 
meum, sc. cremari. 21. Non quo — ferrem, not that I bore it 
without emotion. H. 520, II. 3; B. 1256; A. 63, I., second para- 
graph; A. & S. 262, Rem. 9; G. 541, 1. 24. His rebus, i. e. those 
which prove the immortality of the soul. Id — dixisti, sc. at the 
beginning of Chapter II. 27. Credam. See p. 7, line 38, note. 
29. Sin. See p. 33, line 7, note. Mortuus, equivalent to a subor- 
dinate clause of time. 30. Minuti. See Lex. sub voce, II. Nihil 
Sentiam, I shall be unconscious. 33. SuO tempore, at the fitting 
time. See p. 16, line 28, note. 34. Modum, a proper limit. Chase, 
35. Peractio, the last act. This word does not occur elsewhere; 
instead of it Cicero uses the verb^era^ere. Cujus, in which, refers 
to peractio. Som. 38. Quae dicerem, to say ; a relative clause 
of purpose. A. 64, 1; G. 632; H. 500. See however M. 363, a. 
39. Re experti, from your own experience. 




NOTES 



DE AMICITIA. 



INTRODUCTION. 

The treatise De Amicitia, which was written at the request of 
Titus Pomponius Atticus, is addressed to him with peculiar fitness 
because of his life-long and confidential intimacy with Cicero, of 
which mention has been made in the account of the life of Atticus 
on page 72. 

It was issued later than the De Senectute, (see p. 36, line 10, and 
p. 71,) but earlier than the De Officiis (II. 9,) which was begun in 
September (probably), and at any rate finished before the ninth of 
December, 44 B. C. 

The reason for the peculiar form into which this essay as well 
as the De Senectute is cast, the occasion, time, and place of the 
introductory dialogue, and the names of the interlocutors, are 
given in the first chapter. 

As the work was composed in a time of civil dissensions, and 
was designed in part to show the relation of friendship to the 
welfare of the State, the scene of the discussion was very appro- 
priately laid in an age somewhat similar — in the very midst of 
the Gracchan revolution. 

The Agrarian laws of Tib. Gracchus were just and beneficial in 
themselves, and in the view of the wisest statesmen of the time 
were essential to the welfare of the State. Yet they so deeply 
afiected individual interests and class privileges, that they were 
advocated and opposed with a strength of passion which at length 
became reckless and ungovernable. Unconstitutional means were 
used to secure the passage of the popular laws, and they were ex- 
ecuted in the most arbitrary way. Partisans of the aristocracy 
lawlesslj" assaulted and murdered the popular leader, with hun- 
dreds of his adherents; and, by a law transferring the judicial 
122 



INTRODUCTION. 123 

powers of the Triumviri to the consuls, all further division of the 
public lands was afterwards stopped. In this deadly conflict in 
which the two factions had become involved, the champions on 
both sides, as in almost every reform movement before in the his- 
tory of the nation, were connected with the nobility. There were 
thus inevitably mingled with the civil strife, family quarrels, 
alienations of friends, and the bitterest personal animosities. 

This dark back-ground of discord made all the more conspicu- 
ous the friendship of two men who were among the most eminent 
in a century remarkable in Roman history for its great charac- 
ters. For the chief personage in a discussion upon this subject, 
therefore, no selection could have been more appropriate than 
that of Caius Laelius Sapiens. He was the son of a man influ- 
ential in civil life and a brilliant officer in the second contest with 
Carthage, and was born about 186 B. C. Of ability in war, as his 
campaign against Yiriathus proved, Laelius was more noted as a 
statesman of moderation and conservative views, and was most 
of all distinguished as a scholar and a patron of learning. His 
studies in philosophy were guided and stimulated by Panaetius, 
who was afterwards at the head of the Stoic school, at Athens. 
His literary accomplishments, " his polished eloquence better 
adapted for the deliberative assembly than for the tumults of the 
forum," and his wisdom fitted him to be the model and the rep- 
resentative of the best culture of his day. For his social traits 
and genial temper he was also noted. Cicero applies to him the 
phrases, multa hilaritas, praeclara aequabilitas in omni vita, et 
idem semper vultus eademque frons ; and he asks : Quis C. Laelio 
comior f quis jucundior f 

Foremost among the numerous friends whom these at(:ractive 
qualities drew into companionship with him, was Scipio Africa- 
Nus Minor, a man of about the same age (b. 185 B. C). The son 
of that Aemilius Paulus who reduced Macedonia to a Koman 
province and was the most illustrious member of his family', he 
was adopted by his cousin, a son of Africanus Major, and received 
the name of Scipio Aemilianus. Distinguishing himself by his 
courage and skill when military tribune in Spain and at the 
opening of the third Punic war, he was elected consul in 147 B. 
C, before the legal age, and ended that war the next year by the 
destruction of Carthage. In 133 B. C. he was equally successful 
against Numantia, and was thenceforth called Numantinus. Though 



124 DE AMICITIA. 

inferior to his great namesake, his generalship, his patriotism, 
his discretion and independence as a statesman, gave him a simi- 
lar position in his own generation. ^' The history of Rome," 
says Mommsen, '^presents various men of greater genius than 
Scipio Aemilianus, but none equalling him in moral purity, in the 
utter absence of political selfishness, and in generous love of 
country." 

It was in part the unity of their views in politics that brought 
him into intimacy with Laelius. Scipio, in his censorship, B. C. 
142, followed in the footsteps of Cato, and sought to repress the 
growing luxury and immorality, to uphold the ancient customs, 
and to check the appetite for foreign conquest. In 139 B. C, he 
incurred the displeasure of the Optimates by supporting the Cas- 
sian law which introduced the ballot. Several years before the tri- 
buneship of Gracchus, he, in conjunction with Laelius, had enter- 
tained the idea of a distribution of the public lands among the 
poorer classes, but abandoned the scheme as impracticable. For a 
time afterward they with their associates occupied middle ground 
between the aristocracy and the masses, and protected the reform 
movement. " To Scipio quite as much as to the author of the Sem- 
pronian laws," is the opinion of Mommsen, ^^ were the citizens in- 
debted for nearly 80,000 new farm-allotments." But when, in their 
judgment, the life of the State was endangered by the continuance 
of this movement, they became its firm and fearless opponents. 
It was chiefly through their united influence that the Papirian 
bill, allowing the re-election of tribunes, was defeated in 130 B. 
C, and that the judicial power of the Triumviri, which was then 
beginning to affect seriously the interests of the allied communi- 
ties of Latins and Italians, was, in the year following (B. C. 129), 
transferred to the consuls. Scipio advocated this measure in a 
speech before the Senate, which called forth enthusiastic demon- 
strations of respect from that body and from the allies, but which so 
exasperated some of the opposite faction that he was assassinated 
on the night following, " in his quiet chamber dying for Rome, no 
less than if he had fallen before the walls of Carthage." 

But these men were still more closely connected in literary 
pursuits. Scipio from the early age of eighteen was an earnest 
student of Greek literature and philosophy, and had the benefit 
of the instructions and counsels of the Greek historian Polybius, 
who became a member of his family and accompanied him in all 



INTRODUCTION. 125 

his campaigns. He was celebrated also for his eloquence. Quin- 
tilian mentions as the most eminent orators of the period in 
which they lived, the Laelii, Africani, Catones, and Gracchi. 
Cicero in his Brutus asserts that Scipio surpa-ssed all his contem- 
poraries, except Laelius, in eloquence not less than in learning 
and wisdom. And Mommsen, indorsing the sentiment of the 
ancient critics, styles the speeches of Scipio and Laelius "master- 
pieces of model prose as well as expressions of the noblest patri- 
otism." 

With such abilities and such tastes Scipio became a congenial 
associate of Laelius in efforts for the improvement of the national 
language, and for the intellectual culture of their fellow-citizens, 
as well as in their own favorite studies. United with them in a love 
of learning, in scholarly attainments, and in oratorical excellence, 
were many men of high character and position in the State, such 
as the consul L. Furius Philus ; Fabius Maximus, the older brother 
of Scipio and the adopted son of Fabius Cunctator ; Sulpicius Galus, 
an eminent astronomer as well as orator and G-reek scholar; M\ 
Manilius, a jurist; P. Eupilius, and others who are enumerated in 
the last chapter of the essay. Among the younger members of 
this group of scholars were Laelia, the daughter of Laelius, " cel- 
ebrated for the purity with which she spoke her native language, 
and whose conversation gave the tone to the polished society of 
her age;" her husband, Q. Mucins Scaevola, the augur, an emi- 
nent jurist and the teacher of Cicero ; and C. Fannius Strabo, the 
other son-in-law of Laelius, who had served under Scipio in the 
last war against Carthage, and with Tib. Gracchus had been the 
first to scale its walls, and who was also the author of a history 
of his own times. 

"With these coadjutors Scipio and Laelius led the way also in 
the patronage of the most talented authors of their day. Among 
their familiar acquaintances, mingling in their society, sharing 
their hospitality, and often befriended by them, were Pacuvius, 
one of the two geniuses of that age in tragedy ; the comic poet 
Terence, " whose wit and idiom were pointed and polished by 
their conversation," and whose plays, inferior in purity of diction to 
no later classic productions except those of Caesar and Cicero, were 
for this reason imputed by many to Laelius ; Lucilius, the earliest 
of the four Satirists and the equal of his successors in the keenness 
and severity of his assaults upon the vices and follies of the hour; 



126 DE AMICITIA. 

Caelius Antipater, who dedicated to Laelius his history of the 
second Punic war ; and Sp. Mummius, a writer of ethical epistles 
like those of Horace. " In this select circle/' says Max. Miiller, 
" the master works of Greek literature were read and criticised, 
the problems of Greek philosophy were discussed, and the highest 
interests of human life became the subject of thoughtful conver- 
sation. It exercised a most powerful influence on the progress 
of Roman literature. It formed a tribunal of good taste ; and 
much of the correctness, simplicity, and manliness of the classical 
Latin is due to that ' Cosmopolitan Club,' which met under the 
hospitable roof of the Scipios." 

According to the representations of Horace, and of Cicero in this 
work (Chapters iv. and xxvii.) and elsewhere, the relations of Scipio 
and Laelius to each other were in all respects of the most intimate 
and confidential kind. They were companions in travel as well 
as in war, in their simple sports and recreations at Caieta and Lau- 
rentum, as well as in graver employments at Rome. One in their 
sympathies and in their views on all subjects through life, it was 
not strange that their mutual attachment should have become 
even more memorable than that which had bound together the 
father of Laelius and the elder Africanus. 

The event which so suddenly sundered this friendship, Cicero 
represents to have been the subject of conversation between Lae- 
lius and his sons-in-law a few days after its occurrence -, and he 
here reproduces from memory the discourse which Laelius, at 
their request, delivered on that occasion, as it had been reported 
to him by Scaevola, the augur, his teacher. 

Chapters ii. -iv. contain the introductory conversation, in which 
Fannius and Scaevola report to their father-in-law the inquiry of 
many how he hears the death of Scipio. Laelius replies that 
although deeply moved by this affliction, he is consoled by the 
recollection of the virtues and the illustrious career of his friend, 
by the belief that death was no evil to him, and by the remem- 
brance of their friendship. 

Chapters v. -xxvii. contain the discourse of Laelius, which 
may be divided as follows : 

I. Chh. v.-ix. The nature, worth, and origin of friendship. 
It is an entire agreement on all subjects, human and divine, 
united with affection ; with the exception of wisdom, it is the most 
valuable gift to man from the gods ; and it does not spring from 



NOTES. 127 

any selfish consideration, but from a natural impulse to love 
awakened toward another by a perception of real worth in him. 

II. Chh. X. -XX. Concerning the friendships of the wise. 

1st. The dangers which threaten the permanence of friendship, 
2d. (Chh. xi. -xvi.) The true limits of the claims of friendship. 
Only what is honorable should be asked or done; advice should be 
frankly given and faithfully heeded j and the services rendered 
should not be less than our abilities. 3d. The importance of 
proving the character of men before entering into friendship with 
them. 4th. The duty of never abandoning old friendships for 
new ones, and of treating friends, inferior to ourselves in any 
respect, as equals. 

III. Chh. xxi. -xxvi. Concerning ordinary friendships, (amici- 
tiae vulgares, communes, leves.) 

1st. The duty of sometimes severing friendships, and the man- 
ner in which this should be done. 2d. Genuine friendship uni- 
versally believed to be indispensable to happiness ; but attainable 
only by those who are themselves good, and who seek it among 
the good. 3d. Frankness and a kindly disposition in administer- 
ing, and meekness in receiving rebukes, indispensable to friend- 
ship; flattery and servility incompatible with it. 

Conclusion. Ch. xxvii. The impossibility of genuine friend- 
ship without virtue ; and with the exception of virtue, friendship 
the highest good. 

Pa-e 
Chap. I. l.Q. Mucins, sc, Scaevola. See Introduction, p. 35 
125. He was praetor and governor of Asia in 121 B. C, and 
consul in 117 B. C, and was active in his profession until his 
death, which occurred later than the year 88 B. C. Augur. It 
was the function of the augurs as interpreters of the science of 
augury to declare whether the auspices, which revealed not what 
was to happen, but what the State should or should not do, were 
valid or not; so that they had in reality a veto upon all public 
business. Their office, which was for life, was therefore one of 
the highest in the State, and was sought and usually filled by the 
most eminent statesmen. 2. Jucunde, in an agreeable manner, 
Dubitare, signifying to hesitate and followed by a clause contain- 
ing the same subject, generally takes the infinitive, as here, 
though the subjunctive with quin sometimes occurs even in CicerOo 



128 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

35 M. 375, c, Obs. 2. 3. Omni, every. Appellare sapientem, i. e. 

to give him the title of Sapiens or the Wise. See p. 1, line b, note, 
and cf. p. 36, line 37 et seqq, 4. Autem, the weakest of the adver- 
sative particles, only adds something different from what precedes, 
and sometimes serves to introduce an explanatory parenthesis ; ■= 
noio. M. 437, h. Ita, i. e. with the intent or design. St. Lr. consid- 
ers it equivalent to so entirely. DeductuS, placed under the tuition 
of, for a broader practical training, according to the custom of 
the time. Cf. Tac. Dial, de Orat. xxxiv. : Apud majores nostros 
Juvenis ille, qui foro et eloquentiae parahatur, . . . deducehatur a 
patre vel a propinquis ad eum orator em qui principem in civitafe 
locum obtinebat, Hunc sectari, hunc prosequi, hujus omnibus dic- 
tionibus inferesse, sive in judiciis sive in contionibus, assuescebat, etc. 
5. Quoad — liceret, as far as I myself might be able, and it might 
be allowed me, sc. per Scaevolam. 7. Breviter et commode dicta, 
i. e. short, pithy sayings, apothegms. N. 8. Prudentia, the 
practical wisdom of the statesman. 9. Quo mortuo, a participle 
for a temporal clause. See p. 30, line 6, note. Pontificem, lit. 
bridge -builder or constructor of loays. The pontijices formed 
one of the two original colleges of men skilled in religious 
lore, and derived their name .from their function, as sacred as it 
was politically important, of conducting the building and demoli- 
tion of the bridge over the Tiber. They were the Roman engi- 
neers, who understood the mystery of measures and numbers 
whence there devolved upon them also the duties of managing the 
calendar and of seeing that every religious and j^udicial act took 
place on the right day. Thus they acquired the general oversight 
of Roman worship, and of everything connected with it. Mom. 
The number of pontifices (including the pontifex maximus) was 
originally five. In B. C. 300 it was increased to nine, and in B. 
C. 81 to fifteen. They held their office for life. Vacancies were 
filled by the college itself until B. C. 104, then by the people until 
B. C. 81, when Sulla restored this prerogative to the college. 
The people, however, exercised it again from B. C. 63 to 44. Q. 
Mucium Scaevolam, a relative and perhaps nephew of the 
Augur mentioned above. He was consul B. C. 95, a popular and 
able governor of Asia, and was proscribed and killed by the 
Marians, B. C. 82. Cicero, in the De Orat. (I. 39,) calls him the 
most eloquent of jurists and the most learned jurist among ora- 
tors. He was the first jurist who wrote a systematic treatise ou 
the Jus civile. The purity of his moral character, his exaltei 



NOTES. 129 

Page 
ideas of equity, and his abilities place him among the first of the 35 
illustrious men of all ages and countries. Diet. Biog. 10. Unum, 
used' with the superlative praestantissimum, to express more 
strongly its exclusive signification. M. 310^ Obs. 2. 12. Alias, so. 
dicam, 13. Multa, the object of a transitive verb implied in ser- 
snonem incidere ; a case of anacoluthia. It resumes the thought 
In multa narrare de C. Laelio solehat in the first sentence. Turn 
introduces a clause more important than that introduced by quum; 
hut especially, ot more particularly. Z. 723. Hemicyclio, a semi- 
circular alcove, sufficiently large to admit of several persons sit- 
ting in it at the same time, for conversation. R. 14. Admodum 
may either follow the word it qualifies as here, and in line 24, p. 
40, or precede as in line 20, p. 59, and line 2, p. 66. 15. Eum 
Sermonem, that topic of conversation ; explained by the next 
sentence. Incidere. For the tense see p. 15, line 23, note. 
16. Fere, almost exclusively, qualifies erat in Ore. Multis, 
dat. of possessor. 17. P Sulpicio Kufo, an eloquent orator 
and an influential politician, and, until his tribuneship in B. C. 
88, an adherent of the aristocratic party. He then proposed 
measures which were really '^beneficial reforms," but which 
were fiercely opposed by the Senate. He resorted to violence 
to prevent the adjournment of the assembly which was to act 
upon them, and then, to secure himself and his cause against 
Sulla, carried a law transferring the command against Mithri- 
dates to Marius. On Sulla's return to Bome he was declared a 
public enemy and fled, but was discovered and put to death. 
XJtebare. See Lex. suh voce, I. B. For the mood, H. 520, I.; A. 
63, I. ; B. 1255 , A. & S. 266, 3, in fin.; G. 540. 18. Odio. See p. 
23, line 11, note. Q. Pompeio Rufo, a zealous supporter of the 
aristocratic party, and at first a personal friend of Sulpicius. 
Deprived of his consulship (B. C. 88) by the Marians, he fled 
from the city, but returned with Sulla, and was placed in charge 
of Italy during the absence of the latter in the East. The Senate 
appointed him general of the army of Pompeius Strabo, who, after 
handing over the command to him, secretly instigated the soldiers 
to murder him. 19. Conjunctissime. See Lex. Conjungo, i?i^;i. 
?1. Admiratio, astonishment. The ad has reference to the object 
of the wonder. The simple word miratio occurs but once in 
Cicero's works. Querela, lamentntion, because pernicious conse- 
quences to the State were feared from the enmity of men so influ- 
9 — Cic.de S. 



130 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

35 ential. Itaque turn refers to what precedes, and indicates the 
time of the discourse. N. 22. Earn ipsam for ejus ipsius rei. A 
demonstrative pronoun (or a relative instead) is sometimes used in 
agreement with a substantive, in a suggestive sense, instead of add- 
ing that which is suggested in the genitive case. M. 314. Cf. p. 
12, line 33, quod studium, 24. C. Fannio. See Introd., p. 125. 

36 1^ Diebus. See p. 24, line 9, note. Africani, i. e. Scipio Africanus 
Minor. See Introd., p. 124. 2. Libro, abl. of place. In is usually 
omitted when the contents of the whole book are referred to. M. 
273, 6, Obs. 1. 3. Arbitratu, according to iny own judgment ; one of 
several verbal nouns inn from supines, which are used only in the 
ablat. sing., with a genitive or a possessive pronoun. -M. 55, 4; Z. 
90. Cf. rogatu, line 9. 4. Saepius. H. 444, 1 ; A. 17, V. 1; A. 
<fc S. 122, Rem. 3; B. 902, in Jin. ; G. 312, 2. Interponeretur. 
For the tense, H. 482, 1; A. 57, III., in Jin. ; A. & S. 258, L, 
Rem. 2; B. 1171; G. 511, 2. 5. Coram, probably from con and 
OS, 6. Ageres. See Lex. sub voce, III. 9, a. 7. Scriberem. H. 
492, 2; A. & S. 273, 2; B. 1208; A. 64, 1. ; G. 546. Res, the 
subject. 8. Nostra familiaritate. See Introduction to Notes 
to De Senectute, p. 72. 9. Invltus. H. 443 ; A. 47, VI. ; A. & 

5. 205, Rem. 15, (a); B. 663; G. 324, 6. Prodessem. For the 
mood see p. 19, line 31, note. 11. Catonem. See Introduction to 
Notes to De Senectute, pp. 73 -75. He was called Major (sc. naiu) 
to distinguish him from Cato Uticensis, the contemporary of 
Cicero. 12. Persona, character or 2^ersonage. In classic Latin it 
never means person in the sense of individual merely. See Lex. 
sub voce. 13. Loqueretur. The relative with the subjunct. follows 
idoneus, and sometimes aptus, to express that for which a person 
is qualified. M. 363, b. Here aptior and idonea(line 17) are used 
in the same sense. Strictly the former denotes an active, the latter 
a passive fitness. D. sub Idoneus. 14. Fuisset. See p. 7, line 38, 
ferrent, note ; and cf. the next line, where the causal clause is iii- 
troduced by quum. Floruisset refers both to his vigor of mind 
and body and to his wealth and political position. Cf. p. 8, line 

6. 18. Meminisset. See p. 6, line 6, parent, note. 20. Veterum, 
of former times. 21. Nescio qilO pacto, often, as here, paren- 
thetic and equivalent to an indefinite adverb ; somehow. M. 356, 
Obs. 3. 29. Velim. H. 486, L; A. & S. 260, IL, Rem. 4; A. 60, 
2; B. 1178; G. 250. Avertas. H. 493, 2; A. 64, IV.; A. & S. 
262, Rem. 4; B. 1204, in Jin. ; G. 546, 3. See also p. 15, line 38, 
note, for the different constructions after volo. 



NOTES. 131 

Page 
Chap. II. 34. For the use of ista see p. S, line 9, note. The 3g 
sentence is an assent to some supposed remark of Laelius respect- 
ing the calamity which the State had experienced in the death of 
Scipio. 35. Sed, etc., i. e. Bat instead of merely lamenting his 
death, you ought, etc. 36. In te — unum, sc. as the only one capa^ 
ble of filling the place of Scipio in political afi"airs, or of preserv- 
ing the republic. Unum, joined with a noun or pronoun, is often 
used for the adv. solum. Z. 6S7. 38. Hoc, i. e. this distinction ut 
sapiens oppellaretur, Lr. Modo, i. e. comparatively recently. 
Cato had already been dead twenty years. In De Off. ii. 21, it 
is used of a time seventy years, and in Livy xxii. 14, of one 
twenty-five years distant. See also p. 14, line 32, note. L. Acili- 
um, a jurist who flourished about 200 B. C, the author of a com- 
mentary on the Twelve Tables, and the first Roman who was 
called by the people Sajoiens. 39. Alio, di'jrerent, sc. from that 
in which you are considered wise. X. 2. Multarnm rerum, sc. 37 
agriculture, war, statesmanship, law, oratory, and history. Lr. 
UsTini, e.rperience or a practical knowledge of. X. 3. Multa — 
ferebantur, many instances were related of his wise forethoughty 
etc. 6. Te — esse sapientem would regularly be the object of 
existimant in line 15. but on account of the long parenthetic 
clause intervening, it is repeated under the form hanc — sapien- 
tiam. 7. Natnra et moribns, disposition and character. Ve- 
mm etiam, following non solum, introduces something more 
important than the preceding. M. 4G1, a. 8, Studio et doc- 
trina, ap>p)lication and learning, the former corresponding to 
naturay the latter to morihus. Lr. 9. Appellare, sc. talern, the an- 
tecedent of qualern, while qualem — neminem is one of the objects 
of accepimus. 10. Reliqua Graecia, antithetic to Athenis. 
11. Septem, sc. sapientes. There was a difference of opinion 
among the ancients as to the names and even the number of the 
sages of Greece. Solon of Athens and Thales of Miletus were the 
most eminent. 12. In numero — habent, i. e. do not regard as 
philosopjherSf but only as ptractically sagacious. Sh. Athenis. 
For the case see p. 18, line 33, note. Unnm, only one, so. Socra- 
tes. 13. Enm — jndicatnm, sc. in reply to the inquiry of Chaere- 
phon, a pupil of Socrates. The utterance was said to have been 
as follows : 

5]o(ioc 'Z'i<pOK\Tjq, croiuiTEfjog (5' 'Eiipi'ibrj^y 



132 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

37 15' Omnia — esse, that all your welfare is dependent upon youV" 

self alone. On the sentiment of this and the following clause, cf. 

Horace, Sat. II. 7, 83 - 88 : 

Quisnam igitur liber f Sapiens sihi qui imperiosus, 
Quern neque pauperies neque mors neque vincula terre^ity 
Responsare cupidinibus, contemnere ho7iores 
Fortisy et in se ipso totus, teres, aique rotundus, 
Externi ne quid valeat per leve morariy 
In quern manca ruit semper fortuna, 

TJt — ducas, a clause of result in apposition with hanc sapien- 
tiam. H. 495, 3; B. 1224. 16. Virtute inferiores, of less account 
than virtue. 17, Quonam expresses a more lively or emphatic 
question than the simple word, and the nam answers to the Eng- 
lish "pray." Z. 134. 19. Nonis. H. 708, 2; A. 83; A. & S. 
326, 2, (1) : B. 1526. This was the regular day of meeting of the 
augurs. D. Bruti, one of the aristocratic party, consul B. C. 138, 
and one of the most celebrated generals of his age. He was also 
the patron of the tragic poet Accius, and was well versed in 
Greek and Roman literature. 20. Commentandi, deliberating 
together. Assolet. See Lex. sub voce. 22. Solitus esses. H. 515, 
II.; A. 61, 3, Note; A. & S. 264, 2; B. 1290. Obire applies to 
diem by zeugma ; to be present on that day, and to discharge that 
duty (munus, sc. commentandi.) 25. Acceperis. For the mood 
see p. 6, line 35, ijutavissent, note. 27. Humanitatis. See p. 12, 
line 14, note. 28. CoUegio, sc. angurum, one of the two original 
corporations of men especially skilled in religious lore, and 
charged with the preservation of traditional rules regarding re- 
ligious observance, in general. Mom. See p. 35, line 1, note. For 
the number of members of this college, and the mode of appoint- 
ment to it, see p. 27, line 25, note. Affllisses, a subordinate clause in 
Orat. Obliq. 34. Constanti, of firm character. See p. 55, line 
15, note. 35. Fiat. See line 15, ducas, note. Quod, as to the fact that. 
H. 554, IV., second paragraph; M. 398, b, Obs. 2; A. & S. 273, 6, 
(«) ; Z. 627. Tantum tribui, that so much worth is attributed. 37. Yi- 
deris. Even in a parenthetic clause with ut, videri is almost always 
used as a personal verb. Z. 380 ; M. 400, a, Obs. 38. Aut. See p. 
25, line 21, note. 39. Quisquam, regularly used only in negative 
sentences, but sometimes as here after si, not in a negative sense, 



NOTES. 133 

Page 
but on]j to increase the indefiniteness which would be implied in 37 
aliquis or quis. Z. 709, h. Alia, sc. through which his wisdom 
was disclosed. N. 1. Filii. See p. 10, line 37, note, and p, 34, QQ 
line 15 et seqq, Memineram, etc., sc. mortes fiUorum ferentes. N. 
Paulum, sc. Macedonicum. See p. 10, line 36, note; 2. Galum, p. 
22, line 11, note. In pueris, i. e. when their sons died in boy- 
hood. Perfecto — Viro, mature and honored manhood. 3. Cave. 
H. 535, 1, 2) ; A. 58, III. ,- A. & S. 267, Rem. 3 ; B. 1114 ; a. 264, 11. 
Anteponas. H. 493, 2; A. 64, IV.; A. & S. 262, Rem. 6; G. 
548, 2. Ne — quidem. See p. 8, line 16, note. 5. Hujus, sc. 
Cato. Generally hie refers to the last mentioned, and ille to the 
more remote, but not unfrequently hie refers to that which is 
nearer in thought and in its nature. M. 485, a. 6. Ut — loquar, 
explanatory of the 2:)hiral habitote. For the mood, see p. 7, line 

16, note. 

Chap. III. 7. Negem. On the force of the present here, see H. 
504, 1 ; A. & S. 261, 2, Rem. 3. 8. Viderint, subjunct. of desire. 
It is also the conclusion of the conditional cl. si — negem. On the 
force of the tense, see p. 8, line 5, note. Sapientes, i. e. the Sto- 
ics, who held that it was the duty of a wise man to be free from 
the disturbing influence alike of joy and of grief, and to maintain 
equability of soul. 9. Amico. H. 419, 2, 1) ; A. 54, YI. ; A. & S. 
251 ; B. 91 1 ; G. 389. 11. Certe. See p. 5, line 7, note. Medici- 
na, sc. for this mental disease, grief. Ipse. H. 452, 1 ; A. & S. 
207, Rem. 28; B. 1035; G. 298. 13. Quo, ablat. of cause; de- 
cessu, of time, with the idea of cause involved in it also. Ple- 
rique, most men, Z. 109, note. 16. Cum illo actum esse prae- 
clare, tliat his lot was a glorious one. See Lex. suh Ago, III. 9, 6. 

17. Neget. H. 486, II. ; A. 60, 3 ; A. & S. 260, II., Rem. 5 ; B. 
1180 ; G. 251. 18. Immortalitatem, sc. corporis. Cf. the similar 
expression respecting the same man in Cicero's oration for Milo, 
vii. 16: Quern immortalem, si fieri p>osset, omnes esse cuperent. 
Optare vellet, had chosen to desire. For the tense of vellet, H. 
504, 2; A. & S. 261, 2, Rem. 5; B. 1270; G. 599, 1. 19. 
Esset. H. 501, I. 1; A. & S. 264, 7; B. 1220, b; G. 634. 20. 
Jam, already. Puero, in his boyhood, an appositive equivalent 
to a temporal clause. The same is true of adolescens. H. 363, 
3; A. & S. 204, Rem. 1, (a) in fin. 23. Ante tempus. The legal 
age was forty-three. Scipio was elected at the age of thirty-six, 
when in B. C. 147 he received the command of the third Punic 



134 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

38 w^^' Sibi SUO tempore, at a time prointioua for himself. Chase. 
24:. Suo. See p. 16, line 28, note. Paene sero, because of the de- 
feats of the Roman army in the Numantine war. Duabus urbibus 
eversis, sc. Carthage in B. C. 146, and Numantia in B. C. 134. 
27. Moribus facillimis, amiability of character. N. Pietate, 
filial affection, refers to the fact that he gave a legacy, received 
from his grandmother by adoption, to his mother after her divorce. 
At her death he gave it to his sisters. 28. In SUOS. His share of 
his father's estate he gave to his elder brother. 30. Quid. H. 
380, 2; A. 52, 4; A, & S. 232, (3), Note 2; B. 731; G. 331, 
2. 33. Memini, etc. See Introduction to the Notes to the Be 
Senectute. 34. Disserere. For the tense see p. 15, line 23, note. 
35. Etiam nunc, sc. at the time of his death, so recent that Lae- 
. lius includes it in the present. N. Quamobrem, like quare, refers 
to one definite ground distinctly stated. Arn. 36. Fortuna, glo- 
ria. See p. 30, line 33, animo, note. 37. Moriendi, to be con- 
structed with sensum {consciousness) and understood with celeri- 
tas. N. 38. Quo genere, sc. celeHtas, Difficile dictu est, i. e. 
It is difficult to form an opinion respecting the cause of his death. 
39. Quid — videtis. Some thought that he died a natural death, 
others that he committed suicide; but it was the general opinion 
that he was murdered. Various persons were suspected, his wife 
Sempronia, her mother Cornelia, Gracchus, Fulvius, and Carbo 
who was most generally believed to have been guilty. '^ That he 
became the victim of a political assassination cannot be doubted. 
The murderer was never discovered, and this much only is clear, 
that the instigator of the deed must have belonged to the Grac- 

OQ chan party." Mom. 2. Celeberrimos, lit. those days on which 
large numbers of people were collected together, particularly /e.9^«? 
days ; otherwise used in Cicero only of places which are fre- 
quented, or of things which are much talked about, never of per- 
sons in the sense oi famous. St. 3. Reductus, the technical term 
for escorted as a token of respect. See p. 27, line 8, reduci, note. 
The occasion of this manifestation of respect was his delivery of 
a speech in the Senate on that day, in which he pledged himself 
to maintain the claims of the Latins and the Italians to their 
lands against the Triumviri. See Introduction, p. 124. 4. Populo 
Homano, here = Optimntes. Cf. Somn. Scip. II. Te senatus, te om- 
nes honi, te socii, te Latini intuehuntur, etc. 6. Sociis et Latinis. 
Before the Social war, B. C. 90, the Roman State comprehended 



NOTES. 135 

Pago 
cives Boniani, Ladni (i. e. citizens of the old Latin towns and the gg 
Latinae Coloniae, who had a partial Roman citizenship), Socii, or 
other inhabitants of Italy in alliance with Rome but really subject 
to her, and the Provincia/es. Diet. Antiqq. 7. Deos, an explana- 
tory addition to ad SUperos [into heaven) ; to which, with ad infe- 
ros {the loicer world) perhaps manes {dejparted spirits) would cor- 
respond. N. 

Chap. IV. 8. Neque is used instead of a simple non, when a 
negative proposition is connected by enim, tamen, or vero. M. 458, 
h; Z. 808. lis, sc. the Epicureans. Nuper. The various sys- 
tems of Greek philosophj^ began to be taught at Rome a little 
earlier than the middle of the second century B. C. 10. Interire. 
See p. 32, line 16, note. 11. Vel — vel. See p. 25, line 21, note. 
12. Religiosa jura, sc. those laws which regulated the mode of 
interment and prohibited the violation of sepulchres. 13. Nihil, 
accus. of specification. Pertinere agrees with a pronoun refer- 
ring to jura. 14. Eorum, sc. Pythagoreans. Cf. p. 31, line 39 
et seqq. Magnam Graeciam, not a territorial but a collective 
term for the Greek colonies in Southern Italy. 17. Ejus, sc. Soc- 
rates. 18. Cui, uti. The reading of Br. and several other editors. 
Several MSS., 0., and St. have qui, ut in. Cui depends on vide- 
batur to be supplied from the next sentence. Plerisque, most 
persons, who wavered in their belief respecting the immortality 
of the soul. 21. Optimo — cuique. See p. 33, line 28, note. 
23. Praesagiret, sc. se mox moriturum. Schutz. 24. L. Furius 
Philus, consul B. C. 136, an able general in the Numantine war 
and distinguished for his literary culture. Manius Manilius, 
consul B. C. 149, and commander of the Roman army at the open- 
ing of the third Punic war. He was also a jurist, and was called 
one of the founders of the Jus civile. 26. Disseruit de re publica. 
Cicero's treatise De Repuhlica, in six books, written in B. C. 54, 
professes to be a report of a discourse on government delivered 
by Africanus Minor, B. C. 129, to the persons here mentioned 
and several others. Only fragments of it are extant. Extremum, 
i. e. the famous episode in the sixth hook of the De Bepuhlica, 
called the Somnhnn Scipionis, which was quoted entire by Macro- 
bius, and thus preserved. It professes to be Scipio's narrative of 
a dream in which he had an interview with the departed spirit of 
the elder Africanus. 27. Fere qualifies de immortalitate. L. Cf. 
j). 35, line 16, note, and p. 42, line 21. Quae refers to the idea in 



136 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

39 de immortalitate animorum. H. 445, 5 ; A. & S. 206, (11) ; B. 
678; a. 616, 3, I.; and cf. p. 7, line 29. 28. Id si — corporis, 
sc. as represented in the Somnium Scipionis. 30. Evolet. See 
p. 27, line 15, dncas, note, and p. 40, line 29. 32. Quocirca. See 
p. 7, line 3, note. Maerere — eventu, the logical subject of 
sit. 33. Sit. H. 492, 4, 1); A. 64, III. ; A. & S. 262, Rem. 7; B. 
1215; G. 552. Sin autem, If on the other hand. M. 442, b. 
34. Veriora, ut sit. If a judgment is pronounced concerning the 
character of an action that is only supposed, by means of an ad- 
jective with siwi or some equivalent phrase, the subject is ex- 
pressed either by an infinitive alone or an accusative with the 
infinitive. Yet such clauses are also found with ut when it is 
intended to denote at the same time the reality or falsity, possi- 
bility or impossibility of the action. M. 374, Obs. 2; H. 556, I. 
2 ; A. & S. 262, Rem. 3, Note 3; B. 1224. 35. Sensus, conscious- 
ness. 37. Natus esset. For the mood see p. 7, line 23, note. Its 
subject is the antecedent of quem. 38. Dum, as long as. Hence 
erit, in the indicative. H. 522, L ; A. 62, 11. ; B. 1237; A. & S. 
263, 4, (1) in fin. ; G. 571. Gaudemus strictly denotes the 
inward feeling; laetabitur its outward expression, exult, shout 
for Joy. D, sub Gaudere. 39. Ut supra dixi, sc. p. 38, line 16. 

40 !• ^uerat aequius, it had been fairer. Chase, When it is declared 
without a condition what might or ought to happen, or have hap- 
pened, but does not happen, with possum, debeo, etc., or with sum 
with a gerundive, or with sum with such an adjective as aequiim, 
etc., the imperfect indicative is commonly used to represent pre- 
sent time, to describe that ivhich does not happen, and the per- 
fect and pluperfect indicative to represent the past. M. 348, c, 
Obs.; H. 475, 4, 1) ; A. & S. 259, Rem. 4. 5. Conjuncta cura. 
See Introduction, p. 126. 7. Voluntatum — COnsensio, entire agree- 
ment in tastes, employments^ and opinions. 9. Sapientiae fama, 
reputation for luisdom. 10. Falsa, put for a causal clause. Prae- 
sertim. See p. 26, line 37, note. 12. Cordi, delightful. H. 390, I. ; 
A. 51, VII.; A. & S. 227; B. 848; G. 350. 13. Tria — amico- 
rum. Cicero, De Fin. i. 20, 65, remarks that only three pairs of 
friends are found in all the fictions of antiquity : these were Theseus 
and Pirithous, Achilles and Patroclus, Orestes and Pylades. In the 
De Off. iii. 10, 45, he mentions a fourth instance from authentic 
history, Damon and Phintias. 14. Genere, class. 16. Istuo, i. e. 



NOTES. 137 

Page 
which you have just expressed; sc. Scij^ionis et Laelii amicitiam ^Q 
notam posteritati fore. 20. Quid sentias — des, states the plan 
of the discourse, viz., the worth of friendship^ the nature of it, 
and rules for it. See Introduction, pp. 126-7. 

Chap. V. 25. Gravarer, icould not he reluctant. See Lex. suh 
voce, II, Si — confiderem, f I had confidence in my ability or 
fitness, 26. Ees, the subject. 28. Doctorum, sc. by profession, 
2:)hilo8opher8. Ista, sc. which you wish me to imitate. Eaque is 
used to connect emphatically a more precise definition of the 
word to which it refers. M. 484, c; Z. 699. 29. Graecorum, at 
first of the Sophists, afterward of the Middle Academy. Cf. Be 
Fin. ii. 1, 1 : Sophistaram e numero primus est ausus Leontinus 
Gorgias in conventu j^oscere quaestionem, id est fubere dicere, qua 
de re quis vellet nudire ; also Be Orat. i. 22; iii. 22, and 32. 
lis ponatur, a subject should be given them. Disputent. H. 500 ; 
A. 64, I.; A. & S. 264, 5: B. 1207; G. 632. 30. Suhito, 
without preparation. 32. Petatis. H. 558, I. 2 ; A. 70, I. : A. & 
S. 273, 2 ; B. 1203 ; G. 546. Ista, i. e. that they are competent 
to teach on such a theme. 36. Nisi is subjoined to negatives and 
questions with a negative sense with the signification of but or 
excep)t. M. 442, e, Obs. 3. In "bonis. Cf. p. 56, line 22, inter bonos, 
etc. 37. Ad vivum reseco. See Lex. suh Yivus, B, 1. He means 
that he does not deny the jDOssibility of friendship to those who have 
not attained some extraordinary degree of goodness. 38. Illi, sc. 
the Stoics, who fixed the standard of goodness so high as to be un- 
attainable by man. Fortasse vere, perhaj^s rightly in theory. Sh. 

1. Sit. H. 516, II. 1, second paragraph: A. 60, 4: A. & S. 260, 41 
IL, Kem. 3. 4. TJsu vitaqne COmmuni, the experience of common 
life. Hendiadys. 6. C. Fabricium, etc. See p. 10, line 37, note. 

7 Ad, according to, is often used in figurative relations to denote 
a standard or object of comparison. Z. 296 in fin. Istorum. See p. 17, 
line 31, ista, note. 8. Habeant. See p. 10, line 31, videamus, note. 
9. Invidiosum, sc because pretentious, assuming. N. Obscu- 
rum, sc. because a mere abstraction without any corresponding 
reality in actual life. N. 10. Fuerint. The subjunct. may occur 
after concedant because it involves the idea of a wish. H. 551, II. 

2, 3) ; A. & S. 262, Rem. 4, in fin.; G. 546; Z. 613, (a). 11. Agamus. 
See Lex. sub voce, III. 9. Pingui Minerva, a proverbial expres- 
sion as ut aiunt indicates, in the ablat. absolute; pingui = coarse, 



138 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

^"^ and Minerva, here = ingenio ; loith plain motlier-wit^ i. e. as com- 
mon men, not philosophers. L. Cf. Hor. Sat. ii. 2, 3: Crassaque 
Minerva, and De Off. i. 31, 110 : invita Minerva, id est, adver saute 
et repugnante natura. 14. CupiditaS, covetousness. Libido, licen- 
tiousness. 15. Constantia. For the ease see p. 15, line 23, viribus, note. 
18. Naturam, i. e. the teachings of the unperverted and perfectly 
developed nature of the ideal wise man of the Stoics. Cf. p. 7, line 
6, quod — sequimur, and note. 19. Ita =^ ea lege. Cf. Somn. Scip. iii. : 
Homines enim sunt hac lege generati ut, etc.; Tusc. Disp. iii. 24, 59: 
ea lege esse nos natos ut, etc, 20. Societas, fellowship. Ma- 
jor — accederet, moreover the stronger, the more nearly each one was 
related. The sentiment is that human society is a consequence 
of man's constitution or nature; a necessity therefore, and not a 
choice. L. Cf. De Off. i. 16, 50 : Sed, quae naturae principia 
sint communitatis et societatis humanae, repetendum videtur al- 
tius. Est enim primum, quod cernitur in universi generis humani 
societate; ejus autem vinculum est ratio et oratio, quae docendo, 
discendo, communicando, disceptando, judicando conciliat inter 
se homines, conjungitque naturali quadam societate. 22. Pere 
grini, foreigners, as without the rights of citizens. D. sub 
Exterus. Propinqui, kindred by blood. D. sub Necessarius. 
Alieni, strangers, 23. Ea, i. e. that affection for one's kindred 
which is implanted by nature. 24. Firmitatis. H. 396, III. 2, 
4) ,• A. 50, II. 4; A. & S. 212, Rem. 4; G. 371 ; B. 771. Hoc. 
See p. 30, line 33, animo, note. 30. Conciliavit, has united to- 
gether. 31. Res, the circle. N. Adducta inangUStum, drawn together 
within so narrow a limit. Caritas, any tender affection, especially 
of parents to children, which shows itself in friend ship" and volun- 
tary sacrifices. D. sub Diligere. 32. Jungeretur, imperfect for 
the present, an exception occurring only when there is a possibil- 
ity of conceiving of the action in its progress, and not merely 
its result. Z. 514. 

Chap. VI. 33. Nisi. See p. 40, line 36, note. 34. Rerum, 
objective genitive. 35. Consensio, an agreement of opinion. 
Hand scio an. See p. 25, line 3, note. 36. Nihil. So Br. follow- 
ing two MSS. Most MSS., with 0., and St., read quidquam. 
39. Beluarum, used with an intellectual reference as an animal 
destitute of reason. D. sub Animal. Hoc extremum, sc. the 
preference of pleasure. Sh. Ilia superiora, i. e. those objects of 



NOTES. 139 

Page 
preference first mentioned. 3. Praeclare illi quidem, sc. /oc/-42 
tint. See p. 9, line 31, note. 4. Illi quidem, sc. the Academics 
and Peripatetics. 5. Esse, exist. Its root, es, onginally signi- 
fied to sit. 6. Consuetudine Vitae, the usage of real life. 
7. Quidam docti, sc. the Stoics. 8. Magnificentia. See Lex. 
sub voce, B, in fin. Virosque. If a negative proposition is 
followed by an affirmative, in which the same thought is ex- 
pressed or continued, que, et. or ac is employed in Latin, where in 
English we use hut. M. 433, Obs. 2. 9. Paulos, etc, i. e. men 
like Paulus, etc. 11. Qui — reperiuntur, i. e. men of superhuman 
excellence, whom alone the Stoics consider virtuous, but who have 
never really existed at all. 13. Opportuuitates, advantages. For 
the meaning and use of queo, see p. 15, line 3, note. 14. Qui. 
See p. 12, line 10, qui, note. Vitalis, ivorth living, true life. 
15. Conquiescit. The reading of Br., and 0. Some editors read 
conquiescat. For the indie, see p. 11, line 15, note. 16. Quicum. 
The old form qui occurs as an abl. sing., but is only used by 
good writers in combination with the preposition cum, (= quo- 
cutn,) and with verbs in some few expressions as a neuter after an 
indefinite pronoun understood. M. 86, Obs. 2. Audeas. See p. 6, 
line 2, uteretur, note. 17. Qui. The reading of a few MSS., and Br. 
Most MSS., with 0., and St. have quia. In the masculine, quis is both 
a substantive and adjective, and occurs as an adjective in the 
older writers (Cic.) cJiiefiy with substantives denoting n person, but 
often too with others. M. 88, Obs. 1. Quis inquires for the name 
and existence, qui for the nature and quality. X. Fructus, en- 
joyment. 18. Ac=«-5 with adjectives and adverbs denoting simi- 
larity. M. 444, h. 19. Sine eo supplies the place of a conditional 
clause. H. 503, TIL 2, 2): Gr. 373. 20. Ferret. See p. 6, line 
2, note. 21. Rebus fere singulis, almost always for particu- 
lar ends only. N. 22. Opes, political resources, power. See D. 
sub Divitiae. 25. Res — COntinet, includes many advantages, 
Praesto. H. 353, 2; A. & S. 203,2: B. 670. 26. Loco. Verbs 
signifying to abstain, to hinder, to exclude, are followed by the 
abl. either with or without a preposition, except where a person is 
specified, when the preposition is always used. M. 262. 27. Aqua, 
igni, proverbially used, as things essential to human life. Lr. 
28. Locis, occasions. When locus is accompanied by a pronoun or 
adjective, in is often omitted, and almost always when lf>cus has 
a derived signification. M. 273, b, Obs. 1 ; H. 422, 1, 1) ; A. <t S. 



140 DE AMICITIA, 

Page 

42254, Eem. 2, (b) -, B. 937, 2; G. 385, Kern. 29. Mediocri, ordi- 

nary. It denotes quality, with reference to worth. D. suh Medius. 

31. Qui pauci. See p. 40, line 13, note. 33. Adversas — levi° 

ores: 

" Such is the use and noble end of friendship, 
To bear a part in every storm of fate, 
And, by dividing, make the lighter weight." 

Chap. VII. 35. Contineat. With quum — turn when each 
member has its own verb, the first is often put in the subjunctive 
to express a kind of comparison between the general and the par- 
ticular case, the earlier and the later, etc. M. 358, Obs. 3. Cf. De 
Nat. Deor. i. 1 : Quum multae res in philosophia nequaquam satis 
adhuc exjilicatae sint, turn perdifficilis et perohscura qiiaestio est de 
natura deorum. Ilia, sc. commoditate. Omnibus, sc. rebus 
humanis. 36. Bonam spem. The reading of most MSS., Br., 0., 
and Lr., while St., and N. read bona spe ; with praelucet, throws 
the light of a good hope forward into the future. 37. Debilitari, 
to be dispirited. Enim. The reading of 0., St., Lr., and N. It 
has also some MS. authority. Br., following most of the MSS., 
reads etiam. 38. Exemplar. See Lex. stib voce, II. B. 39. Ad- 
^o sunt, sc. in their friends. L. 1. Abundant. See Lex. sub voce, 3. 
3. lUorum, horum here follow the rule. See p. 38, line 5, hujus, 
note. 4. Quod si, But if. Quod (properly the neuter accus. of 
the relative pronoun) sometimes stands before a conjunction be- 
longing to a subordinate clause which begins a period, to denote 
the connection of the thought with the preceding, especially before 
si and nisi. M. 449. 5. Benevolentiae, gen. of source. N. H, 
396, I.; A. & S. 211, Rem. 1; B. 745. 8. Quanta — sit, the sub- 
ject of potest. H. 525, 2; B. 1182. 12. Agrigentinum — virum, 
sc. Empedocles, who flourished in the first half of the fifth cen- 
tury B. C. He called the original forces of the universe, which 
cause existence and dissolution, (pi^drrjg (friendship) and vbIko^ 
(strife). 13. Quidem always stands after the emphatic word. H. 
602, III., 1 ; A. & S. 279, 3, (d) ; M. 471, in Jin. Quondam de- 
notes a particular individual, while aliquis and quispiam do not 
necessarily. Cf. p. 48, 19, quemquam, note. 14. Vaticinatum, i. 
e. set forth in metre. The reference is to his didactic poem on 
nature entitled Ylzgi rrjg (pmtwg, which was written in hexameter 
verse. 15. Constarent, antithetic to moverentur. For the mood 



NOTES. 141 



of both verbs, see p. 6, line 35, putavissent, note. Ea, the antece- ^g 
dent of both the preceding relatives, and the object of both the 
following infinitives. 17. Re probant, i. e. by their conduct prove its 
truth. 18. Officium, service. See p. 15, line 7, note. Exstitit. 
See Lex. sub voce, II. 19. Adeundis, seeking, a stronger term 
than oheundis. N. For the construction^ H. 662, 3 ,* B. 1341 ; G. 
428; A. & S. 275, Rem. 4, Note 2. 20. Eiferat. See p. 10, 
line 8, note. 21. Clamores, shouts of applause. Cavea. See Lex. 
suh voce, 3. 22. Pacuvii, one of the two most eminent of the 
tragic poets, b. about B. C. 220, d. about B. C. 130. Nova fabula, sc. 
the Dulorestes, an adaptation to the Latin stage of the IpJiigenia 
in Tauris of Euripides. Rege, sc. Thoas, king of the Tauric 
Chersonese, which was the seat of the worship of a goddess whom 
the Greeks identified with Artemis, and to whom all strangers 
thrown on the coast were sacrificed. 23. Orestes, son of Aga- 
memnon, who, at the court of Strophius, king of Phocis, formed an 
intimate friendship with his son Pylades. Going to the Tauric 
Chersonese by advice of the Delphian oracle, they were arrested 
and brought as victims to the altar. For the storj^, see Classical 
Diet. 24. Ita ut erat, i. e. the real. 25. Perseveraret, stuck to 
it. Stantes, participle for a finite verb in a co-ordinate clause. 
See p. 24, line 37, occupatmn, note ; they rose up, so great was the 
excitement. N. Ficta, 1. e. merely represented on the stage. 

31. Qui ista disputant, i. e. the philosophers by profession. 

32. Quaeritote. H. 537, I.; A. 58, IIL in fin.; A. <fe S. 267, (3); 
B. 1112 ; G. 262. 34. Invitus. See p. 19, line 30, note. 35. Eilum, 
not thread of discourse in our sense of the word, but nature, or qual- 
ity. 36. Magis, more confidently. Diceres. On the tense see 
p. 38, line 18. 37. Quum — disputatum. See p. 39, line 26, 
note. 38. Patronus. Because it was one of the duties of a patri- 
cian to maintain the cause of his client in court, patronus came 
to mean a pleader at the Bar, and then advocate in general. 
39. Accuratam. See Lex. sn& voce. 3. Quid amicitiam ? = Quid 44 
diceres, si amicitiam eum defendentem audires f Sh. Nonne fa- 
cile ei, sc. eamdefendere. 4. Servatam. See H. 580; A. 72, 2; B. 
1357; A. & S. 274, 2, Rem. 5, (a). 

Chap. VIII. 7. For the constructions with refert, see H. 408, 
2 and 3 ; A. & S. 219, Rem. 4; B. 811 and 812 ; G. 382. 8. Studiis, 
the earnest request. 9. Aequum, reasonable. Obsistere, to act con- 
trary to. 13. Quisque almost always stands in the relative pro- 



142 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

44 position, commonly immediately after the relative, wlien a rela- 
tive and demonstrative proposition are combined. M. 495. 14. Pos- 
Set, SQ.fucere. 15. Esset would regularly be in the same tense as 
desiderata sit in line 12, but is attracted into the imperfect by the 
verbs in the preceding line. Lr. Sometimes the tense of a dependent 
clause is governed rather inaccurately, not by the leading clause, 
but by some remark in another tense inserted between the leaxiing 
and subordinate clauses. M. .383, Obs. 4. Hoc, i. e. the giving and re- 
ceiving of favors, as mentioned in the preceding clause, ut dandis — 
redderet. Amicitiae. The genitive generally follows prop Wits, es- 
pecially when the neuter is used as a substantive in the sense oi pro- 
perty ov peculiarity. Z. 411 ; M. 290,/. 16. Alia causa, sc. amicitiae. 
The inquiry of Laelius is whether the cause of friendship is a self- 
ish desire for personal advantage, or an unselfish feeling of afi'ec- 
tion, and personal advantage an attribute or concomitant of it. 
17. Amor, internal love, is related to benevolentia, external friendly 
treatment, as the cause to the effect. Lex. suh Amor. 19. Ab iis per- 
Cipiuntur, are acqiiired or received from those, 20. Coluntur, used 
for demonstrations of respect toward either gods or men ', obser- 
vantur, toward men only. D. suh Vereri. Temporis causa, on 
account of a condition of need, i. e. that some advantage needed 
or desired may be obtained from them. See Lex. suh Tempus, I., 
B, 2. 23. Natura, used with the preposition a, because regarded 
not merely as the source, but also as the parent or producer of 
friendship. Lr, Potius points to the greater correctness ,• magis 
to a higher degree, Lr. 24. Indigentia, a consciousness or feeling 
of need. D. suh Carere. Applicatione, inclination, occurs only 
here in this sense. 26. Ilia res, not friendship alone, but the 
act of entering into a friendship. St. Quod does not refer to 
a particular word for its antecedent, but to the natural inclina- 
tion to friendship which has been spoken of in the preceding 
sentence. The same is true of quod, in line 30. N. On the use 
of the relative in this position, see p. 6, line 15, note. 28. 
Ad quoddam tempus, sc. so long as they need the care of 
parents. 29. Ut facile — appareat, that their affection may he 
easily seen, 31. Caritate, any tender affection, especially that of 
parents toward their children, which shows itself in friendship 
and voluntary sacrifices ; amor is an ardent, passionate love, 
arising from inclination ; diligere (see diligendum, line 37,) is 
love arising from esteem, a result of reflection on the worth of the 



NOTES. 143 

Page 
beloved object, and free from sensuality and selfishness. D. sub 44 
Diligere. 33. Similis, sc. ejus caritatis quae est inter natos et 
parentes (line 31). Lr. 34. Congruamus, harmonize, 35. Lu- 
men, i. e. who is a shining example. Probitatis, nprightnessy 
that kind of goodness which is guilty of no injustice. D. suh 
Bonus. 36. Perspicere Videamur = perspidamus ut videmur. 
For the subjunctive, therefore, see H, 520, II. 1 ; A. & S. 266, 3, 
Rem. ; B. 1257 ,* G. 541, 2. 38. Quippe strengthens the causal 
force of the relative word to which it is prefixed; with quum = 
inasmuch as. 1. Fabricii, Curii. See p. 10, line 37, note. 2. 45 
Usurpet, cherish. 3. Viderit. H. 515, 11. ; A. & S. 264, 2; B. 
1290. 4. Sp. Cassium, sc. Viscellinum ; a patrician of high 
rank, consul for the third time B. C. 486, and the proposer of the 
first agrarian law, an equitable measure designed for the benefit 
of the plebeians. He was beheaded B. C. 485, on the probably 
false charge of aiming at regal power, but really that the patri- 
cians might be rid of a dangerous opponent. See Mom. I., p. 363. 
Cicero believed the charge to be true. Sp. Maelium, a wealthy 
plebeian falsely accused of aspiring to kingly power because he 
sold grain to the poor at a low price, or distributed it gratui- 
tously in a time of famine, B. C. 440. See p. 24, line 37, note. 

5. Est decertatum. H. 465, 2; A. 39, 5; A. & S. 142; B. 453. 

6. Pyrrho, king of Epirus, who invaded Italy to assist the Taren- 
tines against Rome, B. C. 280, and who remained there and in 
Sicily until B. C. 264. Ab altero, the regular construction after 
alienus, in the signification of disinclined, alienated. It takes the 
dat. when it means unsnited to. M. 247, h, Obs. 6, and 268, h, Obs. 
1. 8. Propter crudelitatem. See p. 31, line 5, crudelissinms 
hostis, note. 

Chap. IX. 10. Quod si. See p. 12, line 6, note. 12. Quid, 
accus. of specification. 13. Usu. See Lex. suh voce, I. B. 15. Vide- 
antur. See p. 6, line ^, pnreat, note. 16. Studio perspecto, hy 
perceiving affection or attachment in another toward ourselves. 
Consuetudine, companionship. 17. Quibus rebus refers to the 
idea in the preceding line, and is in the abl. absol. of time with 
adhibitis, added. Motum animi, sc. which springs up on 
perceiving real worth in another. It refers to animi moveanttir, 
etc., line 12, et seqq., and is explained and supplemented by 
amoris. 20. Per quern — desideret, through whom each one may 
obtain what he desires. 21. Humilem, low, mean. 22. GeneroSUIIl 



144 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

45 ortum, nolle origin. 24. Volunt. See Lex. suh voce, II. E.; lit. 
wish to be true. Quod si ita esset, i. e. If friendship really did 
have so base an origin. Minimum esse in se, Cf. lines 27-29, 
and p. 50, lines 18-20. 25. Ad amicitiam, a more frequent con- 
struction with adjectives, which denote an aptitude for anything, 
than the dative. M. 247, 6, Obs. 6 ; H. 391, 2, 1), (2) ,• A. & S. 
222, 3, Rem. 4, (1); B. 866; G. 356, 3. 27. Confidit, relies 
upon. 28. Nullo. Nullus is used as a noun instead of nemo, in 
the genitive and ablative. M. 91. Suaque —judicet signifies a 
kind of self-suflBciency (not in a bad sense) founded on a man's 
own virtue, an independence, to a certain degree, of external for- 
tune and circumstance. Oxf. Class. Series. Cf. p. 37, line 15. 

30. Quid enim, sc. censetis. See p. 9, line 31, note; Z. 769. 

31. Mei. H. 399, 2, 2), (3) ; A. 50, III. 2 ; A. & S. 213, Rem. 1 ; 
B. 776; G. 389, 2. Ac. See p. 9, line 37, note. 32. Ejus, an 
instance of one genitive depending on another. Cf. illius furo- 
ris. p. 47, line 39. 38. TJt exigamus gratiam, for the purpose 
of demanding a return. Exigere is the term applied to exacting 
the payment of a debt. Ox. CI. Ser. Feneramur. See Lex. 

46 ^uh voce, II. 1. Spe. H. 414, 2, 3), second paragraph ; A. 
54, L, second paragraph; A. & S. 247, Rem. 2, (5); G. 407, 
1. 3. Abhis. The reading of several MSS., Br. and St. 0., fol- 
lowing other MSS., has At ii ; Ms, neut. plural, referring to the 
idea in the preceding sentence. Qui — referunt, sc. the Epicu- 
reans. Cf. p. 20, line 5, and line 6, note, and p. 41, line 39. 
6. Suspicere, raise their thoughts up to. 6. Abjecerunt. See Lex. 
siih voce, 4. It is used in direct contrast with suspicere. 9. Be- 
nevolentiae. H. 396, 1. ; A. 50 ; B. 745 ; A. & S. 211, Rem. 1 ; G. 
361, 1. 10. Significatione, indication, evidence, 11. Applicant — 
admovent, a case of hyateron proteron. H. 704, IV. 2 ; A. & S. 
323, 4, (2) ; B. 1381, 2d. Cf. Virg. Aen. II. 353 : 3Ioriamur et 
in media arma ruamus. 12. Usu ejUS, his society. 13. Pares has 
reference to quantity or degree; aequales, to quality or kind; 
equally strong and of a like nature. N. Cf. p. 53, line 22 ; and D. 
suh Aequus. 15. Haec, sc. bene mereri; feminine by attraction. 
H. 445, 4; A. & S. 206, (10) ; B. 695; G. 616, 3, IL Est. The 
reading of Br. and 0. Several MSS. and St. have sit; other 
MSS. and editors, fit. 17. Ejus ortus, etc. The derivation of 
it from nature will be gravior, more noble, sc. because resting on 
ethical grounds; and verier, more real, because the man who acts 



NOTES. 145 

Page 
from expediency loves not so much his friend as the benefits to ^.g 
be obtained from him. Lr. IS, TJtilitSLS, exj^edieucy, 19. Com- 
mutata. See p. 44, line 4, note. 20. Idcirco. See p. 16, line 14, 
note. 21. Ad haec, sc. respondere, 23. Laeli. For the form, H. 
62, 2; A. 10, 2; B. 65 j A. & S. 52; Q. 29, 2. 24. Meo jure, sc. 
as the elder. 

Chap. X. 27. Quae, etc., i.e. which were expressed in our con- 
versations, etc. 29. Quamquam, corrective, refers to line 20 above, 
and prevents the supposition that Scipio's views had coincided 
throughout with his own. St. 32. Incidere depends on dicebat, 
and the oratio ohliqua extends to the end of the chapter. 
33. Mores, character. 34. Ingravescente, becoming burdensome, 
35. Exemplum, proof or illustration. Ex similitudine ineuntis 
aetatis, the similar case tchich boyhood presents. St. 36. Summi, 
See Lex. sub voce, 2, b. 37. Praetexta toga. See Lex. sub 
Praetexo, (participle,) B. Ponerentur for deponerentur, laid 
aside. 38. Sin autem. See p. 29, line 19, note. Adoles- 
centiam. See p. 6, line 36, note. Perduxissent, (sc. pue- 
ri,) had 2^rolunged. Its object is amores (to be supplied from 
the preceding clause), which is the antecedent of the subject of 
dirimi. Cf. p. 26, line 18, perduxisse. 39. Uxoriae condi- 
tionis, (lit. the state of marriage,) marriage, which is often the 
meaning of conditio alone, according to Ernesti, quia (nnptiae) 
finnt sub conditione dotis. See Lex. sub Conditio, II. 2. 1. Ali- 47 
CUJUS. Supply alius, and cf. p. 33, line 14, aut multos prae- 
stantes. Lr. l.Quod. The clearness and completeness of the thought 
demand that quod be taken as a causal particle, and that idem 
refer to uxoriae conditionis as well as to commodi. St. 3. La- 
befactari, sc. amid ti am.. Honoris contentionem, rivalry for 
political honors. 6. Optimis quibusque. See p. 20, line 17, note. 
The plural is used here because the reference is to a pair of 
friends. N. Ex quo= nam ex eo. It refers to the whole thought 
preceding — to avarice as well as ambition. 8. Discidia, sejyara- 
tions. Justa, sc. of course on the part of those who refuse to do 
wrong for the sake of a friend. Plerumque is added because, in 
his view, one should sometimes do wrong for the sake of a friend. 
Cf. p. 54, lines 38 et seqq. 11. Ad injuriam. Quod. So 0. Br., & 
St., however, have only a comma after injuriam. Quod. See p. 
6, line 15, note. Quamvis, an adv. qualifying honeste. 12. De- 
Serere arguerentur, icould be accused of abandoning. 13. Obse- 

10 — Cic. de S. 



146 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

47 Q.^i) ^^ comply with the request of. Illos autem qui auderent, 

antithetic to Quod qui recusarent in line 11. 16. Eorum, sc. illos 
(in line 13). Inveterata, habitual. 18. Quasi stands before a word 
to signify that it is used to express a thing figuratively, and by 
way of approximation. M. 444, a. Obs. 2. Fata, i. e. calamities, 

19. Subterfugere, the subject of videri. H. 549, 2; A. & S. 
269, Rem. 3; B. 1151. Sapieutiae. See p. 12, line 14, note. 

20. Felicitatis, good fortune. Diceret sibi videri, = sihi vide- 
retur. N. 

Chap. XI. 22. Quatenus — debeat, i. e. to tuhat extent love for 
our friends ought to influence our actions. Cf. p. 53, line 17, qui 
sint, etc. Numne. iVe appended to the other interrogative parti- 
cles adds emphasis to them. Arn. 23. Caius Marcius Coriolanus, 
a distinguished patrician, according to the legend, impeached B. 
C. 490, for proposing that the sales of public corn should be sus- 
pended until the people should abolish the tribunate. He became 
general of the army of the Volscians, marched on Rome, and was 
only dissuaded from conquering it by the entreaties of his mother, 
and other matrons. Returning, he spent the rest of his life in 
exile among the Volscians. How much of this legend is true 
cannot be determined. Mom. I., p. 360. Ferre. For the tense, 
see H. 541, 3; A. 57, IV. et seqq,; A. & S. 268, 2; B. 1132. 
24. Sp. Cassium Viscellinum. See p. 45, line 4, note. 28. 
Eempublicam vexantem, sc. by the agrarian laws proposed 
in his tribunate B. C. 133, the measures taken to secure their 
enactment, and his efforts to secure his own re-election to the tri- 
bunate. Cicero, as well as Laelius, whose sentiments he professes 
to give, was an adherent of the aristocratic party, and regarded 
all who had proposed measures for the political elevation of the 
masses as disorganizers. In the De Off. ii. 12, he remarks of the 
Gracchi : iVec vivi prohahantur bonis, et mortui numerum obtinent 
jure caesorum. Yet earlier in life, in his second oration, De Lege 
Agraria, (ch. V.,) B. C. 63, he expressed a very different opinion : 
Non sum autem ego is consul, qui, lit plerique, nefas esse nrbitrer 
Gracchos laudare / quorum eonsiliis, sapientia, legibus midtas esse 
video reipublicae partes constitutas. 27. Q. Aelio Tuberone, sur- 
named the Stoic, a nephew of Africanus Minor. He was a tribune 
in B. C. 133 with Tib. Gracchus, and opposed his measures, and 
was praetor in B. C. 123. He was also a jurist of some distinction. 
28, At, on the other hand, emphatically calls the attention to some- 



NOTES. 147 

Page 
thing different and opposed. It has an adversative force; sed, 47 
(e. g. line 35,) a corrective or limiting force. Arn.; M. 437, c. 
Blossius, a Greek, an intimate friend of Tib. Gracchus, whom he 
urged to propose an agrarian law. Cumanus, of Cumue, in Cam- 
pania. 30 Aderam, used technically for legal advice and aid ren- 
dered in court. For the tense, H. 469, 11. ; A. 27, II. 2; A. & S. 
145, II. 1 ,• B. 1088 ; G. 222. At the trial of Blossius, Laelius acted 
as assistant or adviser to the consuls who were the presiding 
judges. 31. Deprecatum, to seek to avert punishment. H. 569 ; 
A. 74, I. ; A. & S. 276, II. ; B. 1360 -, G. 436. Sibi. H. 449, 1 ; 
A. & S. 208, Rem. 37, (6,) (1); B. 1024,- G. 521. 32. Tanti. 
H. 402, III. l; A. 54, IX. 1 ; A. & S. 214, Rem. l; B. 799; 
G. 379. Fecisset. See p. 6, line 14, note. 34. Etiamne. The ne 
introduces the principal member of the question, which is under- 
stood, sc. id facer es ox i:)areres, 35. Vellet. For the tense, see p. 
11, line 38, note. Numquam, inquit, etc. Plutarch (Tib. Gracch. 
eh. 20) adds, as a part of the reply: For Tiberius ivould never 
have laid such a command on me, if it had not been for the good of 
the people of Rome. 36. Quam nefaria VOX. This answer of Blos- 
sius has been censured; but the fault was theirs who put such a 
captious question to him. He saw in Gracchus his own exalted 
self; and the word he spoke does not disgrace him, but those who 
wrenched it from him. Niebuhr. 37. The single vel is used by 
Cicero only to correct a preceding expression, commonly com- 
bined with dicam, potius, or etiam. Z. 336. Quam dixit, sc. se 
facturum esse, 38. Temeritati, the mad scheme. 39. Illius, sc. 
Gracchus. See p. 45, line 32, note. 1. Amentia, the abstract for 48 
the concrete, like temeritati above. It is abl. of cause and modi- 
fies the whole clause to profugit. Quaestione, the technical term 
for a judicial examination or trial. See Diet. Antiqq. p. 648 and 
957. Nova, unusual, extraordinary. The praetors regularly pre- 
sided over the criminal courts, which took cognizance of capital 
crimes; but in this instance, the duty of investigation as to the 
accomplices of Gracchus was committed to a special commission, 
with the consul Popilius Laenas at its head. Mom. III., p. 120. 
2. Ad hostes. Blossius was accused before this court B. C. 132, 
fled to Aristonicus, king of Pergamus, who was then at war with 
the Romans, and, when Aristonicus was conquered shortly after, 
committed suicide. 3. Igitur, «Ae?i (=a weak er^o), is used in 
passing from one stage of the argument to another. A. 43, 5. 



148 DE AMICITIA, 

Page 

48^' Peccaveris, the fut. perf. for the English preserit ; rare, but 
found in conditional clauses. H. 473, 2. 6. Virtutis opinio, i. e. 
the belief of another in your virtue. 9. Perfecta — simus, i. e. if 
we possess the character of the ideal wise man of the Stoics. For 
the distinction between the abl. and the gen. of quality, see p. 15, 
line 23, viribus, note. Si simus, nihil. The reading of Br. and 
0.; simus, si nihil, of two MSS. and St.; sumus si, of many 
other MSS. 12. Quos — communis, i. e. such as actually exist 
in every-day life, not men of ideal excellence. 14. Ad sapientiam, 
i. e. to the Stoic ideal. 15. Q. Aemilium Papum, consul in B. C. 
282 and 278, and censor in B. C. 275. In his first consulship he 
defeated the Etruscans and Boians, and in B. C. 280 was one of 
the three ambassadors sent to Pyrrhus. Luscino. See p. 10, line 
37, Fabrieii, note. 17. Inter SO, toith one another, reciprocal. H. 
448, 1"; Z. 300. 19. Quemquam, regularly used in negative clauses 
where the negative is universal and relates to the whole clause; 
also with emphasis in other clauses. 20. Quidpiam denotes a 
single thing which is quite indefinite, with less emphasis than 
aliquid, but with more than quid. It is used in afiirmative propo- 
sitions, and is of rather infrequent occurrence. Cf. p. 43, line 13, 
quendam, note. Contendisse. See Lex. suh voce, II. B, 4. 
22. Nam introduces a conclusive reason {objective) ; 31. Enim, 
a confirming circumstance, the consideration of which depends 
upon the inclination of the speaker — a subjective reason ; 33. 
Etenim does not difi'er essentially from enim, yet indicates a 
closer connection with the sentence preceding. All these particles, 
however, are often used in Latin in the sense of namely, to intro- 
duce an explanation which was announced. Z. 345, Note. 22, 
Quid attinet. See Lex. sub Attineo, II. 2. 24. Sanctissimi de- 
notes a high degree of morality which rises above the standard of 
ordinary men, a saintly and holy spirit derived from a principle of 
piety. D. sub Bonus. Fuerint. H. 518, 1; A. 63, III.; A. & 
S. 263, 5; B. 1251; G-. 587. 25. Nefas, an offence against the 
gods. D. sub Delictum. 26. At, i- e. in contrast with the course 
such men would have taken. Sequebantur, espoused the cause 
of. C. Papirius Carbo, the successor of Tib. Gracchus, as com- 
missioner for distributing the public lands under the agrarian 
law, tribune B. C. 131, proposer of the law for the use of the bal- 
lot in the enactment and repeal of laws, and suspected of the 
murder of Africanus Minor. After his election to the consulship 



NOTES. 149 

Pago 
B. C. 120, he abandoned his party, defended the murderer of 48 
Caius Gracchus, and justified that crime. Accused of some crime, 
he committed suicide in B. C. 119. He was a man of great abili- 
ties, but of no principle. C. Porcius Cato, a grandson of the Cen- 
sor, and consul in B. C. 114. He afterwards served as legate in 
the war against Jugurtha, and was won over to the interests 
of that king by bribery. 27. Minime, sc. acer. Tum, sc. at 
the time of the tribuneship and death of Tiberius Gracchus. 
Caius was then in Spain. Nunc, sc. in B. C. 129, at the time 
when the discusssion is represented to have taken place. Idem 
supplies the place of tamen when two predicates are given to one 
subject, and are of a difierent kind. Z. 697. 28. Acerrimus. 
Cicero has been charged with having fallen into a slight ana- 
chronism here; and it is true that, after the return of Caius Grac- 
chus from Spain, he took very little part in public affairs until his 
tribunate in B. C. 123; yet he was, during this time, one of the 
triumviri for the distribution of the public lands, and in B. C. 131 
he supported the bill proposed by Carbo, respecting re-election to 
the tribuneship, in an eloquent speech which made a deep impres- 
sion on both parties. 

Chap. XII. 29. Sanciatur, subjunctive of Desire. 30. Eoge- 
mus. See p. 33, line 27, note. 33. Eo loco loeati sumus -^ea 
rei puhlicae conditio est. Lr. 35. Jam, already. 36. Spatlo, the 
whole ground (with reference to its extension) ; Curriculo, the 
track (with reference to its direction). N. 37. Regnum occu- 
pare, to become Icing. 38. Vel, or rather. See p. 47, line 37, 
note. Eegnavit alludes to his securing the deposition of Octa- 
vius from the tribuneship, unconstitutionally, and perhaps to the 
outcry of his enemies, when he raised his hand to his head in the 
midst of the tumult which resulted in his death, that he was ask- 
ing the people for a crown. 2. P. Scipione, sc. Nasica, the son ^g 
of Nasica Corculum, and the leader of the Senate party in the 
attack in which Tiberius Gracchus, who was his cousin, was slain. 
The hatred of the people toward him was so excited by this, that 
the Senate sent him on a pretended mission to Asia, and he died 
shortly after at Pergamum. Non queo, always in Cicero in the 
first person sing, indie, instead of nequeo. Lr. 4. Sustinuimus, 
we have home icith ; i. e. through fear of exasperating the people, 
already excited by the death of Tib. Gracchus, we have foreborne 
to punish him or to oppose his measures. 5. Quid exspectem. Lae- 



150 ^ DEAMICITIA. 

Page 

^9 lius must refer to the general expectation that Caius, since his 
character was well known, would attempt in his tribunate to carry 
out the reforms his brother had initiated. 6. Serpit deinde, etc., 
states a second example of deviation from the ancient customs. Cf. 
p. 48, line 35, et seqq. Res refers to the laws respecting the bal- 
lot, of which he proceeds to speak. St. 8. Jam ante, i. e. before 
the tribunate of Tib. Gracchus. Quanta labes. In his second ora- 
tion, De Lege Agraria, ch. II., Cicero had called the ballot vindi- 
cem tacitae libertatis. Gabinia lege. In early times the people 
voted viva voce in elections and in trials, and with white and 
black pebbles in the enactment and repeal of laws. The use of 
the ballot in the election of magistrates was introduced by the 
Gahinian law in B. C. 139,' in courts of justice, except in cases of 
perduelliOf by the Cassian law in B. C. 137, (and this law, when 
proposed, was advocated by Africanus Minor;) in the enactment 
and repeal of laws by the Papirian law, B. C. 131 ; and afterward in 
cases of perduellio by the Caelian law in B. C. 107. 10. Populum 
here =/>/e6em. 11. Ues maximas agi, the most important mat- 
ters decided. 12. Haec fiant, these revolutionary movements may he 
made. 13. Quorsum haec. See p. 9, line 31, note. Sociis, 
partisans, comiyarnons, bound by common interests to act together ; 
to be distinguished from amicus, a friend with whom one ex- 
changes a sacred feeling of love and respect. D. suh Socius. 
15. Ejusmodi. See p. 7, line 39, note. 16. Existiment. H. 493, 
1; A. 64, I.; A. & S. 262, Rem. 5,- B. 1211; a. 546. In mag- 
na aliqua re. Instead of re, some texts have republica, and St. 
has the accus. instead of the abl. 17. Improbis, like bonis in 
line 14, has especial reference to political views and conduct. N. 
19. Impietatis, treason. 22. Propterque invidiam. He was 
accused of complicity with the Persians and was acquitted, but 
was soon after ostracized. Cf. Grote, V., p. 279, et seqq. In ex-. 
silium expulsus, sc. in B. C. 471. 24. Fecit idem, i. e. ad hostes 
se contulit. 26. Itaque = atque ita. 27. Mortem — conscivit. It 
is not certainly known that this was true of either of these men. 
Cf. Nepos Themist., x. 4; Thucyd. I. 138; Mom. I., p. 360. 29. 
Tegenda. See Lex. suh voce, II. B. 2. 30. Concessum, sc. esse. 
Its subject is amicum — sequi, which is the antecedent of Quod, 
in the next sentence. 32. Hand scio an. See p. 25, line 3, note. 
34. Futura. See p. 33, line 7, est interituvus, note. 
Chap. XIII. 35. Prima. See Lex. suh voce, II. B. Ut — 



NOTES. 151 

Page 

petamus. Cf. p. 48, line 30. Petere generally refers to the object 49 
wished for j rogare to the person who is applied to. 37. Roge- 
mur. H. 522, II.; A. 62, II. 2 ; A. & S. 263, 4, (1); B. 1238; G. 
574. 2. Aperte if rankli/. 3. Adhibitae, sc. auctoritati. 5. Mir- 50 
abilia, strange sentiments. 6. Persequantur argutiis, make the 
subject of subtle discussions. 7. Partim = a^i^s, sc. the Epicure- 
ans; logically a partitive appositive — to quibusdam above. 
The other partitive, Alios, in line 14 below, is changed in con- 
struction by dependence on a different verb. iST. Instead of alii — 
alii in the plural, we have sometimes partim — alii. B. 665. 
Nimias, too strong. 8. Pluribus, sc. than one, i. e. himself and 
his friend. N. SvLpei ^=more than, with numerals and some-_ 
times other expressions. Z. 320. 9. Sibi, lit. for himself. 
It makes emphatic the contrast between suarum cuique and 
alienis, and may be rendered by oicn. On the pleonasm suo 
sibi, which sometimes occurs, see Z. 746. Cuique, dat. of pos- 
sessor. Implicari, sc. by excess of friendship. 10. Quam iur 
tensifies the meaning of the superlative laxissimas by ellip- 
sis of potest. Z. 108. 11. Adducas. See p. 13, line 23, prosint, 
note. 12. Caput, the chief thing. 13. Securitatem, /reec?o?7i /ro?7i 
care. Cicero uses this term to express the ev^vfita of Democritus, 
the dnd^sia of the Stoics, and the TjSovij of the Epicureans. St. Cf. Be 
Fin., V. 8, 23 : Democriti securitasy quae est aninii tamquam tran- 
quillitas, quam appellavit ev^vfiiav. Posslt. See p. 6, line o5y puta- 
vissentf note. 14. Alios, sc. the Cyrenaics. 16. Paulo ante, sc. in 
Chap. viii. 18. Expetendas. Strictly expetere means to seek 
intelligently and from choice', 20. appetere, instinctively and from 
blind desire. N. 19. Firmitatis refers to strength of moral 
character: virium, to facultates et ojjes. St. Haberet. On the 
tense see p. 32, line 13, note. 20. Mulierculae, the diminutive, 
to express the feebleness and inferiority of women. L. 23. Beati, 
fortunate. praeclaram sapientiam !, ironical. With the next 
sentence he begins a refutation of the views of the Epicureans. 
24. Videntur, must be considered to be doing the same as if. It 
does not imply any doubt, but is the usual formula for expressing 
the generally received opinion. L. 26. Ista. See p. 17, line 31, 
note. 27. Specie. See p. 30, line 33, animo, note. Locis, a 
technical rhet. term, sometimes as here = rrt«io or causa. 29. Ve, 
aut. See p. 25, lines 21 and. 22, notes. 32. Aliqua, considerable. 
Aspernetur. Either the subjunct. without ut or the infin. may 



152 / DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

5Q follow necesse est. M. 373, Obs. 1. 34. Itaque = a^^«c itay ac- 
cordingly ; denotes conformity between a preceding statement and 
a following one; 36. Ergo introduces the inference from the dis- 
cussion which precedes. Lr. 34. Videas. For the person seep. 14, 
line 23, agas, note. 36. ModestOS. See Lex. suh Modestia, II. C. 
Proprium, a characteristic 39. Nisi. See p. 12, line 16, wm, 
note. Humanitatem, the feelings and affections natural to man. L. 

51 3. Quid enim interest, etc., verifies the assertion in qui profecto 
cadit, (p. 50, line 38 et seq.) Motu — sublato, abl. abs. for a con- 
ditional clause. See p. 26, line 36, note. 4. Pecudem, sc. that 
which is without reason ; 5. truncum, icithout feeling ; saxum, 
motionless and lifeless. Lr. 6. Neque enim confirms the affirma- 
tive meaning of the preceding question. Lr. Isti, sc. the Stoics. 
7. Quandam, used to soften the expression, the speaker meaning 
to suggest that ferream should not be taken in its literal, but in 
a figurative sense. Z. 707. Volunt. See Lex. suh voce, II. E. 
9. Tractabilis, antithetic to ferream ; open to the touch of sympa- 
thy. Sh. See Lex. suh voce, II. Bonis, goodfortune. 10. Dilfun- 
datur, contrahatur. The reading of Br., 0., and Mg. The sub- 
ject of each verb is virtus, which stands by metonymy for 
ayiimus virtute praeditus. Ijr.;or=^ virtus in amicitia, the exercise 
of virtue in friendship. Oxf. Others supply as subject (from amici) 
amicus = animus amici. Diffundantur^ contrahantur is the reading 
of many of the MSS., and of N. and St., of whom the former sup- 
plies homines as the subject, and the latter conjectures the omis- 
sion of animi after amici. 12. Non plus. On the force of the neg- 
ative, see p. 14, line 21, note. 13. Quam ut, etc. Instead of this 
form of expression would have been expected quam illae curae et 
molestiae quas afferunt virtutes tantum valent ut virtutes repudien- 
tur. N. 

Chap. XIV. Refutation of the views of the Cyrenaics, which 
were stated in lines 14-23 of p. 50. 15. Contrahat has for its 
subject the clause si — eluceat. Cf. De Orat. II. 51, 206 : Plusque 
proficit, si proponitur spes utilitatis fiturae, quam praeteriti hene- 
ficii commemoratio. St. For the mood see p. 28, line 22, sit, note. 
Ut supra dixi, sc. p. 44, line 36 et seqq. ; p. 45, line 10 et seqq. ; 
p. 46, line 9 et seqq. 17. Similis animus, a kindred spirit. Con- 
tigit. For the meaning see p. 8, line 8, note. 20. Aedificio, 
here, a collective term. Cultu ha? a wider meaning than vestitu 



NOTES. 153 

Page 

(clothes), and denotes whatever belongs to dress — ornaments, 51 
arms, etc. D. sub Testis. 21. Animo autem. The reading of 0., 
St., and Lr., following most of the MSS. Br., however, adopts that 
of the rest, animante. Eo qui — possit, a supplementary explan- 
atory clause. Cf. p. 8, line 2^, eum — recepit, and note. 24. StU- 
diorum, personal Oj^ection, in which the ojficia have their source. 
St. 25. Quid? See p. 9, line 31, note. 27. Similitudo, a like- 
nessy sc. in tastes, habits, and pursuits, 28. Diligant. For the mood 
see p. 39, line 34, note. 29. Propinquitate, hlood- relationship. 
CD. Appetentius denotes the longing ; rapacius, the actual seiz- 
ing upon the object of desire. Lr. Sui. See p. 15, line 34, note. 
33. Necessariam, sc. esse, which is omitted only when it is the 
simple copula, never when a verb of existence. Q,ui, masculine 
gender by attraction of fons. See p. 46, line 15, note. Est COn- 
Stitutus. H. 531, 4; A. 67, II. in fin.; A. & S. 266, 2, Rem. 5; 
B. 1296, F; G. 630, 1. 35. Multitudinem, the mass of mankind. 
Inhumana, inconsistent with the natural affections. L. 36. 
Immuilis, usually, exempt from political duties or services; 
here, withdraw itself from services to mankind. Lr. See also 
Lex. sub voce, I. B. 37. Consulere. H. 385, 3 : A. 51, lY. ; B. 
836; G. 347. Soleat. See p. 7, line 38, note. 38. Vulgi, ob- 
ject, genit., mankind in general. 1. Fingunt, falsely suppose. N. §2 
2. Per amicum. H. 414, 5, 1); A. 54, I. in fin.; A. & S. 247, 
Rem. 1; B. 876, in fin.; G. 403. 5. Tantumque abest ut, etc. 
See Lex. sub Absum, 1, b. 6. Colantur, subjunct. of result and 
appositive to a pronoun understood, belonging to the predicate. Cf. 
Tusc. Disp. i. 31, 76 : Tantum abest ab eo ut malum mors sit, ut 
verear, etc. See p. 37, line 15, ducas, note. Tit ii — sint. A clause 
of result may be connected with a demonstrative word preceding, 
which signifies a measure or degree, as tantus, etc. M. 440, a. See 
also H. 496, 3 ; G. 556, 1. Opibus, copiis, ablat. of cause. For the 
difference of meaning see p. 8, line 6, note. 8. Alterius. H. 409, 1 ; 
A. & S. 220, 3; B. 787; G. 389, 2. 9. Haud. See p. 5, line 6, 
note, sub voce. Sciam, potential subjunct. The phrase haud 
scio an acquires the meaning perhajjs, and denotes a suspicion 
that the thing is. A doubt whether a thing is, is expressed by the 
addition of negatives, as here. M. 453, in fin. Perhaps it is even 
desirable that our friends should sometimes have some wants to 
which ice may minister. The next sentence explains tchij it is de- 



154 DE AMICITIA. 

Paoje 

52 sirable. L. Opus, it is expedient, denotes an obligation, not of 
nature {necesse est) or of morality {oportet), but of prudence. D. 

10. Deesse, the usual construction after opus est ; the subjunctive 
is rare. Z. 625. XJbi — viguissent, lohereiri could the strength of 
my affection have proved itself. N. 11. Nostra, for mea, just as 
the first person plural is often used when the speaker thinks more 
of the condition and bearings of the subject under discussion, 
than of himself personally in distinction from others. M. 483. Cf. 
also p. 6, line 8, diximus, note. 

Chap. XV. 16. Quam — COgnitam, of which they possess nei- 
ther a practical nor theoretical knowledge. N. 17. Habent, in com- 
bination with a participle pass. perf. (e. g. cognitam) of verbs of 
insight or determination, forms a kind of periphrastic perfect ac- 
tive which at the same time indicates ^^e present condition. M. 
427. 18. Fidem. See Lex. sub voce, II. B, 2, in fin. TJt, etc., i. 
e. ita (ea conditione) circurnfinere ut, etc. N. 22. Nimirum in 
qua=/iiwYn(m ea vita, in qua. So Br. and Lr. St. joins nimirum 
with the preceding clause; 0. omits it, although it has good MSS. 
authority. 22. Fides, confidence, Stabilis benevolentiae, per- 
manent good-will ; object, gen. 24. SoUicita. See I^qx. suh voce, 

11. B. 26. Simulatione, a false show, sc. of friendship. 27. Dum- 
taxat qualifies the whole phrase simulatione ad tempus. St. 
See Z. 274. Quod si. See p. 12, line 6, note. 29. Quod refers to 
the idea in the preceding clause, and has the clause turn exsulan- 
tem, etc., as an explanatory appositive of itself. Lr. 30. Exsu- 
lantem stands in most MSS., and in 0. and St. Br. brackets it. 
32. Ilia, that notorious. H. 450, 4; A. 20, II. ; A. & S. 207, Rem. 24; 
B. 240 ; Q. 292, 2. Superbia, abl. abs.=r ^wwm tanta ejus superhia 
et importunitas fuerit. Z. 472, Note 1. 33. Amicum, an apposi- 
tive of quemquam. N. 38. Eiferuntur. See Lex. suh voce, II. 2. 
39. Quidquam, sometimes used for the masculine quisquam. 7a. 
675. Insipiente fortunatO, a fool favored hy fortune. The sin- 
gular of adjectives is rarely used substantively to designate men 
of a particular class and kind, and only when the context ex- 
cludes all ambiguity. In the philosophical style, however, sapiens 
is often used substantively. To an adjective thus used another 

53 adjective is sometimes subjoined. M. 301, a, Obs. 2. Commodis, 
obliging. 3. Moribus. See p. 15, line 23, viribus, note. Imperio. 
See p. 27, line 28, note. Potestate, civil authority. 4. Sperni 



NOTES. 155 

Page 
— novis. Br. brackets this clause, though given in most MSS. 53 
and other editions. Indulgeri. Intransitive verbs vrhich in the 
active voice take a dative, are in the passive used only imperson- 
ally and retain the dative. M. 244, h, 5. Facultatibus, abilities. 
6. Opibus. See p. 42, line 22, note. 8. Amicos, etc. The con- 
junctions vero, autem, are often omitted in short adversative 
clauses, the opposition being indicated by the position of the 
members of the clause. Z. 781. 11. Ejus. H. 402, 1; A. 50, I. 
1; A. & S. 211, Rem. 8, (3)j B. 780; G. 365. 14. Inculta, 
unadorned. 

Chap. XVI. 17. Constituendi sunt, etc., a mixture of two 
constructions — Constituendu7n est qui sint, eic, and Constituendi 
sunt in amicitia fines, etc. 18. Fines, limits (as lines) ; termini, 
boundaries (as the signs of a bounding-point). D. sub Finis. Dili- 
gendi, love arising from esteem, and a result of reflection upon 
the worth of the object loved. Cf. p. 44, line 24 et seq. ; amandi, 
love arising from inclination which has its ground in feeling, and 
is involuntary. D. sub voce. 19. Ferri, proposed. 22. Pariter 
aequaliterque. See p. 46, line 13, note. 23. Quanti. H. 402, III. 
1 : A. 54, IX. 'i,infin. ; A. & S. 214, Rem. 1, (a), (1) ; B. 802 ; G. 379. 
24. Ipse. See p. 38, line 11, stib voce, note. Faciat, etc., at luhat- 
ever vrdue each one estimates himself. Most MSS., 0., and St. read 
facity but they all have/orcmi in precisely the same sentence on p. 
64, line 5. 27. Sit animatus. See p. 39, line 34, note, for the mood. 
28. Nostra is the reading of some MSS., though most of them have 
nosfri, which is adopted by 0., St., Lr., and N. Z. remarks (424) ; 
The place of the subjective genitive of personal pronouns is usually 
supplied by the possessive pronouns ; and the genitives mei, tui, 
etc., are never used with causa =/or my, thy, etc., sake. See also 
M. 297, and b, Obs. 1. Cf. Epist. ad Fam. V. 21, 2 : mea potius quam, 
menrum, civium causa. Lr., who admits that nostri is rare, cites Cic. 
in Verr. Act. II., iii. 52, sui causa. But the reading there is 
doubtful. St. and N. also admit that nostri can stand only in an 
antithesis ; and they believe it to be used here for the sake of the 
contrast with amicorum. Causa amicorum, one of the rare 
exceptions in Cicero to the rule that causa ^= on account o/ follows 
the genitive depending on it. Z. 792. Causa is omitted by N., 
who says it is superfluous and contrary to rule. Cf. De Nat. Deor. 
II. 14, 37 : Eas fruges atque fructus, quos terra gignit, animantium 



156 DEAMICITIA. 

Page 

53 causaj animantes autem hominum, lit equum vehendi causa, arandl 
bovem, venandi et custodiendi canem. 29. Precari and the other in- 
finitives are explanatory appositives of multa. St. Other editors 
regard them as the antecedent of quae and the subject of fiunt. 
32. Multaeque. Que sometimes =^ and in short, adding a general 
or universal assertion to a particular statement or statements. 
Arn. 35. Altera, 2'he second. Regularly this sentence would have 
been introduced by nec, correlative to nec in line 25. Definit, 
Jixes the limits hy, i. e. confines to an equal amount of service and 
affection. N. 36. Exigue et exiliter, minutely and meanly. Sh. 
37. Ad calculos VOCare, to call to a reckoning, i. e. make a mere 
matter of calculation. See Lex. suh Calculos, 2, c. TJt — datorum, 
i. e. so as to strike a balance between the debtor and creditor 

54 accounts. Sh. 38. Katio, a computation, account. 1. Acceperit. 
Subjunct. by attraction. See p. 6, line 6, pareat, note. 2. Ne quid 
excidat, etc. Non enim in metiendis amicitiae ofi&ciis ac beneficiis 
par ratio est cum mensuris aridorum (ne quid excidat) fiuidorum- 
que (ne quid interram defluat), e quibus supra modum congesta 
excidunt atque defluunt. Gorentz'. N. regards excidat as the gen- 
errd term, and defluat as the special term followed by its antithe- 
sis. 4. Finis, sc. of friendship. 6. Abjectior, dejected. 16, Pu- 
taretur, sc. a, Biante dictum. Aulus Gellius imputes this saying 
to Chilon, another of the seven. 17. Biante, of Priene in Ionia, 
mentioned by Dicaearchus as one of the four to whom alone the 
title of Sage was universally given. He flourished probably about 
the middle of the fifth century B. C, and his fame, like that of the 
other wise men (except Thales), was derived not from his philoso- 
phy, but from a certain practical wisdom, the fruit of experience. 
Diet. Biog. 18. Impuri, here = mean, sordid, and includes in 
meaning ambitiosi, who seeks the honors, and (19) omnia re- 
VOCantis, who ivould make everything serve his own ends. L, 
21. Quin etiam necesse erit, etc., i. e. if the precept stated 
in lines 14 and 15 be adopted. 22. Cupere, strictly denotes 
the impulsive action of the feelings ; optare, a deliberate and 
well-considered wish. N. See also D. sub Yelle. Either the in- 
fin. or the subjunct. without ut may follow necesse est. M. 373, 
Obs. 1. Quam saepissime. Cf. p. 19, line 11, note. 23. Peccet. 
H. 551, II. 2; A. 70,1.; A. & S. 273, 2; B. 1204; G. 546. Sibi 
refers to the subject of cupere, understood. See p. 47, line 31, sibi, 



NOTES. 157 

Page 
note. 29. Ut ne. See p. 49, line 16, note. Quando occurs 54 
after ne when the ever is unemphatic, otherwise aliqaando is 
used. Arn. 31. Deligendo, the choice, selection. This is the 
reading of St., Br., and Lr., and the two latter also read deli- 
gendis in line 12, p. 55. The MSS., 0., and N. have diligendo 
and diligendis. 

Chap. XVII. 34. Utendum, in construction with esse, is more 
frequently impersonal, as here. M. 421, Obs. 2. 39. Caput aga- 
tur, used, not only when life, but also when the rights of liberty, 
citizenship, or family were at stake. See Lex. sub Caput, III. 1, 6. 
1. Via, sc. recti. 2. Sequatur. See p. 12, line 30, note. Qua- 55 
teuus, a rel. adv. denoting a limit, with the antecedent omitted; 
1. e. there is a point beyond which indulgence cannot be granted. 
3. Nec Vero, etc., our good reputation ought not to be 'neglected, 
sc. propter amicum. 4. Res, sc. publicas. Cf. p. 10, line 32, 
note. 5. Blaixditiis, complaisance, {saying what is pleasing to an- 
other;) assentando, shunning contradiction for the sake of flat- 
tering. See D. sub Assentiri. 6. Virtus — caritas, antithetic to 
quam — turpe est. Virtus, here, not virtue in general, but those 
virtues which win the esteem of others. L. 8 - 14. The thought 
here is borrowed from Xenophon's Memorabilia (II. 4). 8. Om- 
nis seriUO, etc., who spoke on every opportunity, etc. Cf. p. 46, line 
27: quae saepissime, etc.; p. 35, line 3 : omni sermone ; and Acad. 
I. 4, 16; omnis ejus oratio. Hence querebatur = ica* loont to 
complain. 9. Omnibus, sc. aliis. 11. Parandis. In the oblique 
cases the part. fut. pass, generally supplies the place of the part, 
present pass., i. e. it has the meaning of a continued passive 
state. Z. 652. 15. Firmi, immovable, those who hold a firm posi- 
tion from which they cannot be driven by others ; stabiles, not 
changeable or vacillating in their disposition ; constantes, those 
who always act in accordance with their convictions of right. St. 
17. Expertum agrees with the subject of judicare. St. For the 
voice, see p. 6, line 33, adepti, note. 19. Prudentis. See p. 52, 
line 39, insipiente, note. Sustinere, to hold in check. 20. Cur- 
sum. The reading of several manuscripts, and adopted by Br., 0., 
and Lr. ; the course of his chariot. A few MSS. read currum, which 
St. thinks makes the comparison much clearer. Quo refers to the 
whole of the preceding clause, and = w^ eo. In a few cases quo is 
equivalent to a simple ut, or has the meaning that thereby. M. 
440, Obs. 5. 22. In parva pecuuia, in a matter involving a little 



158 DE A MIC IT I A, 

Page 

g5 money, sc. which they may gain by disregarding friendship. Lr. 
23. Leves, worthless, 25. Siu. See p. 29, line 19, note. 27. Ho- 
uores, the most comprehensive expression, including priesthoods^ 
the rank of senator and knight, triumphs, and other special dem- 
onstrations of honor; magistratus, civil offices ; imperia, see p. 
27, line 28, note; potestates, any just and lawful power; opes, 
see p. 42, line 22, note. 29. Multo modifies the magis in ma- 
lint. N. 32. Consecuti sint. See H. 516, III.; A, & S. 263, 2, 
(4); B. 1281; G. 606. St., and Lr., following some of the MSS., 
read stmt. Obscuratum iri agrees with a neut. pronoun under- 
stood referring to the idea in the preceding clause. This infin. is 
less frequent than the circumlocution by means of futurum esse 
or fore with ut and the subjunct. Z. 594. The meaning is : that 
their neglect will be concealed or placed in a dim light by the 
magna causa, so that it will appear trifling, and be overlooked or 
forgotten. N. 34. Qui — versantur, i. e. who engage in political 
aflfairs. 36. Invenias. For the person see p. 14, line 23, note. 
Honorem, 1. e. political offices and honors. Quid? See p. 45, 
line 30, note. 37. Graves, painful. 38. Calamitatum socie- 

56 tates, participation in the calamities of others. 1. Facile is one 
of a few adjectives which stand in the neuter with a supine, even 
when they properly refer to an active infinitive as their subject, 
and are followed by a proposition which ought to depend on this 
infinitive: inventu {=invenire) qui descendant. M. 412, Obs. 1. 
Quamquam, for Quamquam enim. The sentiment is : Ennius 
indeed says correctly that a sure friend proves himself to be such 
when one is in need, yet many persons do not prove themselves 
such ; especially do these ttoo things convict, etc. N. Ennius, b. 
B. C. 239, d. B. C. 169, th^ earliest and one of the most distin- 
guished of the epic poets, and regarded by the Romans as the 
parent of their literature; an intimate friend of Scipio Africanus 
Major, 3. Amicus, etc. For the metre see p. 13, line 31, note. 
4. Haec duo refers to the last two clauses of the sentence. Le- 
vilaXis^ fickleness. For the case see H. 410, II.; A. & S. 217; A. 
50, IV. 2 ; B. 793 ; G. 377. 5. Bonis rebus, sc. suis. 6. Malis, 
sc. amicorum. TJtraque re, each case, i. e. his own prosperity, 
and his friend's adversity. Sh. 7. Se praestiterit, has proved 
himself. 

Chap. XVIII. 12. Simplicem, sincere, opposed to multiplex 
in line 16. 13. Consentientem, congenial, 16. Tortuosum, 



NOTES. 159 

Page 
morally crooked, icily. 17. Consentit, is like-minded. 18. Ad- 56 
dendum est, like accedit, (to this is to he added^) is followed by ut 
with the subjunct., after the analogy of rerbs signifying it remains, 
follows, etc. See M. 373, Obs. 3, and the gram, references in note 
to line 2, p. 11. 21. Tracto. For the tense see p. 11, line 28, note. 
Fit verum illud, the truth of the assertion is estalli^hed. X. 
22. Initio dixi, sc. in line 36 et seqq., p. 40. 23. Eundem, often 
used where something new is said of a person or thing already 
mentioned, to denote either similarity [also) as here, or a contrast. 
M. AS^. 24. Ne — sinmlatum, the first of these two principles of 
action, stated as a precept (a subjunct. clause of mixed purpose). 
The second is put in the form of an infin. clause (27. deinde non 
solum, etc.) in apposition with haec duo. 26. Fronte, hy his 
looks or outward appearance. 29. Aliquid. i. e. some right of 
friendship or regard for it. X. 30. Oportet. For the meaning see 
p. 52, line 9, opus, note: for the mood which may follow it. p. 
15, line 25, note and references. 31. Sermonum, conversation. 
32. Tristitia, melancholy, antithetic to remisslor, more cheerful^ 
and liberior, more unconstrained ; Severitas. sternness, antithetic 
to dulcior, ?nore genial, and proclivlor. X. 33. Ilia. See p. 27, 
line 38, note. 35. Comitatem, kindliness, a moral vii'tue; facili- 
tat-em, a social virtue. I>. sub Humanitas. 

Chap. XIX. 36. Loco, suhject. 38. Veteribns, old, refers 
simply to length of time: vetulis, (strictly, a diminutive,) old and 
therefore worn out, useless; vstustatem (p. 57, line 4) refers 
to the superiority of age. D. sub Antiquus. 3. Quaeque. See p. ^<y 
20. line 17, note. 5. Multos modios, etc., a proverbial expres- 
sion ; a very long intimacy is requisite that, etc. 6. Slmul, strictly, 
refers to time; una, to place. Mthlus. See p. 15, line 7, officii 
munus, note. TTt expletum sit, that the work or duty of friend- 
ship (which consists in efi'ecting a complete harmony of souls) he 
fully performed. X. 

" rriendship is no plant of hasty growth ; 
The' planted in esteem's deep fixed soil, 
The gradual culture of kind intercourse 
Must bring it to perfection." 

7. Novitates. new things, here especially, new friendships ; anti- 
thetic to veterrima qiiaeque (line 3). 8. Appareat. For subjunct. 
see p. 41 , line 10, note : and gram, references in note on line 27. p. 33. 



160 DEAMICITIA. 

Page 

57 9- Vetustas, abstract for concrete. 10. Vetustatis et consuetu- 
dinis, long -continued companionship. 11, Quin ipso. 0. inserts 
etiam in, and many MSS. and St., et in, after Quin. As to the force 
of Quin, see H. 498, 3, 4) ; A. & S. 262, Rem. 10, Note 9 ; Z. 542 ; 
M. 375, c, Obs. 4. 12. Quin eo. The reading of several of the 
best MSS., and of Br., and St. Other MSS. and editions have qui 
non eo. 13. Quo, dependent on uti to be supplied from utatur. 
18. Parem esse, to conduct one's self as an equal of, Excellen- 
tiae quaedam. Qualities when attributed to several persons are 
frequently used in the plural. The plural in this case often de- 
notes different species of the same quality. Z. 92. 20. Philo. 
See p. 39, line 24, note. 21. P. Rupilio. As consul, B. C. 132, he 
prosecuted with the utmost cruelty all the adherents and friends 
of Tib. Gracchus, and for this was condemned in B. C. 123. In 
131 B. C. he was proconsul of Sicily. Sp. Mummio, a brother of 
L. Mummius who conquered Corinth, and a man of some distinc- 
tion as an author. These three men were prominent members of 
the aristocratic party, and friends of Scipio. See Introduction, 
p. 125. Anteposuit, avoided all assumption of superiority to. 
22. Maximum, Q. Fabius Maximus Aemilianus, eldest son of L. 
Aem. Paulus Macedonicus, and adopted by Q. Fabius Maximus 
Cunctator. In his youth he was a pupil of Polybius. He served 
in the last Macedonian war, was consul in B. C. 145, and en- 
countered and defeated Viriathus in Spain. See Introduction, p. 
125. 23. Omnino, concessive. See p. 14, line 36, note. 25. Cole- 
bat. See p. 33, line 6, colitote, note. Esse ampliores. Cf. Cice- 
ro's definition of Amplitudo (De Invent. II. 55, 166) : Amplitudo, 
potentiae aut majestatis aut aliquarum copiarum magna abundan- 
tia. 27. Praestantiam, pre-eminence in. 28. Impertiant commu- 
nicentque. Cf. p. 42, line 33. Ea. For the gender^ see p. 12, line 
2, note. Suis. H. 386,- A. 51, V.; A. & S. 224; B. 826; G. 346. 
29. Proximis, relatives. 30. Imbecilliores — fortuna. Cf. p. 54, 
line 6 et seqq. 32. Fabulis, legends. Cf. p. 59, line 2. Ignora- 
tionem, sc. on the part of others. 33. Stir pis, /ami7?/, has refer- 
ence to natural descent; generis, rank, to nobility of birth 
whether divine, royal, or princely. N. Famulatu, used in a pa- 
triarchal sense. D. sub Servus. 37. In veris, etc., antithetic to 
in fabulis, in line 32. Veris, the opposite of simulatis ; certis, 
of dub iis. N. 



NOTES. 161 

Page 
Chap. XX. 1. Conjunetionis by the side of amicitiae denotes 58 
connections of any other kind, especially those 0/ kindred. N. 
6. Quorum = seo^ eorum. See p. 6, line 15, note. Plerique, the 
majority. Z. 109, note. 7. Officiose, conformably to duty ; amices 
from affection. L. Suo, on their own part. 8. Queant. For the 
usage, see p. 15, line 3, note. Odiosum genus, in apposition 
with plerique. 9. OfB.cia exprobrantium, casting in your teeth 
the kindnesses they have done you. 11. Quamobrem, i. e. Because 
the inequality when it makes itself felt is wont to cause such 
evils, therefore, etc. Submittere. See Lex. suh voce, I. B. 2. 
12. Inferiores extollere. The reading of Br., following most of 
the MSS.; and he adds that inferiores is accusat. not nominat. : 
80 ought they to raise up their inferiors. Laelius proceeds in line 
17 et seqq. to show to what extent this should be done. Halm 
and 0., however, insert se after inferiores. 14. Ipsi. For the 
usage see p. 38, line 11, sub voce, note. Non fere, scarcely ever. 
18. Tribuendum, ought to be bestowed, 19. Ille, the subject of 
possit, (to be supplied from possis above,) on which sustinere de- 
pends. 20. Quamvis, howmer much. Non neque. See p. 171, in 
fin. 23. Lucium, sc. Rupilium Kufum. 24. Deferre, bestow, a 
technical term used with reference to the honors of State. N. 
25. Sustinere, i. e. what he is qualified for. Omnino. See Lex. 
sub voce, II. C, and cf. p. 60, line 4, For a different meaning, see 
p. 14, line 36, note, and p. 65, line 20. Corroboratis — aetatibus, 
for a temporal clause; i. e. one ought not to pass judgment until 
then. See p. 10, line 34, infirmis corporibus, note. N. 28. Habere 
depends on judicandum est, to be supplied from judicandae sunt ; 
1. e. nor ought it to be Judged that they should have those as their in- 
timate friends, etc. Necessarios, any one to whom one is bound by 
a permanent connection, whether of an official kind or of a private 
nature. D. sub voce. 30. Paedagogi, (from which the English 
"page,") like the TraiSayajyot among the Grreeks, were slave-attend- 
ants of the sons of the noble and wealthy, from the sixth or sev- 
enth year until the time of assuming the toga virilis, accompanying 
them to and from school, and on all occasions out of doors, charged 
with their personal safety, and employed to guard from evil 
rather than to give instruction. Quintilian expressly distinguishes 
them from the praeceptores. Vetustatis, long intimacy. 31. Qui 
is referred by most editors to nutrices et paedagogi for its ante- 
11 — Cic.de S. 



162 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

58 cedent. L., however, refers it to eos, (line 28,) and regards the 
clause Is to — postulabunt as parenthetical, on the ground that a 
Roman knew that he ought to feel some gratitude to nutriees and 
paedagogi, while friendship with them was out of the question ; 
and that the difficult thing was to know what to do with his 
youthful companions whom he had once loved. 32, Aestimandi. 
The MS. reading is est, which N., St., and 0. consider a gloss 
and omit. 0. remarks that this est seems to have been cor- 
rupted from sunt after some participle had been lost, as colendi 
(ed. Veneta a 1470) or amandi or diligendi. N., and St., regard alio 
quodam modo as an adjunct of negligendinon sunt, to be supplied 
from the preceding clause. Br., however, reads aesttmanc^i, and 
Mommsen aestimandi. Aliter refers particularly to the first 
clause of the sentence omnino amicitiae, etc. (line 25) . 34. Mores, 
characters, the subject of sequuntur {result from). N. 37. Nisi 
quod, except that. Z. 627. Quanta maxima. See p. 19, line 11, 

gg note. 38. Distantia, used by Cicero only here. 3. Neo-ptolemus, 
a son of Achilles and grandson of Lycomedes of Scyros, who was 
summoned to Troas after his father's death, in consequence of an 
oracle which had declared that Troy could not be taken unless 
one of the descendants of Aeacus was among the besiegers. 
5. Impedientem = the imperfect of an attempted action. Cf. 
dividenti, p. 9, line 15, and lenientem, p. 24, line 10. For this use 
of the imperfect see p. 65, line 1, transfer eh atur, note. 6. Res, 
occasions. Discedendum, a temporary separation, not a rupture 
of friendship. 7. Desiderium, grief on account of their absence. 

8. InfirmUS — natura, weak and unmanly in character. St. 

9. Justus, complete, perfect, one who fulfils all the conditions of 
friendship. L. 10. Quid ab amico, the construction always found 
a>iter postulo instead of two accusatives. M. 228, b, Obs. 1. 

Chap. XXI. 13. Necessaria, unavoidable. 14. Vulgares, i. e. 
those of common life. See Introduction, p. 127. 16. Turn — tum, 
often used, like modo — modo, as an adverb of time. Z. 723. 
Quorum, sc. vitiorum in alienos erumpentium. N. 17. Redundet, 
a relative clause of result. 18. Remissione USUS, by a less- 
ening of intercourse. St. Catonem dicere, that Cato said. For 
the difference of meaning between this phrase and Catonem dicen- 
tem. audivi, see p. 6, line 13, note. 19. Dissuendae — discinden- 
dae. Cf. De Off. I. 33 : Amicitias, quae minus delectent et minus 
probentur, magis decere eensent sapientes sensim dissuere, quam 



NOTES. 163 

Page 
repente praeeidere, 21. Nec connects its clause with the two pre- 59 
ceding taken together, (neque rectum neque hones turn.) In nee 
the opposition is stronger and sharper than in neque, Arn. 
22. Alienatio denotes the internal withdrawing of friendly feel- 
ing; disjunctio, merely an external separation. 27. Commu- 
nibus, ordinary. Cf. vulgares, in line 14. 30. Bellum gerere, 
to he an enemy, 31. Q. Pompeii, sc. Nepotis, gained the election 
to the consulship for 141 B. C, in opposition to Laelius, by assuring 
Scipio that he did not intend to become a candidate for it, and then 
entering upon a vigorous canvass after he had thus thrown the 
friends of Laeliug off their guard. Diet. Biog. Meo nomine, on my 
account. 33. Re publica, ^o^i^ics. Metello, Q. Caecilius Metellus 
Macedonicus, a colleague of Scipio and Laelius in the augurship, 
yet a political opponent of Scipio, as well as of the measures of the 
Gracchi. It is related of him, however, that he conducted his op- 
position to Scipio without any bitterness or malice, and was one of 
the first at his death to recognize and acknowledge his greatness. 
Diet, Biog. 34. Graviter, with deliberation, not from caprice or 
passion. Auctoritate — acerba stands in the relation of an explan- 
atory appositive to graviter: without using his personal authority, 
or exhibiting his hostility, in a hitter manner. N. 36. Sin. See p. 
29, line 19, note. 37. Exstinctae, to have died out ; oppressae, 
to have been destroyed by violence. Cf. p. 29, lines 32-34. 3. In gQ 
culpa sit, i. e. may be seen to he in the wrong, 4. Omnino. See 
p. 58, line 25, sub voce, note. 6. TJt ne. See p, 49, line 16, note. 9. 
Praeclara. Respecting the omission of the verb, see p. 9, line 31, 
note. 10. Omni ex parte, in every respect. 16. Per se, i, e. be- 
cause it is itself noble and good, and therefore worthy of admira- 
tion (objective) ; propter se, for its oion sake, i. e. without refer- 
ence to any ulterior advantage (subjective). Sh. Nec ipsi sibi 
exemplo sunt, etc., nor do they perceive in themselves the beautiful 
(qualis) and lofty (quanta) meaning of this friendship). N, Nec 
ipsi se intuentes et considerantes vident, quae sit vera amicitia. St. 19. 
Ipse. The reading of most MSS., Br., and St. 0., has ipso. For 
the usage see p. 38, line 11, note. 20. Quod idem, this same mo- 
tive. 22. Alter idem, a second self 23. Bestiis, living things 
without reason; the general term, the first member of the apposi- 
tive to which is volucribus, nantibus, agrestibus, and the 
eeconf^, cicuribus, feris. 24. Ut — diligant, in apposition with 
hoc. See p. 37, line 15, note. 29. Natura, abl. of cause. 31. Mis- 



164 DE A MIC IT I A. 

Page 

go ceat, relat. clause of purpose. See p. 13, line 23, quae — prosint, 
note. Unum ex duobus, Cf. p. 64, line 8 et seq. ; Hor. Carm. I. 
38: Virgilium . . . animae dimidium meae ; and Shakspeare's 
phrase : ^^ two seeming bodies, but one heart." 

Chap. XXII. 32. Perverse refers to the head ; impudenter, 
to the heart. St. 37. Tractamus. For the tense see p. 11, line 28, 

61 note. 1. Aequitate, justitia. For the difference in meaning, see 
Lex. suh Aequitas, 2. Cicero elsewhere contrasts aequitas, equityy 
withyws, tTie law, 4. Colent denotes the outward demonstration of 
respect; 6. diligent, the inward feeling of love; verebuntur, a 
feeling of reverence bordering on fear. Cf. p. 33, line 6, colitofe, 
note. Inter se, one another. 7. Verecundiam, here = mutual 
respect. 11. Ea quae summa sunt, explained by summum naturae 
bonum, below. 13. Quos, the shorter form of the indefinite after 
si. H. 455, 2 ; A. & S. 138, Note ; B. 250 ] G, 302. On the position 
of inter, see p. 34, line 17, note, and cf. quo-ad, quam-oh-rem,. 
quo-cum. 14. Eorum, where we should expect is, referring to 
SOCietas, and attracted to the gender of comitatus. Ad, in respect 
of. Z. 296. 15. Comitatus, here = the abstract term compan- 
ionship. 16. Societas, the felloioship. 17. HonestaS, honorable- 
ness of character; with the following nominatives, in apposi- 
tion with omnia. 20. Quod, sc. ut beata vita sit. 25. Eos 
experiri, put them to the test. Quocirca. See p. 7, line 3, note. 
26. Dicendum est saepius. Cf. p. 55, line 16 et seqq., and p. 60, 
line 6. 28, Quum — tum. For the difference in meaning see p. 
35, line 13, tum, note. Negligentia, on account of our careless- 
ness. 29. Deligendis. The reading of St. Br., and 0., have 
diligendis ; but see p. 54, line 31, and note. Praeposteris, he- 
ginning at the wrong end, having that first which ought to he last; 
i. e. we act before we deliberate; we become friends of others 
before proving their character. L. 30. Acta agimus, lit. do 
what has heen already done; then a proverb. expr.= ^a6or in 
vain. See Lex. suh voce, III. 10, and cf. Ter. Adelph. II. 2, 24. 
31. Implicati ultro et Citro, when we have heen closely attached 
mutually. 32. Usu, intimacy. Officiis, hind offices. 

Chap. XXIII. 34. Quo, v^herefore. Rei, sc. friendship. For 
the case, A. & S. 211, Rem. 2, (c) ; H. 396, IL ; A. 50, III. 1 ; B. 
746; G. 361, 2. 36. Uno ore, unanimously. 37. A multis. The 
MSS. and most editions begin this sentence with Quamquam. 
Multis then refers to those who do not know that friendship can- 



NOTES. 165 

Page 
not exist without virtue. 38. Venditatio means, 1st, offering gj 
anything for sale; 2d, a boasting of its worth; 3d, exaggerating 
its worth for the sake of effect, an ostentatious disjjlai/ ; ostenta- 
tio, mere pretence, false show. D. suh Jactatio. 1. Cultus, style gO 
of living. 6. OmneS ad UllUin=:«?? even to the very last man, 
including the last himself. Z. 296. 7. Ad rem publicam, to poli- 
tics, i. e. statesmen; rerum — doctrinaque, = a scientific knowl- 
edge of things, and the whole clause means philosophers. N. 
9. Otiosi, i. e. not engaged in public affairs. 10. Vitam — nul- 
1am. Cf. p. 42, line 14: qui potest esse vita vitalis. 11. Llberali- 
ter, in a manner befitting a freeman. 12. Nescio quomodo. H. 
525, 4; A. & S. 265, Rem. 4; A. 67, I. 1, Note; B. 1189; O. 469, 

2. See also p. 33, line 23, note and cf. 17. nescio quem. 
Athenis. For the case cf. p. 18, line 33, note. Timonem, sur- 
named the misanthrope, because, in consequence of ingratitude 
experienced and disappointments suffered from friends, he se- 
cluded himself entirely from the world, admitting no one to his 
society but Alcibiades. Diet. Biog. 18. Possit. The subjunct. 
here follows the indicative in the condition, because required by 
the very nature of the thought; potential subjunct. See H. 511, 
I. ; B. 1269. 19. Virus. For the form see H. 53, 2 ; A. 10, 3, h. ; 
A* A S. 51 ; B. 72, 3 ; G. 30. 22. Uspiam, used for the most 
part in affirmative propositions, usquam in negative. 26. 
Cuique = et cui. 27. The clause Quod — solitum (esse) is the 
subject of auditum (esse). 28. Archyta. See p. 18, line 31, 
note. Tit opinor, inserted not to indicate doubt, but to make the 
quotation less formal. Lr. 31. llla.m = illarnm rerum. See p. 35, 
line 22, note. 32. Fuisset. See p. 37, line 22, note. 34. Sem- 
perque. See p. 42, line 8, virosqne, note. 

Chap. XXIV. 37. Quum, although. Eadem. See p. 56, line 
23, note. 39. Quae. See H. 410, 3, 1); A. & S. 218, Rem. 1; 
A. 50, IV. 1, in fin.; Gr. 375, 1. 1. TJsus, intercourse, 2. Suspi- g3 
cionum. The plural of abstract nouns is often used to denote a repe- 
tition of the same thing or its existence in different objects. Z. 92. 

3. Tum — tum — tum. Seep. 59, line 16, note. Elevare, to lessen, 
i. e. efiicere ut minus gravis sit offensio. St. 4. Subeunda, en- 
dured, submitted to ; the reading of Br., 0., and Lr. Most MSS. 
and St. have sublevanda. Offensio, ground of offense. 5. The 
clause introduced by nam explains una ilia offensio. 8. Andria, 
the name of a comedy of Terence, first exhibited in 166 B. C. 



166 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

g3 Familiaris meus. See Introduction, p. 125. 10. Obsequium, etc., 
Act I., Scene 1, 41. For the metre see p. 13, line 31, note. 14. In 
eo, sc. amicum (in line 13). 15. In fraudem impellitur, lets him- 
self he swept away into self-deceit and the ruin consequent upon 
it. N. Cf. De Off. I. 26, 91 : Cavendum est, ne assentatoribus pate- 
faciamus aures, neve adulari nos sinamus ; in quo f alii facile est. 
Tales enim nos esse putamus, ut jure laudemur. Ex quo nascuntur 
innumerabilia peccata, quum homines inflati opinionibus turpiter 
irridentur, et in maximis versantur erroribus, 16. Katio et dili- 
gentia, careful consideration, K. 17. Monitio, used only here in 
Cicero. 18. In obsequio, etc., indicates the limits within which 
complaisance is not an evil. 19. Terentiano verho, i. e. the ex- 
pression quoted or borrowed from Terence, merely. 21. Non 
mode, sc. non. See p. 17, line 2, note. Libero. See p. 52, line 39, 
insipiente, note, for the substantive use of the adj. 22. Aliter — 
aliter = aliter — ac, otherwise than. Z. 712. Cum tyranno. Cf. p. 
52, line 21 et seqq. 27. lUos, bos here follow the general rule, 
in meaning. See p. 29, line 1, note. 32. Quod contra. See p. 
34, line 17, note. 

Chap. XXV. 38. Adulationem, blanditiam, assentationem, 
different forms of flattery. The first, sycophancy, is a seeking to 
gain favor by an unworthy subserviency, and has its origin in a 
degrading, servile spirit; blanditiam, fair speaking, in the en- 
deavor to be amiable, or at worst in self-interest ; assentationem, 

QA in cowardice or weakness. D. sub Assentiri. 1. Quamvis quali- 
fies multis, as many as possible. 2. Notandum. See p. 19, line 
33, sub voce, note. Levium, unprincipled. 3. Ad voluntatem, 
1. e. to gratify the wishes, sc. of friends. Ad often denotes purpose. 
Z. 296. 5. Judicium, i. e. the power of judging. Id. sc. verum. 
6. Eepugnat. See Lex. sub voce, II. B. 7. Valere, i. e. vim aut 
pondus habere. St. 9. Qui. See p. 12, line 10, note, suh voce. 
TJnoquoque is emphatic, and denotes each individual in opposi- 
tion to some individuals, or every one absolutely ; quisque is un- 
emphatic, and denotes every one distributively or relatively, 
10. Unus, antithetic to multiplex ; idem to varius and com- 
mutabilis. St. 12. Devium, variable. 14. Convertitur =se 
accommodat, St. 15. This line is from the Eunuchus, (Act II., 
Scene 2, 21.) The metre is comic iambic tetrameter. See p. 12, 
line 10, note. Negat, says no. Ait expresses afiBrmation. D. sub 
Dicere. 17. Gnathonis, a parasite. Persona. See p. 36, line 12^ 



NOTES. 167 

Page 
note. 18. Levitatis, folly. 19. Gnatlionum. See p. 10, line 37, g4 
Fahricii, note. Sint. See p. 9, line 15, esset, note. Its subject is 
multi — similes. Loco, family, lineage. 21. Vanitatem, empty 
words, flattery. Auctoritas, explained by loco — superiores 
above. Secerni, discerned. 24. Contio, abbreviated from con- 
ventioy the popular assembly. D. suh Concilium. 25. Popularem, 
one who supports the popular party against the optimates, i. e. 
a demagogue in the opinion of Laelius and of Cicero. Of. Cic. 
in Cat. iv. 5, 9 : Intellectum sit, quid intersit inter levitatem con- 
cionatorum et aiiimum vere popularem, saluti populi consulentem. 
28. Inter, frequently repeated after interesse, occasionally also 
in other connections, particularly in the poets. M. 470, Obs. 2. 
27. Constantem. See p. 55, line 15, note. 28. C. Papirius Carbo. 
See p. 48, line 26, suh Carbo, note. 29. Legem de tribunis, etc. 
In his tribuneship B. C. 131, he pro2:)osed a law allowing the re- 
election (reficiendis) of tribunes to that office as often as the 
people pleased. See Introduction, p. 124. 33. Comitem. Scipio 
was then a homo privatus, holding no office. Diceres. On the tense 
see H. 486, III, 4; A. & S. 260, II., Rem. 2; A. 60, 1, infn.; B. 
1278. 34. In manibus. See p. 9, line 20, suh voce, note. 36. Q. 
Maximo. See Introduction, p. 125, and p. 57, line 22, note. 37. 
Lex de sacerdotiis, a bill proposed 145 B. C, transferring the 
power of filling vacancies (coojjtatio) in the colleges of priests from 
those bodies themselves to the popular assembly. Though the 
attempt to procure its passage failed then, it was afterwards carried 
in 104 B.. C. Crassus was then a tribune of the people. 38. Vide- 
batnr, indie, in an interrog. clause because meministis is paren- 
thetical. See H. 525, 5. 2) ; A. & S. 265, Rem. 1, in fln. ; B. 1191; 
G. 469, 1. 1. Beneficium. Honors and offices which the peo- gg 
pie conferred were often called heneflcia populi. L. Transfere- 
batur. For the signification of the tense see H, 469, II. 1 ; A. & 
S. 145, II. 4; B. 1089; G. 224. 2. Instituit, introduced the 
custom. In forum versus. The rostra stood between the comitium. 
(originally the place of assemblage of the comitia curiata) and the 
forum, (where the pleheian assemhly mef,) which together constituted 
the Forum Romanum. Up to that time public speakers had ad- 
dressed themselves to the aristocracy. Agere. See Lex. suh voce, 
III. 9. 3. Vendibilem, i. e. adapted to gain favor with the mul- 
titude, like a commodity which recommended itself to purchasers, 
taking, acceptable. Religio, here used in its strictest meaning, 



168 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

g5 reverence for the gods, springing from a careful pondering of divine 
things. Servius (ad Yirg. Aen. 8, 349), Augustine (Retract. 1. 13), 
and Lactantius (IV. 28), derive the word from religare, and the 
last mentioned quotes the expression of Lucretius (1, 931), arctis 
religionum animum nodis exsolvere. But in favor of its derivation 
from relegere, to gather again and again, to go through or over again 
in reading, in speaking, or in thought, are the following considera- 
tions : 1st, Cicero's statements, De Nat. Deorum II. 28 : Qui autem 
omnia, quae ad cultum Deorum pertinerent, diligenter retractarent et 
tamquam relegerent, sunt dicti religiosi ex relegendo, ut elegantes ex 
eligendo, et tamquam a diligendo diligentes, ex intelligendo intelli- 
gent es ; his enim in verbis omnibus inest vis legendi eadem, quae in 
religioso ; II. 3: Beligione, id est cultu Deorum ; De Invent. II. 
53, 161 : Religio est, quae superioris cvjusdam naturae {quam divi- 
nam vacant) curam, caerimoniam affert ; 2d, the form of the parti- 
ciple in a verse quoted by A. Gellius, lY. 9 : Religentem esse oportet, 
religiosum (here = superstitious) nefas ; 3d, the various meanings 
of religio which (according to Freund) follow more naturally from 
the idea of the careful pondering of divine things, Cf. also the lan- 
guage of Arnobius : Aom enim qui solicite religit et immacidatas 
hostias caedit . . . numina consentiendus est colere, aut officia solus 
religionis implere. Nitzsch (Theol. Stud. u. Krit. I., p. 532) has 
even attempted to prove that according to the genius of the Latin 
language, the only possible derivation is that of Cicero. See also 
Augustine De Civitate Dei, x. 3. 6. Re, by its own real merit. 
If Laelius had been consul, it might have been said that his 
success in this cause was owing to his official position, (summa 
auctoritate.) 

Chap. XXVI. 8. Quod si. See p. 12, line 6, note. Id — con- 
tione, parenthetic and = oy which one kind is the popular as- 
sembly. N. 9. Loci pluriimim, the most favorable opportunity. 
13. Tuumque, sc. apertum. 14. Amare, amari, objects of habeas. 
15. Quamquam, And yet. See p. 5, line 7, note. 16. Quamvis. 
See p. 28, line 22, note. 18. Ita fit, etc. The self-deceiver runs 
the most risk from flattery, because he is prepared to let it work 
on him by his own good opinion of himself. The only defense 
against flattery is the hard lesson to know oneself; the first part 
of which lesson is a reasonable self-distrust. L. 20. Omnino, 
when concessive, and followed by sed or autem, is used in antici- 
pating an objection. Amans sui. The present active participle 



NOTES. 169 

Page 
often expresses not a simple act or a momentary condition, but a g5 
permanent quality or condition. It is then followed by a genitive. 
Z. 438. 22. Virtutis opinione, an unfounded or exaggerated 
helief in one's own virtue. 23. Praediti — volunt. Cf. Sail. Cat. 
LIV. 5 : Esse quam videri bonus malehat. 25. His, dat., limits 
adhibetur. 26. Vanam, false, deceitfuL 27. Laudum. See Lex. 
8uh voce, II. A. 32. For the metre of this line see p. 13, line 31, 
note. It is from the Eunuchus of Terence, (Act III. Scene 1,) and 
is a question put by the boastful soldier Thraso to the parasite 
Gnatho. Agere, historical infinitive, the question repeating the 
words used by Gnatho in giving an account to his master of his 
interview with Thais, the mistress of Thraso, to whom the latter 
had sent a present by him. St. 33. Ingentes, Tiuge, immense, 
34. Auget, exaggerates, Cf. Juvenal, Sat. III. 100-103: 

Rides, majore eacTiinno 
Concutitur ; flet si lacrinias conspexit amici, 
Nee dolet ; igniculum brumae si tempore poscas, 
Accip)it endromidem ; si dixeris, aestuo, sudat. 

38. Animadvertant, beware. For the mood, H. 558, VI.; A. 70, 
I.; A. <fc S. 273, 2; B. 1208; G. 546. 2. Nemo non, every one. gg 
4. Nee facillime. A case of litotes, i. e. the emphatic assertion of 
a thing by denying its opposite. 5. Etiam adversando saepe 
assentetur. H. 519, 3, 1: A. 63, II.; A. & S. 264, 8, (2); B. 
1253 ; G. 636. On the sentiment L. quotes Plutarch^s words : 
Some persons, by mingling freedom of expression like a sharpish 
sauce with flattery, take away from flattery its nauseating insi- 
pidity ; by their boldness and babbling over their cups, striving to 
make their yielding in matters of business and their assent ap- 
pear the way of those who are overpowered by superior wisdom. 
6. Det maims, sc. as a sign of surrender, like a vanquished soldier 
or gladiator. 7. Illusus sit, sc. by the flattery. Plus, sc. than 
the flatterer. 10. Ut me hodie, Br., and 0.; Tu me hodie, 
Halm, Lr. ; Hodie me, (with ut in Epiclero prefixed,) St., N. 
11. Versaris. See Lex. sub voce, I. B, 2. Illnsseris. The reading 
of Br., and Lr. For the form, H. 258, 1. 2; A. & S. 171, 3: B. 
352; G. 155. Halm and 0. have elusseris ; most of the MSS., 
ut Jusaeris ; St. and N., emunxeris. The verses are from a com- 
edy by Caecilius Statins, called Epiclerus or the Heiress. For 



170 DE AMICITIA. 

Page 

gg the metre see p. 13, line 31, note, 15. De hac — posse, i. e. 
sucli as is attainable by men, not the ideal wisdom of the Sto- 
ics. Cf. p. 41, line 2 et seqq., and p. 48, line 9 et seqq. 16. Ad 
leves — oratio. Cf. p. 59, line 14 et seqq. 17. Ilia prima, sc. 
the sentiment nisi in bonis amicitiam esse non posse, p. 40, line 36 
et seq, Cf. also p. 56, line 22. 18. Aliquando. See Lex. sub 
voce, 2f f. 

Chap. XXVII. 19. Virtus, virtus. 0. reads Virtus. The Ro- 
man notion of virtus was the energy of devotion to one's country, 
and country itself was the highest moral idea. St. 21. Convenien- 
tia rerum, an agreement in (all) things. Cf. p. 41, line 33, omnium 
rerum consensio, 25. Sive, sive, i. e. call it lohich ^ou please. With 
sive — sive (by which, however, only nouns and adverbs, and not 
verbs, can be connected with this signification), it is left unde- 
cided which member is the right one, as a thing of no importance, 
so far as the purport of the sentence is concerned. M. 436, Obs. 
Cf. p. 25, line 21, note. TJtrumque, i. e. amor and amicitia. 
26. Amando ; amare. The gerund (which has only the oblique 
cases) is used to express the meaning of the present infinitive ac- 
tive (that is, the absolute meaning of the verb), when the infini- 
tive ought to stand in some particular case (not the nominative). 
M. 413. 27. Diligere quern ames. For the diff'erence between 
the two verbs, see p. 53, line 18, diligendi, note. Indigentia. 
For the meaning, see p. 44, line 24, note; for the construction, H. 
430; A. & S. 257, Rem. 7; A. 54, X.; B. 972; G. 408. 28. Nul- 
la utilitate quaesita. Cf. De Nat. Deor. I. 44, 122 : Quam (ami- 
citiam) si ad fructum nostrum referemus, non ad illius commoda, 
quern diUgimus, non erit ista amicitia, sed mercatura quaedam, 
utilitatum suarum. Quae tamen, etc. For the sentiment, cf. p. 
p. 46, line 16. 31. L. Paulum. See p. 10, line 36, note; C. Galum, 
p. 22, line 11, note; P. Scipionem Nasicam, a son-in-law of the 
elder Africanus, p. 22, line 23, Scipionis, note. 32. Ti. Sempronium 
Gracchum, also a son-in-law of the elder Africanus, and father 
of the Gracchi. He was tribune of the people B. C. 187 ; praetor 

B. C. 181, distinguished for his generalship in Hispania Citerior, 
and his wise and able administration of that province; consul B. 

C. 177 and 163; censor B. C. 169 ; and was as amiable a man in. 
his private and family life as he was great in his public career. 
34. Scipionem. See Introduction. Furium, sc. PMlum, see p. 
39, line 24, note; Rupilium, Mummium, p. 57, line 21, note; 



NOTES. 171 

Pag» 
86. Tuberonis, p. 47, line 27, note. 1. Rutilii Rufi, a military g7 
tribune under Scipio in the Numantine war, consul 105 B. C. 
While legatus in Asia in 95 B. C, he repressed the extortions of 
the publicani with so much honesty and firmness that in revenge 
they secured his banishment in 92 B. C, on a false ch-arge. 
Though recalled by Sulla, he refused to return, and died at 
Smyrna. A. Verginii, a fellow-pupil of Rutilius in jurisprudence 
under P. Mucins Scaevola, pontifex maximus. Nothing further is 
known of him. 3. Alia [ex alia] aetas. So Br., from a conjecture of 
Orelli. Lr. reads e nostra ut alia aetas. St. and 0., following the 
MSS., read alia aetas = a generation different from our oion, one 
to which we are not adapted. 4. Aetas. See p. 8, line 20, note. 
5. E carceribus ad calcem. See p. 34, line 2, note. 7. Res bu- 
manae. Cf. p. 40, line 34. 8. Diligamus. See p. 13, line 23, quae 
— prosint, note. 10. Mibi, etc. Cf. p. 43, line 2 et seq. 14. In 
manibus habui denotes immediate contact. N. 16. Animo aut 
Spe STlScipiet, undertake or venture to hope for, N. 17. Imagi- 
nem. See Lex. sub voce, II. A. 23. Numquam — ne — quidem. 
On the force of this double negative, see p. 8, line 16, note. 24. 
Senserim, a restrictive clause. H. 501, I. 3; A. & S. 264, 3; G. 
629, Rem. ; M. 364, Obs. 2. 25. Una domus, etc. See Introduction, 
p. 126. 28. Cognoscendi atque discendi. According to St. a case 
of hendiadys, like cognitione doctrinaque (p. 62, line 8) — scien- 
tific or theoretical knowledge, N. calls COgnoscendi the general 
term and discendi the special term, increasing our knowledge 
and our learning, 30. Recordatio et memoria together give the 
idea of living recollection ; hendiadys. N. For the strict differ- 
ence of meaning between them, see p. 32, line 20, note. 35. 
Aetas ipsa, even my age. 1. Haec — dicerem. Cf. the conclusion 68 
of the De Senectute, p. 34, line 38 et seqq,, and note. 2. Ita 
locetiS) place so high in your esteem, 

ADDENDUM. 

20. Non enim neque — perducere would regularly be followed gg 
by some such clause as neque alter quidvis possit sustinere, and the 
occurrence of the two negatives would then be explained by Z. 754, 
Note; M. 460, Obs. 2. But after the parenthetic clause ut — po- 
tuit, the construction is changed and videndum — sustinere 
occurs instead. 

THE END. 




»^^^^?Vj 






Model Text- Books 

FOR 

CHASE & STUART'S CLASSICAL SERIES, 



C03IPEISING EDITIONS OF 



Ccesar's Commentaries, 

First Sioo Boohs of Mneid, 

Virgil's Eclogues and Georgics, 
Virgil's Mneid, 

Cicero's Select Orations, 
norace's Odes, Satires, and Epistles, 
Cicero De Senectute, et De Amicitia, 
Sallicst's Catiline et Jugurtlva, 
Cornelius Kepos, 

Cicero De Ofjiciis, 
Cicero' '^ '^usculaiv Disputations, 

Cicero De Oratore, Juvenal, i 

^ Terence, Tacitus, ^ 

Ovid, In Preparatiol). Livy, tf 




A 

SERIES OF TEXT-BOOKS 

ON THE 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

By JOHN S. HART, LL.D., 

Late Professor of Rhetoric and of the English Language in the 
College of New Jersey. 

The Series comprises the following volumes, viz. : 
Language Lessons for Beginners, 
Elementary English Grammar, 
English Grammar and Analysis, 
First Lessons in Composition, 
Composition and Rhetoric, 
A Short Course in Literature, 
A ClasS'Booh of Poetry, 
A Manual of American Literature, 
A Manual of English Literature. 



THE 

MODEL SERIES OF ARITHMETICS. 

By EDGAR A. SINGER, A.M., 

Principal of the Henry W. Halliwell Grammar School, Philadelphia. 

COMPKISING 

The Model Primary Arithmetic, 

The Model Elementary Arithmetic, 

The Model Mental Arithmetic, 

The Model Practical Arithmetic, 

The Model Test Arithmetic. In Preparation. 



Elements of I^Jiy steal Geography, 

By Edtvin J. Houston, A.M., Prof, of Physics and 
Physical Geograpliy in the Central High School of 
Philadelphia. 

Easy Lessons in Natural Philosoiyliy. 

For ChQdren. By Edwin J. Houston, A. M., Prof, 
of Physics and Physical Geography in the Central High 
School of Philadelphia. 

Ele^nents of Natural JPhilosojyhy, 

For Schools, Academies, etc. By Edwin J. Houston, 
A. M., Prof, of Physics and Physical Geography in the 
Central High School of Philadelphia. 

Christian Ethics; or, Tlie Science of the 
Life of Human Duty. 

A New Text-Book on Moral Science. By Eev. D. S. 
Gregory, D.D., President of Lake Forest University, 
Illinois. 

Ch^oesbecTc^s Practical Book-keeping Series. 

By Prof. John Groesbeck, Prin. of the Crittenden 
Commercial College. In Two Volumes, viz. : 

College Edition, for Commercial Schools, Col- 
leges, etc. 

School Edition, for Schools and Academies. 

"We have a series of Blank Books for -writing out the Exer- 
cises in both editions of Groesbeck's Book-Keeping, or we can 
furnish foolscap paper, of the best quality, ruled for the follow- 
ing books, viz. : Day-Book, Ledger, Cash-Book, Journal, Bill- 
Book, Three-column Day-Book, etc. We will send a sample 
sheet of each on receipt of twenty cents, or will furnish it by 
the ream or quire at low rates. 

The Constitution of the United States. 

For Schools, with Qnestions under each Clause. By 
Prof. John S. Hart, LL.D. Should be taught in 
every school. 

An Elementary Algebra, 

A Text-Book for Schools and Academies. By Joseph 
^ W. Wilson, A.M., Professor of Mathematics in the 
Philadelphia Central High School. 
3 






^ 



Key to Wilson- s Eleinentary Algebra. 

For the use of Teachers only. 

The Crittenden Commercial Arithmetic and 
^Business Manual. 

Designed for the use of Teachers, Business Men, Acade- 
mies, High Schools, and Commercial Colleges. By Prof. 
John Geoesbeck. 

Key to Crittenden Commercial Arithmetic. 

For the use of Teachers only. 

A Manual of Elocution. 

Founded on the Philosophy of the Human Voice, with 
Classified Illustrations. By M. S. Mitchell. 

The Model Deflner. 

A Book for Beginners, containing Definitions, Etymol- 
ogy, and Sentences as Models, exhibiting the correct 
use of Words. By A. C. Webb. 

The Model Etyfnology. 

Containing Definitions, Etymology, Latin Derivatives, 
Sentences as Models, and Analysis. With a Key con- 
taining the Analysis of every word which could present 
any difficulties to the learner. By A. C. Webb. 

A Manual of Etymology. 

Containing Definitions, Etymology, Latin and Greek 
Derivatives, Sentences as Models, and Analysis. With 
a Key containing the Analysis of every word which 
could present any difficulties to the learner. By A. C. 
Webb. 

The Model Speaker. 

Consisting of Exercises in Prose and Poetry, Suitable 
for Recitation, Declamation, Public Readings, etc. Com- 
piled for the use of Schools and Academies, by Prof. 
Philip Laweence. 

Anatomy^ Physiology^ and Hygiene. 

A Text-Book for Schools, Academies, Colleges, and 
Families. By Joseph C. Maetindale, M. D. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnoiogies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



